Educational Psychology

1

The Joys of Teaching

The joys of teaching

🧭 Overview

🧠 One-sentence thesis

Teaching offers the privilege of helping diverse young people realize their potential while continuously growing as a person through the challenge of designing meaningful learning experiences, despite the inevitable frustrations that accompany these rewards.

📌 Key points (3–5)

  • Core motivations for teaching: witnessing student growth and joy in learning, encouraging lifelong learning for yourself and others, and experiencing the challenge of creating engaging activities.
  • The teacher's privilege: helping students of all backgrounds realize their talents and potential as contributors to society.
  • The satisfaction of complexity: designing and orchestrating activities that communicate ideas effectively, exercising judgment and artistry that improve over time.
  • Common confusion: every joy has a related frustration—complexity can feel overwhelming instead of satisfying, and novelty can become chaos rather than excitement.
  • Teaching has changed significantly: increased diversity, instructional technology, and accountability have transformed both opportunities and challenges in the profession.

💡 Why people choose to teach

💡 Personal connection to students

  • Ashley teaches for specific individuals: Nadia who smiles and tries hard, Lincoln who needs help, and twenty other students—each is a distinct reason.
  • She also teaches for herself: to challenge herself to keep up with twenty-two young people at once and accomplish something worthwhile.
  • Teaching allows you to keep growing as a person, connecting with others, and learning new ideas.

🌱 Witnessing growth and diversity

A teacher's job—in fact a teacher's privilege—is to help particular "young people" to realize their potential.

  • Students can be six years old or sixteen or older; they can be rich, poor, or in between; they can come from any ethnic background; their first language may or may not be English.
  • All students have potential as human beings: talents and personal qualities (possibly not yet realized) that can contribute to society as leaders, experts, or supporters of others.
  • Example: In one classroom, you might have five kids who speak English as a second language, two or three with reading disabilities, and a wide range of abilities—all with different potentials to unlock.

📚 Encouraging lifelong learning

  • You will not teach any one student forever, but you work with them long enough to convey a crucial message: there is much in life to learn—more than any one teacher or school can provide in a lifetime.
  • The immensity of knowledge (whether science, math, reading, sports, music, or art) can be a source of curiosity, wonder, and excitement.
  • Teachers have the advantage of not only teaching valuable knowledge and skills, but also pointing students beyond what they will be able to learn from you.
  • As an old limerick put it: "The world is full of such a plenty of things, I'm sure we should all be as happy as kings."

🎨 The craft of teaching

🎨 Designing and orchestrating activities

  • Teaching offers the satisfaction of designing and orchestrating complex activities that communicate new ideas and skills effectively.
  • This is where teachers exercise judgment and "artistry" most freely and frequently.
  • Students depend on your skill at planning and managing, though sometimes without realizing how much they do so.

🗣️ Essential teaching skills

Teachers need to know how to:

  • Explain ideas clearly
  • Present new materials in a sensible sequence and at an appropriate pace
  • Point out connections between new learning and students' prior experiences

These skills take a lifetime to master, but can be practiced successfully even by beginning teachers and improve steadily with continued teaching over time.

🎭 The complexity and novelty of classroom life

  • The very complexity of classroom life virtually guarantees that teaching never needs to get boring.
  • Something new and exciting is bound to occur just when you least expect it.

Examples of unexpected moments:

  • A student shows an insight you never expected to see—or fails to show one you were sure they had
  • An activity goes better than expected—or worse, or merely differently
  • You understand for the first time why a particular student behaves as she does, and begin thinking of how to respond more helpfully
  • After teaching a particular learning objective several times, you realize you understand it differently than the first time you taught it

The job never stays the same; it evolves continually—as long as you keep teaching, you will have a job with novelty.

⚖️ Joys and their corresponding challenges

⚖️ Every joy has a related frustration

Every joy of teaching has a possible frustration related to it.

JoyRelated Frustration
Making a positive difference in students' livesTrouble reaching individuals; a student seems not to learn much, or to be unmotivated, or unfriendly
Pointing to the immensity of knowledgeMight accidentally discourage a student by implying they can never learn "enough"
Complexity of designing instructionCan sometimes seem overwhelming instead of satisfying
Unexpected events and noveltyCan become chaos rather than an attractive novelty

🛡️ The value persists despite challenges

  • To paraphrase a popular self-help book, sometimes "bad things happen to good teachers."
  • But the "bad things" of teaching do not negate the value of the good.
  • If anything, the undesired events make the good, desired ones even more satisfying, and render the work of teaching all the more valuable.
  • There are resources for maximizing the good, the valuable, and the satisfying—you will not need to "go it alone" in learning to teach well.
  • However, you will be personally responsible for becoming and remaining the best teacher you can possibly be; the only person who can make that happen will be you.

🔄 How teaching has changed

🔄 Teaching is different from the past

In the past decade or two, teaching has changed significantly—schools may not be what some of us remember from our own childhood. Changes have affected both the opportunities and challenges of teaching, as well as the attitudes, knowledge, and skills needed to prepare for a teaching career.

🌍 Increased diversity

  • There are more differences among students than there used to be.
  • Diversity has made teaching more fulfilling as a career, but also more challenging in certain respects.
  • Example: Nathan's class has five kids who speak English as a second language, two or three with reading disabilities (one with a part-time aide)—he didn't expect this level of diversity.

💻 Increased instructional technology

  • Classrooms, schools, and students use computers more often today than in the past for research, writing, communicating, and keeping records.
  • Technology has created new ways for students to learn (for example, online textbooks would not be possible without Internet technology).
  • It has altered how teachers can teach most effectively, and even raised issues about what constitutes "true" teaching and learning.
  • Example: Nathan had to learn more about using computers than he ever expected—there are many curriculum materials online now, and computers help kids who need more practice or who finish activities early.

📊 Greater accountability in education

  • Both the public and educators themselves pay more attention than in the past to how to assess (or provide evidence for) learning and good quality teaching.
  • The attention has increased the importance of education to the public (a good thing) and improved education for some students.
  • But it has also created new constraints on what teachers teach and what students learn.
  • Example: Nathan is doing more screening and testing of kids than he expected, and it all takes time away from teaching.

⏰ A typical teaching day

Jennifer Fuller's tenth-grade teaching day illustrates the complexity:

  • Arrives at 7:45, checks email (messages from principal, administrators, parents concerned about their child's performance, students reporting absences)
  • Has two hours before first class to do marking, prepare lab demonstrations, or attend staff meetings
  • Teaches three periods of biology (periods 2, 3, and 5)
  • After school: finishes unfinished work, meets with Ecology Club (as faculty advisor)
  • Often has to finish work in the evening, but always quits by 9:00 to watch TV or read

Don't confuse: The complexity of a teacher's day includes not just classroom instruction, but also communication, preparation, extracurricular responsibilities, and administrative tasks—all of which take time and energy.

2

Are there also challenges to teaching?

Are there also challenges to teaching?

🧭 Overview

🧠 One-sentence thesis

Every joy of teaching has a related frustration, but these challenges do not negate the value of the good aspects and can even make the satisfying moments more meaningful.

📌 Key points (3–5)

  • The simple answer is "yes": every positive aspect of teaching has a possible frustration connected to it.
  • Examples of challenges: trouble reaching individual students, accidentally discouraging learners, overwhelming complexity, and unexpected chaos instead of novelty.
  • Common confusion: "bad things" happening does not mean teaching loses its value—undesired events actually make the good ones more satisfying.
  • Personal responsibility: you must take charge of becoming and remaining the best teacher you can be; no one else can make that happen for you.
  • Resources are available: professional knowledge, common sense, and resources (like this book) help maximize the good and valuable aspects of teaching.

😓 The dual nature of teaching challenges

😓 Every joy has a related frustration

  • The excerpt emphasizes that challenges are directly connected to the positive aspects of teaching.
  • You may wish to make a positive difference, but you may also struggle to reach individuals.
  • A student may seem unmotivated, unfriendly, or simply not learning much.

🪤 Subtle problems

  • Some teaching problems are not obvious or dramatic.
  • Example: when you highlight the wonderful immensity of an area of knowledge, you might accidentally discourage a student by implying they can never learn "enough."
  • Don't confuse: showing enthusiasm for a subject can backfire if students feel overwhelmed by how much there is to know.

🌪️ When complexity becomes overwhelming

  • The complexity of designing and implementing instruction can sometimes feel overwhelming instead of satisfying.
  • Unexpected events in your classroom can turn into chaos rather than attractive novelty.
  • The excerpt paraphrases a self-help book: "bad things happen to good teachers."

💎 Why challenges don't negate value

💎 Bad things do not cancel out the good

The "bad things" of teaching do not negate the value of the good.

  • Undesired events actually make the good, desired ones even more satisfying.
  • They render the work of teaching all the more valuable.
  • This is similar to how challenges work in the rest of life.

🛠️ Resources for maximizing the good

  • There are resources available for maximizing the good, the valuable, and the satisfying aspects of teaching.
  • You can bring these resources to your work, along with:
    • Growing professional knowledge
    • A healthy dose of common sense
  • You will not need to "go it alone" in learning to teach well.

🎯 Personal responsibility and support

🎯 You are personally responsible

  • You will be personally responsible for becoming and remaining the best teacher you can possibly be.
  • The only person who can make that happen is you.
  • Don't confuse: having resources and support available does not remove your personal responsibility—you must actively use them.

📚 Support described in this book

  • Many resources for becoming the best teacher are described in the chapters ahead.
  • The book aims to provide tools and knowledge to help teachers maximize positive outcomes.
3

Teaching is Different from in the Past

Teaching is different from in the past

🧭 Overview

🧠 One-sentence thesis

Teaching has changed significantly in recent decades due to increased student diversity, instructional technology, accountability demands, and teacher professionalism, requiring educators to develop new skills and approaches while drawing on resources like educational psychology.

📌 Key points (3–5)

  • Four major trends reshaping teaching: increased diversity (language, disabilities, age range), instructional technology (computers and Internet), greater accountability (high-stakes testing, certification requirements), and increased professionalism (action research, higher standards).
  • Diversity creates both opportunities and challenges: teachers now serve students from varied language backgrounds, with special educational needs, and across a broader age spectrum (preschool through adult education).
  • Technology changes teacher roles: shifts educators from "delivering information" to "facilitating students' own constructions of knowledge," though practical constraints (limited computers, cost) and pedagogical questions (what truly benefits from technology) remain.
  • Common confusion about accountability: high-stakes testing affects not only student outcomes but also teacher evaluation and instructional decisions, raising fairness questions about whether tests serve all students equitably.
  • Professionalism means greater responsibility: teachers now take personal responsibility for work quality, require specialized training, and use action research to systematically study and improve their own practice.

🌍 The transformation of student diversity

🗣️ Language diversity in classrooms

  • In the United States, about 14% of the population is Hispanic; approximately 20% speak primarily Spanish and another 50% speak only limited English.
  • Challenge for classroom teachers: must communicate with students whose English is limited while students are simultaneously learning English fluency.
  • Relatively few teachers are Hispanic or speak fluent Spanish, making adjustments difficult.
  • Teachers must balance two goals:
    • Plan lessons and tasks students actually understand
    • Keep track of major curriculum learning goals
  • Example: A teacher designs a science lesson that uses visual demonstrations and simplified vocabulary so second-language learners can follow along while still covering required content standards.

♿ Special educational needs inclusion

  • Major shift since the 1970s: passage of the Individuals with Disabilities Education Act (1975, amended 2004 in the U.S.; similar legislation in Canada) guarantees free, appropriate education for children with disabilities.
  • Disabilities covered include physical, cognitive, emotional, or behavioral impairments.
  • Laws provide for special supports: teaching assistants, individualized educational plans.
  • Result: most teachers now have at least a few students with special educational needs, even without special education training.
  • Teachers work as part of a professional team focused on helping these students learn and participate in school life.
  • New challenges raised:
    • Planning: how to find time to plan for individuals?
    • Philosophical: what in the curriculum is truly important to learn?

👶👴 Lifelong learning and age range expansion

Younger students (preschool):

  • In many nations, half or most three- and four-year-olds attend educational programs (part-time preschool or full-time child care).
  • Some public schools have added nursery/preschool programs as a new "grade level" before kindergarten.
  • Teachers of very young children use flexible, open-ended plans and develop more personal, family-like relationships.
  • Educational debate: Do preschool/day care programs risk becoming inappropriate substitutes for families? Or can teachers of older students learn from early childhood education's flexibility?

Older students (adult education):

  • Many individuals take courses well into adulthood, often in workplaces, public high schools, community colleges, or universities.
  • Adult students may be completing high school credentials or learning trade-related skills.
  • Unique characteristics:
    • Strengths: life experiences that enhance and motivate learning
    • Constraints: significant personal responsibilities (parenting, full-time jobs) that compete for study time; impatience with irrelevant teaching
  • Teachers must adjust strategies to challenge and respect adults' special strengths and constraints.
  • Example: An adult education instructor designs a welding course with evening sessions and focuses only on skills directly applicable to certification, respecting students' time constraints and career goals.

💻 Technology's role in teaching and learning

💻 What technology means for teachers

For most teachers, "technology" means using computers and the Internet as resources for teaching and learning.

  • The Internet provides easy access to up-to-date information on practically any subject, often with pictures, video clips, and audio.
  • Potential vs. reality: technology has the potential to transform school-based learning, but has not always been integrated thoroughly into teachers' practices.

🔧 Practical constraints on technology use

Limited access issues:

  • In many societies and regions, classrooms contain only one or two computers at most.
  • Many schools have at best only limited access to the Internet.
  • Waiting for a turn or arranging computer lab visits limits how much students use the Internet.
  • When access is limited, computers tend to function in traditional ways: as a word processor ("fancy typewriter") or reference book similar to an encyclopedia.

Single-computer classroom possibilities:

  • Present upcoming assignments or supplementary material to students (one at a time or small groups).
  • Give students more flexibility about when to finish old tasks or begin new ones.
  • Enrich learning of individual students with special interests or motivation.
  • Provide additional review to students who need extra help.
  • Important shift: moves teachers away from simply delivering information toward facilitating students' own constructions of knowledge—from "full-frontal teaching" to "guide on the side."

🚀 When technology is abundant

With numerous computers and full Internet access:

  • Students can direct their own learning more independently.
  • Teachers can focus much more on helping individuals develop and carry out learning plans.
  • Teachers can assist individuals with special learning problems.
  • Result: makes the teacher more effective through a significant role change.

⚠️ Technology challenges and limitations

Challenge typeWhat the excerpt says
CostEquipping classrooms and schools fully costs money that is often scarce; may mean depriving students of other valuable resources (additional staff, books, supplies)
Information qualityStudents need help sorting trustworthy information/websites from "fluff"—unreliable or even damaging websites; providing this help can be challenging even for experienced teachers
Pedagogical fitSome educational activities simply do not lend themselves to computerized learning (sports, driver education, choral practice)
  • Don't confuse: having technology available with technology being appropriate—new teachers must assess both what technologies are possible and what will actually be assisted by them.

📊 Accountability and its consequences

📊 What accountability means

Accountability in education: schools and teachers are held responsible for implementing particular curricula and goals, and students are held responsible for learning particular knowledge.

Effects on teacher preparation:

  • Increased legal requirements for becoming and remaining certified as a teacher.
  • In the United States, preservice teachers need more subject-area and education-related courses than in the past.
  • Must spend more time practice teaching than in the past.
  • Must pass one or more examinations of knowledge of subject matter and teaching strategies.
  • Specifics vary among regions, but the general trend is toward more numerous and "higher" levels of requirements.
  • Impact: affects individuals' experiences of becoming a teacher—especially the speed and cost of doing so.

🎯 High-stakes testing

High-stakes testing: tests taken by all students in a district or region that have important consequences for students' further education.

Characteristics:

  • May influence grades students receive in courses.
  • May determine whether students graduate or continue to the next level of schooling.
  • Often a mixture of essay and structured-response questions (such as multiple-choice items).

Issues raised:

  • What should teachers teach, and how?
  • Should (and how should) teachers help students pass the examinations?
  • Is high-stakes testing fair to all students?
  • Is it consistent with other ideals of public education (giving students the best possible start in life vs. disqualifying them from educational opportunities)?

Impact on teachers:

  • Results are sometimes used to evaluate the performance of teachers, schools, or school districts.
  • Ensuring students' success becomes an obvious concern for teachers.
  • Affects instructional decisions on a daily basis.

🎓 The rise of teacher professionalism

🎓 What makes teaching a profession

An occupation is a profession if its members take personal responsibility for the quality of their work, hold each other accountable for its quality, and recognize and require special training in order to practice it.

How teaching has become more professional:

  • Teachers have increased responsibility not only for students' academic success but also for their own development as teachers.
  • Becoming a new teacher now requires more specialized work than in the past (reflected in increased certification/licensing requirements).
  • Increased requirements are partly a response to complexities created by increasing student diversity and increasing use of technology.

🔬 Action research as professional practice

Action research (also called teacher research): a form of investigation carried out by teachers about their own students or their own teaching.

Purpose: leads to concrete decisions that improve teaching and learning in particular educational contexts.

Examples from the excerpt:

  1. Reading development: A teacher observes and tracks one child's reading progress carefully for an extended time to get clues about how to help that child and others read better.
  2. Questioning strategies: A high school social studies teacher videotapes his own lessons and systematically compares students' responses to open-ended questions vs. more closed questions (ones with fixed answers).
  3. Creative risk-taking: An art teacher examines students' drawings carefully for signs of visual novelty and innovation, then sees if the signs increase when she encourages novelty and innovation explicitly.

📋 Action research process

The excerpt provides two detailed examples in a table format:

Example 1: Students' use of the Internet

  • Purpose: "How successful are my students at finding high-quality, relevant information?"
  • Who: Classroom teacher (elementary) and school computer specialist
  • How information is gathered: Assessing students' assignments; observing students while they search; interviewing students about search experiences
  • How analyzed: Look for obstacles and "search tips" expressed by several students; look for common strengths and problems with research cited
  • How reported: Write and give brief reports to fellow staff

Example 2: Teacher's helpfulness to ESL students

  • Purpose: "Am I responding to my ESL students as fully and helpfully as to my English-speaking students, and why or why not?"
  • Who: Classroom teacher (senior high)—studying self; possibly collaborating with others
  • How information is gathered: Videotaping self during class discussions; journal diary of experiences with ESL vs. other students; interviews with ESL students
  • How analyzed: Look for differences in type and amount of interactions; look for patterns; try altering patterns and observe results
  • How reported: Write summary in journal; share with fellow staff and with students

Key distinction: Action research resembles "especially good teaching practice" but is planned more thoughtfully, carried out and recorded more systematically, and shared with fellow teachers more thoroughly and openly.

Trade-off: Yields special benefits to teachers as professionals, but takes special time and effort; simultaneously reflects increasing professionalism while creating higher standards for teachers.

🧠 How educational psychology supports teachers

🧠 The role of educational psychology

  • Educational psychology can help teachers prepare for and navigate the changes in teaching.
  • This textbook draws heavily on concepts, research, and fundamental theories from educational psychology.
  • Topics are selected and framed around problems, challenges, and satisfactions faced by teachers daily, especially teachers new to the profession.
  • Selection criteria for topics:
    1. Importance as reported by teachers and other educational experts
    2. The ability of educational psychology to comment helpfully on particular problems, challenges, and satisfactions

🎯 What teachers need to know

  • There is a lot to learn about teaching, and much of it comes from educational psychology.
  • Teaching has distinctive features now that it did not have a generation ago.
  • The new features make it more exciting in some ways, as well as more challenging than in the past.
  • The changes require learning teaching skills that were less important in earlier times.
  • Reassurance: the new skills are quite learnable.

🤝 Support systems for new teachers

  • Many current teacher education programs provide a balance of experiences in tune with current and emerging needs.
  • Programs offer more time for practice teaching in schools.
  • Teacher education instructors often make deliberate efforts to connect concepts and ideas of education and psychology to current best practices.
  • These features of contemporary teacher education make it easier to become the kind of teacher you want to be and need to be.

Don't confuse: The challenges of modern teaching with impossibility—while teaching is more complex than in the past, resources (educational psychology, teacher education programs, this textbook) are available to help teachers develop the necessary skills and knowledge.

4

How educational psychology can help

How educational psychology can help

🧭 Overview

🧠 One-sentence thesis

Educational psychology helps teachers navigate modern challenges by offering research-based information, advice, and perspectives on students as learners, instruction and assessment, and teachers' psychological and social awareness.

📌 Key points (3–5)

  • What educational psychology offers: concepts, research, and theories selected and framed around daily problems, challenges, and satisfactions faced by teachers, especially new ones.
  • Selection criteria: topics are chosen based on (1) their importance as reported by teachers and educational experts, and (2) educational psychology's ability to comment helpfully on particular issues.
  • Three core areas of help: (1) students as learners, (2) instruction and assessment, and (3) psychological and social awareness of teachers.
  • Modern teaching context: four major trends shape today's teaching—increased student diversity, instructional technology, accountability expectations, and teacher professionalism—each bringing both opportunities and new dilemmas.
  • Common confusion: learning vs. temporary change—learning requires permanence; changes that disappear quickly (like forgetting a phone number immediately) do not count as learning.

📚 What educational psychology provides

📚 Content selection approach

The text draws on educational psychology but frames everything around practical teaching realities:

  • Concepts, research, and theories are selected rather than comprehensively covered.
  • The framing centers on "problems, challenges, and satisfactions faced by teachers daily."
  • Special emphasis on teachers new to the profession.

⚖️ Two selection factors

Topics are chosen and emphasized in proportion to:

FactorWhat it means
ImportanceAs reported by teachers and other educational experts
HelpfulnessEducational psychology's ability to comment constructively on particular problems
  • Not every educational psychology topic appears—only those that matter most to practicing teachers and where the field has useful guidance.
  • Example: If teachers consistently report a challenge and educational psychology has research-based solutions, that topic receives more coverage.

🎯 Three areas of teaching support

👥 Students as learners

Educational psychology provides insights into how students learn, develop, and change.

  • The excerpt includes a concrete illustration: a father demonstrates a classic conservation task (pouring water between containers) to show how children's thinking differs from adults'.
  • The child initially agrees water amount stays the same but reverts to believing there's less in the pie plate—showing learning didn't occur because the change wasn't permanent.

📝 Instruction and assessment

Educational psychology informs how to design effective teaching and evaluate student progress.

  • This area addresses the "challenge and excitement of designing effective instruction" mentioned as one of teaching's satisfactions.
  • Connects to modern accountability trends requiring teachers to demonstrate student learning.

🧠 Psychological and social awareness of teachers

Teachers need self-awareness and understanding of social dynamics.

  • This goes beyond knowing content or pedagogy—it involves understanding oneself and classroom social contexts.
  • Supports teachers in navigating the interpersonal and emotional dimensions of the profession.

🌍 Modern teaching context

🌈 Increased student diversity

One of four major trends reshaping teaching.

  • Presents "new opportunities to students and teachers."
  • Also "raises new issues for teachers" requiring new skills.
  • Educational psychology helps teachers "make constructive use" of diversity and "deal with the dilemmas that accompany" it.

💻 Instructional technology

Technology has spread into schools and classrooms.

  • Represents both opportunity and challenge.
  • Requires "teaching skills that were less important in earlier times."
  • The excerpt reassures: "the new skills are quite learnable."

📊 Accountability expectations

Increased expectations for demonstrating educational results.

  • Changes how teachers experience their work.
  • Educational psychology provides frameworks for understanding and meeting accountability demands.

🎓 Teacher professionalism

Teaching has developed as a more professional field.

  • "Distinctive features now that it did not have a generation ago."
  • Makes teaching "more exciting in some ways, as well as more challenging than in the past."

🔑 Core concept: What counts as learning

🔑 Definition and key feature

Learning is generally defined as relatively permanent changes in behavior, skills, knowledge, or attitudes resulting from identifiable psychological or social experiences.

The key feature is permanence:

  • Changes must last to count as learning.
  • Temporary changes do not qualify.

❌ What doesn't count as learning

The excerpt provides clear non-examples:

  • Forgetting a phone number "the minute after you dial" → not learning.
  • Eating vegetables "only when forced" → not learning (behavior doesn't persist).
  • Sneezing "simply by catching cold" → not learning (purely physiological, not from psychological/social experience).

✅ What does count as learning

Learning can take multiple forms:

  • Physical: skills like riding a bicycle or throwing (mentioned but cut off in excerpt).
  • Cognitive: knowledge and thinking skills.
  • Social: interpersonal behaviors and attitudes.
  • Emotional: affective responses and emotional skills.

Don't confuse: Learning is not only cognitive/academic—it encompasses physical skills, social behaviors, and emotional development, as long as the change is relatively permanent and results from identifiable experiences.

🧪 The water conservation example

The excerpt illustrates learning's permanence requirement through a real classroom demonstration:

  • A father (the author) demonstrates Piaget's conservation task to education students.
  • The child (Michael) initially changes his answer when told water amount stays the same.
  • By session's end, Michael reverts to his original belief (less water in the pie plate).
  • Conclusion: Michael did not "learn" the conservation concept because the change wasn't permanent.
  • Example shows that compliance or temporary agreement ≠ learning; genuine learning requires lasting change.
5

Teachers' perspectives on learning

Teachers’ perspectives on learning

🧭 Overview

🧠 One-sentence thesis

Teachers typically view learning as curriculum-focused, deliberately sequenced classroom activity that must transfer to new situations, rather than as incidental change that happens anywhere.

📌 Key points (3–5)

  • Curriculum-centered definition: Teachers equate learning primarily with what is taught deliberately in schools—especially academic achievement in language, mathematics, and other official curriculum areas.
  • Teaching ≠ learning: What a teacher teaches is not the same as what students understand or retain; assigning content does not guarantee students have learned it.
  • Readiness has two meanings: Traditional readiness asks if students are prepared for school; a second meaning asks if teachers and schools are prepared to adjust to students' needs.
  • Transfer as the goal: Learning in classrooms is valued especially when it can be used outside the classroom in new or future situations.
  • Common confusion: Incidental learning (learning "accidentally" without deliberate effort) happens everywhere, but teachers focus on deliberate, conscious learning because of curriculum responsibilities.

📚 How teachers define learning

📚 Learning as curriculum and academic achievement

For teachers, learning usually refers to things that happen in schools or classrooms, even though every teacher can describe examples of learning that happen outside these places.

  • Teachers emphasize what is taught deliberately in schools: the official curriculum plus behaviors and routines that make classrooms run smoothly.
  • In practice, this means equating learning with major forms of academic achievement—especially language and mathematics, and to a lesser extent music, physical coordination, or social sensitivity.
  • Why this happens: Public education makes teachers responsible for certain content (books, reading) and the skills these activities require (answering questions, writing essays).
  • Not because: Teachers are biased or unaware that students learn outside school; it is a structural result of their professional responsibilities.

🤝 Social interaction becomes something to manage

  • In a classroom with dozens of students, teachers think of learning as either:
    • Requiring concentration (to avoid distraction by others), or
    • Benefiting from collaboration (to take advantage of others' presence).
  • Contrast with the wider world: Outside school, learning often happens incidentally, "accidentally," without conscious interference or input from others.
    • Example: You learn what a friend's personality is like without either of you deliberately trying to make this happen.
  • Teachers sometimes see and welcome incidental learning in classrooms, but curriculum responsibility focuses effort on conscious, deliberate learning.
  • Key question in classrooms: Are classmates helping or hindering individual students' learning?

⚠️ The teaching ≠ learning trap

  • Focusing on curriculum can tempt teachers to assume what is taught equals what is learned—even though most teachers know this is a mistake.
  • Example: Assigning a reading about the Russian Revolution does not mean all students:
    • Read the same words,
    • Learned the same content,
    • Understood or remembered it.
  • Reality of diverse outcomes:
    • Some students read and learned everything assigned.
    • Others read everything but misunderstood or remembered only some.
    • Still others neither read nor learned much.
  • Don't confuse: Teaching (what the teacher does) with learning (what students actually understand and retain).

🪜 Sequencing and readiness

🪜 What readiness traditionally means

Readiness: students' preparedness to cope with or profit from the activities and expectations of school.

  • For young children: A kindergarten child is "ready" if they:
    • Are in good health,
    • Show moderately good social skills,
    • Can take care of personal physical needs (eating lunch, using bathroom unsupervised),
    • Can use a pencil to make simple drawings.
  • For older students: The term becomes prerequisites—required prior experiences.
    • Example: To take a physics course, a student must first study advanced algebra or calculus.
    • Example: To begin work as a public school teacher, a person must first engage in practice teaching.

🔄 The second meaning: teacher readiness

  • Traditional readiness focuses on students adjusting to school, but there is a legitimate second meaning: schools and teachers adjusting to students.
  • Example: If 5-year-old children normally need to play a lot and keep active, their kindergarten teacher needs to be "ready" by planning a program that allows play and physical activity.
    • If the teacher cannot or will not do so, this failure is not the children's responsibility.
  • For older students: If a teacher has a student with a disability (e.g., visually impaired), the teacher must adjust their approach—not simply expect the child to "sink or swim."
  • Don't confuse: Student readiness (is the student prepared for school?) with teacher/school readiness (is the school prepared to meet students' needs?).

📊 Reading readiness example

Signs of readiness in the childSigns of readiness to teach reading
Productive vocabulary of 5,000–8,000 wordsTeacher answers children's questions when possible
Understands and uses complete sentencesTeacher encourages child to find out more through other means
Questions tend to be relevant to the taskTeacher asks questions to elaborate or expand child's thinking
Correctly uses most common grammatical constructionsTeacher highlights letters and sounds in the classroom
Can match some letters to some soundsTeacher provides lots of paper and marking tools
Can string a few letters together to make simple wordsTeacher assists child with initial writing of letters
Can tell and retell stories, poems, and songsTeacher encourages children to enact stories, poems, and songs

🌉 Transfer as a crucial outcome

🌉 What transfer means

Transfer: the ability to use knowledge or skill in situations beyond the ones in which they are acquired.

  • Learning to read and solve arithmetic problems are major elementary school goals because those skills are meant to be used outside the classroom as well as inside.
  • Teachers intend for these skills to "transfer," even while doing their best to make the skills enjoyable during learning.

🎯 The "gold standard" of teaching

  • Making learning fun is a good thing to do.
  • Making learning useful as well as fun is even better.
  • Combining enjoyment and usefulness is the "gold standard" of teaching—teachers generally seek it for students, even though they may not succeed all the time.
  • In the world of teachers, even more than in other worlds, usefulness (transfer) is a key criterion for evaluating learning.

🧠 Major theories of learning

🧠 The "screen" of education

  • Teachers' ideas about learning (curriculum, teaching vs. learning, sequencing, readiness, transfer) form a "screen" through which to understand and evaluate what psychology offers education.
  • Many theories and concepts from educational psychology are consistent with teachers' professional priorities and helpful in solving classroom teaching problems.

🗂️ Two main perspectives

Educational psychologists have developed theories that can be grouped by whether they focus on:

PerspectiveFocus
BehaviorismLearning as changes in overt behavior (what students say or do)
ConstructivismLearning as changes in thinking

Constructivism can be further divided:

  • Psychological constructivism: Changes in thinking resulting from individual experiences.
  • Social constructivism: Changes in thinking due to assistance from others.

🎬 Behaviorism: changes in what students do

Behaviorism: a perspective on learning that focuses on changes in individuals' observable behaviors—changes in what people say or do.

  • When we all use this perspective: At some point everyone focuses on whether they can actually do something, not whether they can describe or explain it.
    • Example: The first time driving a car, the concern is whether you can actually drive, not whether you can describe how to drive.
    • Example: When beginning to cook, the focus is on producing edible food, not on explaining recipes to others.
    • Example: A new teacher's first year is more focused on day-to-day survival (doing the job) than on pausing to reflect on what they are doing.
  • Important caveat: Focusing on behavior instead of "thoughts" may be desirable at a given moment, but not necessarily desirable indefinitely or all the time.
    • Even as a beginner, there are times when it is more important to describe how to drive or cook than to actually do these things.
    • There are many times when reflecting on teaching is important, not just doing it.
6

Major theories and models of learning

Major theories and models of learning

🧭 Overview

🧠 One-sentence thesis

Educational psychology offers several theories of learning—behaviorism (focusing on observable behavior changes) and constructivism (focusing on how learners build knowledge)—that describe classroom learning and guide teaching practices.

📌 Key points (3–5)

  • Two major perspectives: Behaviorism describes learning as changes in observable behavior; constructivism describes learning as changes in thinking.
  • Behaviorism divides into two models: Respondent (classical) conditioning links neutral stimuli to automatic responses; operant conditioning links behaviors to their consequences.
  • Constructivism divides into two versions: Psychological constructivism emphasizes individual knowledge-building; social constructivism emphasizes learning with expert guidance.
  • Common confusion: Behaviorism is not just "bribery"—external reinforcement often works alongside intrinsic motivation, not replacing it.
  • Why it matters: Each perspective suggests practical strategies teachers can use to make student learning more productive in classrooms.

🎯 Behaviorism: learning as behavior change

🎯 What behaviorism focuses on

Behaviorism: a perspective on learning that focuses on changes in individuals' observable behaviors—changes in what people say or do.

  • Behaviorism is useful when you need to attend to what students actually do, not just their inner thoughts.
  • It is most helpful for identifying relationships between specific actions, their immediate precursors, and their consequences.
  • Example: A beginning driver focuses on whether they can actually drive the car, not on whether they can explain how to drive.
  • Don't confuse: Focusing on behavior is not inherently less valuable than focusing on thinking; teachers need to attend to both.

🔄 Two models within behaviorism

Behaviorism relies on two basic models:

ModelWhat it describes
Respondent (classical) conditioningHow neutral stimuli become associated with involuntary responses
Operant conditioningHow consequences and cues make voluntary behaviors more or less frequent

🔔 Respondent conditioning: learning new associations

🔔 How respondent conditioning works

Respondent conditioning (also called classical conditioning): the process by which a neutral stimulus becomes able to elicit an involuntary response through repeated pairing with an unconditioned stimulus.

  • Originally studied by Ivan Pavlov with dogs that learned to salivate at the sound of a bell paired with food.
  • The process involves four key elements:
    • Unconditioned stimulus (UCS): naturally triggers a response (e.g., food)
    • Unconditioned response (UCR): automatic reaction to UCS (e.g., salivation)
    • Conditioned stimulus (CS): neutral stimulus that becomes associated with UCS (e.g., bell)
    • Conditioned response (CR): learned reaction to CS (e.g., salivation to bell alone)

🏫 Respondent conditioning in classrooms

Respondent conditioning describes changes in students' attitudes and feelings relatively well.

Positive example: A child who smiles when the teacher smiles may eventually smile just from being in the classroom, even without the teacher present—the classroom itself becomes a conditioned stimulus for happy feelings.

Negative example: A child with "Mr Horrible" who frowns frequently may eventually feel anxious just from being in that classroom, even when Mr Horrible is absent.

  • These changes affect students' intrinsic motivation—desire originating from within the student.
  • Contrast with extrinsic motivation—desire originating from outside consequences.

🔧 Three key mechanisms in respondent conditioning

🔧 Extinction

  • The disappearance of the association between conditioned stimulus and conditioned response.
  • Happens when the CS is no longer paired with the UCS over time.
  • Example: If a teacher who smiled frequently leaves mid-year, the student's positive response to the classroom will gradually fade.
  • Important: Extinction unfolds over time, not suddenly.

🔧 Generalization

  • The tendency for similar stimuli to elicit the conditioned response.
  • Example: A child conditioned to smile in one teacher's classroom may also smile in other, similar classrooms.
  • This is similar to the concept of transfer—extending prior learning to new situations.
  • Can be positive (generalizing love of one classroom to school in general) or negative (generalizing fear across settings).

🔧 Discrimination

  • Learning not to generalize—responding to one stimulus but not to similar ones.
  • Happens when only one specific stimulus is consistently paired with the UCS.
  • Example: A middle school student learns to smile only in one teacher's room (where the teacher smiles) but not in others (where teachers don't smile).
  • Trade-off: Discrimination prevents both positive generalization (liking school broadly) and negative generalization (fearing all classrooms).

⚙️ Operant conditioning: behaviors and consequences

⚙️ How operant conditioning works

Operant conditioning: learning that focuses on how the consequences of behaviors make those behaviors more or less frequent.

  • Originally studied by B. F. Skinner with laboratory rats that learned to press a lever to receive food pellets.
  • Key terms:
    • Operant: the voluntary behavior that "operates" on the environment (e.g., pressing lever)
    • Reinforcement: the consequence that makes the behavior more likely (e.g., food pellet)
    • Schedule of reinforcement: the pattern or frequency of reinforcement

🏫 Operant conditioning in classrooms

Operant conditioning is widespread in classrooms—more so than respondent conditioning.

Common examples:

  • A student makes a silly face (operant) → classmates giggle (reinforcement)
  • A kindergartner raises her hand (operant) → teacher calls on her (reinforcement)
  • A restless child sits still for five minutes (operant) → teaching assistant compliments him (reinforcement)
  • A student reads a library book (operant) → teacher posts a gold star by her name (reinforcement)

Important points:

  • Operant conditioning happens across all grades and subjects.
  • Teachers are not the only source of reinforcement—classmates and the activity itself can also reinforce.
  • Multiple examples often happen simultaneously in one classroom.

🔀 Intrinsic and extrinsic motivation in operant conditioning

Operant conditioning often stimulates both types of motivation at once:

  • Intrinsic motivation: reinforcement comes from the activity itself (e.g., enjoying reading)
  • Extrinsic motivation: reinforcement comes from outside consequences (e.g., gold stars, praise)

Example: A student who reads library books may be reinforced both by the pleasure of reading itself (intrinsic) and by receiving gold stars (extrinsic).

Don't confuse: External reinforcement may alter intrinsic motivation but does not necessarily destroy or replace it—operant conditioning is not simply "bribery in disguise."

🔧 Key concepts in operant conditioning

🔧 Extinction in operant conditioning

  • The disappearance of the operant behavior due to lack of reinforcement.
  • Example: A student who stops receiving gold stars for reading may decrease or stop reading library books.

🔧 Generalization in operant conditioning

  • The tendency for behaviors similar to the operant to be conditioned along with the original.
  • Example: If getting gold stars for reading library books is reinforced, the student may generalize to reading newspapers, even without direct reinforcement.

🔧 Discrimination in operant conditioning

  • Learning not to generalize the operant behavior to inappropriate times.
  • Example: A student reinforced for contributing to discussions must learn when to speak (when called on) versus when not to speak (when others are busy).

🔧 Schedule of reinforcement

  • The pattern or frequency by which reinforcement follows the operant.
  • Key finding: Partial or intermittent schedules cause learning to take longer but also cause extinction to take longer.
  • Implication for teachers: Praising students intermittently (not every time) makes constructive behaviors more lasting, but also makes inappropriate behaviors harder to extinguish.

🔧 Cues

  • A stimulus before the operant that signals whether reinforcement is available.
  • Example: A teacher calling on a student is a cue that speaking at that moment may be reinforced with praise.
  • Cues help students learn when a behavior is acceptable versus when it is not.

📊 Comparing respondent and operant conditioning

ConceptIn respondent conditioningIn operant conditioning
ExtinctionDisappearance of CS-CR associationDisappearance of operant behavior due to lack of reinforcement
GeneralizationSimilar stimuli elicit the CRSimilar behaviors get conditioned along with the operant
DiscriminationLearning not to respond to similar stimuliLearning not to emit similar behaviors
SchedulePattern of pairing CS with UCSPattern of pairing reinforcement with operant
CueNot applicableStimulus signaling availability of reinforcement

🧱 Constructivism: learning as building knowledge

🧱 What constructivism focuses on

Constructivism: a perspective on learning focused on how students actively create (or "construct") knowledge out of experiences.

  • Constructivist models differ in how much learners construct knowledge independently versus with help from experts.
  • Two main versions:
    • Psychological constructivism: individual construction through personal experiences
    • Social constructivism: construction with assistance from more capable others

🧠 Psychological constructivism: the independent investigator

🧠 Core idea

The main idea is that a person learns by mentally organizing and reorganizing new information or experiences, partly by relating them to prior knowledge.

  • Associated with John Dewey (early 20th century), who argued teachers should adjust curriculum to fit students' prior knowledge and interests.
  • More recent example: Jean Piaget's cognitive theory.

🧠 Piaget's model: assimilation and accommodation

Assimilation: the interpretation of new information in terms of pre-existing concepts, information, or ideas.

Accommodation: the revision or modification of pre-existing concepts in terms of new information or experience.

Example: A preschooler initially calls all flying objects "birds" (assimilation), then gradually revises the concept to include only certain flying objects like robins and sparrows, excluding butterflies and airplanes (accommodation).

  • Assimilation and accommodation work together to create cognitive equilibrium—a balance between relying on prior information and being open to new information.
  • Over time, learners build a growing repertoire of schemata (singular: schema)—mental representations that include vocabulary, actions, and experiences related to a concept.

🧠 Limitations of psychological constructivism

  • The model is "individualistic"—it does not emphasize how other people (teachers, parents) assist learning.
  • Piaget recognized the importance of social transmission (support from others) but did not emphasize it.
  • His theory is often considered more about development (long-term change) than about learning.
  • Educators find Piaget's ideas especially helpful for thinking about students' readiness to learn.

🤝 Social constructivism: learning with expert guidance

🤝 Core idea

Social constructivism focuses on relationships and interactions between a learner and more knowledgeable individuals.

Jerome Bruner proposed instructional scaffolding—temporary support (like a building framework) that allows a stronger structure to be built within it. He believed any subject could be taught effectively to any child at any stage if appropriate guidance is provided.

Lev Vygotsky proposed that learners perform better when helped by an expert than when performing alone.

🤝 Zone of proximal development (ZPD)

Zone of proximal development (ZPD): the difference between what a learner can do alone versus what they can do with expert assistance.

  • Learning is like assisted performance—initially, knowledge resides mostly "in" the expert helper.
  • The expert arranges experiences that allow the novice to practice skills or construct knowledge (like a coach).
  • Gradually, the novice appropriates (makes their own) the skills or knowledge that originally resided only with the expert.

🤝 The expert's responsibility

The expert must:

  • Have knowledge and skill themselves
  • Know how to arrange experiences that make learning easy and safe
  • Break content into manageable parts
  • Offer parts in a sensible sequence
  • Provide suitable and successful practice
  • Bring parts back together at the end
  • Relate the experience to knowledge already meaningful to the learner

🛠️ Implications of constructivism for teaching

🛠️ Strategy 1: Organize content systematically

Bloom's taxonomy is a widely used framework for organizing content:

Bloom's taxonomy: a classification of six kinds of learning goals, ranging from simple recall to complex evaluation.

LevelDefinitionExample (Goldilocks and the Three Bears)
KnowledgeRemembering or recalling factsList three things Goldilocks did in the house
ComprehensionUnderstanding facts, interpreting informationExplain why Goldilocks liked the little bear's chair best
ApplicationUsing concepts in new situationsPredict what Goldilocks might use in your house
AnalysisDistinguishing parts of informationSelect the part where Goldilocks seemed most comfortable
SynthesisCombining elements into something newTell how the story would differ if about three fishes
EvaluationAssessing and judging valueDecide whether Goldilocks was bad and justify your position
  • Bloom's taxonomy helps pinpoint students' zones of proximal development.
  • Example: A biology student who doesn't know species terms (knowledge/comprehension level) needs support at that level before comparing species (analysis level).

🛠️ Strategy 2: Encourage metacognition

Metacognition: an ability to think about and regulate one's own thinking.

  • As students gain experience, they can reflect on how they learn best.
  • Teachers can transfer some responsibility for arranging learning to students themselves.
  • Example: Help a biology student not only learn to compare species but also think about how to learn that information independently.
  • Metacognition gradually frees learners from dependence on expert teachers—reflective learners become their own expert guides.

🛠️ Comparing psychological and social constructivism

  • Social constructivism assigns a more visible role to expert helpers (teachers) and seems more complete as a description of classroom interactions.
  • Psychological constructivism is valuable for planning instruction and thinking about appropriate sequencing of learning and development.
  • Both perspectives offer important ideas to educators, even though psychological constructivism seems to "omit" mentioning teachers in detail.
7

Why Development Matters

Why development matters

🧭 Overview

🧠 One-sentence thesis

Understanding students' long-term developmental changes—rather than just short-term learning—helps teachers plan appropriate activities and hold realistic expectations across different ages and grade levels.

📌 Key points (3–5)

  • Development vs learning: Development refers to long-term, multi-sourced changes (like music skill over ten years), while learning refers to faster, simpler changes (like memorizing planet names).
  • Why teachers need developmental knowledge: It helps distinguish what changes can happen soon from what takes a year or more, and what differences come from age vs recent experience.
  • Two ways developmental trends vary: (1) generality—some changes happen to virtually everyone, others only to some people or under certain conditions; (2) sequencing—some follow a strict "staircase" order, others are more "kaleidoscope-like" without uniform sequence.
  • Common confusion: Single-grade teachers may find it harder to see developmental patterns because age similarities are obscured by individual differences, but developmental knowledge is still useful for planning.
  • Risk of grand theories: Broad, universal models help integrate many features efficiently but can over-generalize or confuse what does happen (e.g., to middle-class children) with what should happen to all children.

🎯 What development means

🎯 Definition and scope

Development: long-term personal changes that have multiple sources and multiple effects.

  • It is not about week-to-week changes, but changes over years (e.g., age five to age fifteen).
  • Some developments are very broad and take a lifetime (e.g., reading others' moods); others are faster and more focused (e.g., crossword puzzle skill).
  • Example: A pianist at age fifteen compared to age five shows development—slow, gradual, from becoming more widely skilled about music in general, not just from simple practice.

🔄 Development vs learning

  • The difference is a matter of degree, not a sharp boundary.
  • Learning: faster, simpler, fewer experiences needed.
    • Example: A child learns to name the planets—doesn't need a lot of time or a multitude of experiences.
  • Development: slower, more complex, multiple sources and effects.
    • Example: The pianist's evolving music skills over ten years.
  • Don't confuse: The same change can be called "learning" if it's quick and focused, or "development" if it's long-term and broad.

🏫 Why development matters for teachers

🏫 Single-grade vs multi-grade teaching

Teaching contextWhat you noticeWhat's obscuredHow developmental knowledge helps
Single grade (e.g., third grade only)Differences in spite of similar agesSimilarities because of similar agesHelps distinguish long-term developmental changes from short-term experience differences; guides appropriate activities and expectations
Multiple grades (e.g., specialists, middle/high school)Wide age differences daily(Less obscured)Need is more obvious; helps answer what activities and expectations fit each age group
  • In both cases, the instructional challenge is the same: knowing what activities and expectations are appropriate.
  • You need to know not only how students are unique, but also general trends of development during childhood and adolescence.

🔍 What changes soon vs what takes longer

  • Developmental psychology helps answer: Which changes can you expect relatively soon from your current activities, and which may take a year or more to show up?
  • Example: If you teach kindergarten at one time and sixth-graders at another, students differ obviously because of age plus other factors like recently learned skills.

🌍 Two ways developmental trends vary

🌍 Generality: universal vs specific

  • Universal changes: happen to virtually every person, often at predictable points.
    • Example: Virtually every toddler acquires a spoken language; every teenager forms a sense of personal identity.
    • Individuals who don't experience these are rare (though not necessarily disabled).
  • Specific changes: happen only to some people or under certain conditions.
    • Example: Developing a female gender role happens only to females, and details vary by family, community, or society.

🪜 Sequencing: staircase vs kaleidoscope

  • Staircase model: changes happen in a specific order and build on each other; the order cannot be reversed.
    • Example: Young people must have tangible, hands-on experience with new materials before they can reason about them in the abstract.
  • Kaleidoscope model: change happens, but without a uniform sequence or end point.
    • Example: A person who becomes permanently disabled may experience complex long-term changes in values and priorities that differ in timing and content from most people's pathway.

⚖️ Grand theories: benefits and risks

⚖️ Why educators prefer universal, sequential models

  • Educational psychologists tend to emphasize explanations that are relatively general, universal, and sequential (sometimes called "grand theories").
  • Benefits:
    • Concisely integrate many features of development.
    • Describe the kind of people children or adolescents usually end up to be.
    • Make sense for educators who need to work with and teach large numbers of diverse students both efficiently and effectively.

⚠️ Risks of over-generalization

  • Risk 1: Over-generalizing or over-simplifying the experiences of particular children and youth.
  • Risk 2: Confusing what does happen with what should happen.
    • Example: Imagine two children of the same age—one grows up in poverty, another financially well-off. In what sense do they experience the same underlying developmental changes? How much should they even be expected to do so?
  • Developmental psychology highlights the "sameness" or common ground, serving as counterpoint to knowledge of their obvious uniqueness.
  • Don't confuse: What happens to middle-class children as they develop is not necessarily what should happen to all children.

🧒 Physical development during school years

🧒 Why physical development matters for all teachers

  • Physical development is not just the concern of physical education teachers—it is a foundation for many academic tasks.
  • Examples:
    • First grade: Can children successfully manipulate a pencil?
    • Later grades: How long can students sit still without discomfort (a real physical challenge)?
    • All grades: What are students' health needs related to age or maturity? Who may become ill, and with what? What physical activities are reasonable and needed?

📏 Trends in height and weight

Average height and weight of well-nourished children:

AgeHeight (cm)Weight (kg)
2857.0
611520.0
1013531.0
1416252.0
1816960.5
  • Diversity: At age 6, average height is 115 cm, but some are 109 and others 125 cm; average weight is 20 kg, but ranges 16–24 kg (about 20% variation in either direction).
  • Gender differences: Boys and girls are quite similar during childhood, but diverge in early teenage years (puberty). For a time (age 10–14), the average girl is taller (but not much heavier) than the average boy. After that, the average boy becomes both taller and heavier—though individual exceptions remain.
  • Weight diverges more than height: Among 18-year-olds, the heaviest weigh almost twice as much as the lightest, but the tallest are only about 10% taller than the shortest.
  • Racial/ethnic background: Children of Asian background tend to be slightly shorter; European/North American children are in between; African children tend to be taller. Body shape also differs slightly (e.g., Asian youth tend to have arms and legs a bit short relative to torsos; African youth tend to have relatively long arms and legs). These are only averages; large individual differences are more relevant for teachers.

🌟 Puberty and its effects

Puberty: the set of changes in early adolescence that bring about sexual maturity.

  • Physical changes: Internal changes in reproductive organs; outward changes like growth of breasts in girls and penis in boys; relatively sudden increases in height and weight.
  • Social/emotional changes: By age 10 or 11, most children experience increased sexual attraction to others (usually heterosexual, though not always), affecting social life in and out of school. By the end of high school, more than half report having experienced sexual intercourse at least once.
  • Gender role accentuation: Some girls who excelled at math or science in elementary school may curb their enthusiasm to avoid limiting popularity or attractiveness. Some boys may dedicate themselves to athletics to affirm masculinity. Some who once worked together successfully may no longer feel comfortable doing so—or may seek to be partners for social rather than academic reasons.
  • Variability: Changes do not affect all youngsters equally, nor any one youngster equally on all occasions. A student may act like a young adult one day, more like a child the next.
  • Teaching implication: Teachers need to respond flexibly and supportively.

🏃 Development of motor skills

  • At kindergarten: Fundamental motor skills are already developing but not yet perfectly coordinated. Five-year-olds can walk satisfactorily; running may still look like a hurried walk but becomes more coordinated within a year or two. Jumping, throwing, catching are possible but often clumsy, improving noticeably during early elementary years.
  • Who is responsible: Physical education teachers (where they exist) or classroom teachers during designated PE activities.
  • Importance of noticing delays: If a child does not keep to the usual developmental timetable, arrange for special assessment or supports.
  • Impact on self-esteem: Students who are clumsy are aware of it and worry about peer respect. In the long term, self-consciousness and poor self-esteem can develop, especially if peers, teachers, or parents place high value on athletic success.
    • Example: One study found that losers in athletic competitions tend to become less sociable and more apt to miss subsequent practices than winners.

🏥 Health and illness

  • General health: By world standards, children in economically developed societies tend to be remarkably healthy on average, but much depends on family income and health care availability. Children from higher-income families experience far fewer serious or life-threatening illnesses.
  • Frequency of illness: Children get far more illnesses than adults (6–10 colds per year vs 2–4 for adults), probably because their immune systems are less fully formed and they are continually exposed to other children at school. Teachers also report more frequent minor illnesses (about five colds per year) than adults in general.
  • Impact on learning: "Simple" illnesses are not life-threatening but cause many lost school days for students and teachers, and days when a student is present but functions below par while infecting classmates.
  • Unequal distribution: Illness is particularly common where living conditions are crowded, health care is scarce or unaffordable, and individuals live with frequent stresses—often (but not always) the circumstances of poverty.

Health effects of children's economic level (poor vs non-poor):

Health problemComparison
Delayed immunizations3 times higher
AsthmaSomewhat higher
Lead poisoning3 times higher
Deaths in childhood from accidents2–3 times higher
Deaths in childhood from disease3–4 times higher
Condition limiting school activity2–3 times higher
Days sick in bed40% higher
Seriously impaired vision2–3 times higher
Severe iron-deficiency (anemia)2 times higher

🚬 Health risks in older students

  • Alcohol and cigarettes: As of 2004, about 75% of teenagers reported drinking alcohol at least occasionally, and 22% reported smoking cigarettes. Good news: these proportions show a small but steady decline over the past 10 years. Bad news: teenagers show increases in abuse of some prescription drugs (e.g., inhalants that act as stimulants).
  • Unequal distribution: A relatively small fraction of individuals account for a disproportionate proportion of usage. A teenager is 3–5 times more likely to smoke or use alcohol, marijuana, or drugs if he or she has a sibling who has also indulged these habits. Siblings are more influential in this case than parents.
8

Physical Development During the School Years

Physical development during the school years

🧭 Overview

🧠 One-sentence thesis

Physical development during the school years—including growth, puberty, motor skills, and health—forms a foundation for many academic tasks and affects students' learning, self-esteem, and classroom participation.

📌 Key points (3–5)

  • Why physical development matters for educators: it underpins academic tasks (e.g., pencil manipulation, sitting still, knowing health needs) and is not just the concern of physical education teachers.
  • Growth patterns: children show large individual variation in height and weight; boys and girls diverge at puberty (girls temporarily taller around ages 10–14); weight differences become more extreme than height differences by age 18.
  • Puberty's impact: brings sexual maturity, outward physical changes, and can accentuate gender-role differences, affecting social dynamics and academic behavior (e.g., some girls curbing enthusiasm in math/science).
  • Motor skills and self-esteem: clumsiness can negatively affect peer respect and lead to poor self-esteem, especially if athletics are highly valued; skills improve noticeably during early elementary years.
  • Common confusion—health and socioeconomic status: illness is not uniformly distributed; children from lower-income families experience far more serious illnesses and health problems, and crowded/stressful conditions increase illness prevalence.

📏 Growth Trends and Individual Variation

📏 Typical height and weight patterns

  • The excerpt provides average values (e.g., at age 6, average height ~115 cm, weight ~20 kg; at age 18, ~169 cm and ~60.5 kg).
  • Key point: averages hide large individual differences—at age 6, height ranges from 109 to 125 cm, weight from 16 to 24 kg (about 20% variation in either direction).
  • As children age, weight differences diverge more radically than height differences: among 18-year-olds, the heaviest weigh almost twice as much as the lightest, but the tallest are only ~10% taller than the shortest.

🚻 Gender differences across development

  • Boys and girls are quite similar in height and weight during childhood.
  • Puberty divergence: approximately ages 10–14, the average girl is taller (but not much heavier) than the average boy; after that, the average boy becomes both taller and heavier.
  • This temporary difference can be awkward for some youth who aspire to older teen/adult appearance, but may not be noticed by those less concerned with "image."

🌍 Racial and ethnic background

  • Average height and weight relate somewhat to background:
    • Children of Asian background tend to be slightly shorter.
    • Children of European/North American background are in between.
    • Children from African societies tend to be taller.
  • Body shape also differs slightly (e.g., Asian youth: shorter arms/legs relative to torso; African youth: relatively long arms/legs).
  • Don't confuse: these are only averages; large individual differences exist and are more relevant for teachers than broad group differences.

⚖️ Social and health concerns

  • Modern societies tend to favor relatively short women, tall men, and thin body builds (especially for girls/women).
  • Being overweight has become a common, serious problem due to high-fat diets and low-activity lifestyles.
  • The educational system has contributed by restricting physical education courses over the past two decades.
  • Example: a student who does not fit the "socially correct" height or thinness may face social pressure or self-esteem issues.

🌸 Puberty and Its Effects

🌸 What puberty involves

Puberty: the set of changes in early adolescence that bring about sexual maturity.

  • Internal changes: reproductive organs mature.
  • Outward changes: growth of breasts in girls, penis in boys, and relatively sudden increases in height and weight.
  • By age 10 or 11, most children experience increased sexual attraction to others (usually heterosexual, though not always), affecting social life in and out of school.
  • By the end of high school, more than half of boys and girls report having experienced sexual intercourse at least once (though exact proportions are uncertain due to privacy/sensitivity).

🎭 Gender-role accentuation

  • At about the same time puberty occurs, gender-role differences accentuate for at least some teenagers.
  • Example: some girls who excelled at math or science in elementary school may curb their enthusiasm and displays of success for fear of limiting their popularity or attractiveness as girls.
  • Example: some boys not especially interested in sports previously may dedicate themselves to athletics to affirm their masculinity.
  • Example: some boys and girls who once worked together successfully on class projects may no longer feel comfortable doing so—or may now seek to be partners for social rather than academic reasons.

🔄 Variability and teaching implications

  • Changes do not affect all youngsters equally, nor affect any one youngster equally on all occasions.
  • An individual student may act like a young adult one day, but more like a child the next.
  • Teaching implication: teachers need to respond flexibly and supportively to children experiencing puberty.

🤸 Motor Skills Development

🤸 Fundamental motor skills in early school years

  • Students' fundamental motor skills are already developing when they begin kindergarten, but are not yet perfectly coordinated.
  • Five-year-olds generally can walk satisfactorily for most school-related purposes.
  • Running may still look like a hurried walk for some fives, but usually becomes more coordinated within a year or two.
  • Jumping, throwing, and catching: most children can do these things (though often clumsily) by the time they start school, but improve noticeably during the early elementary years.

🛠️ Who assists and when to seek help

  • Assisting motor skill development is usually the job of physical education teachers (where they exist) or classroom teachers during designated physical education activities.
  • Important: notice if a child does not keep more-or-less to the usual developmental timetable, and arrange for special assessment or supports if appropriate.

😟 Clumsiness and self-esteem

  • Even if physical skills are not a special focus of a classroom teacher, they can be quite important to students themselves.
  • Whatever their grade level, students who are clumsy are aware of that fact and how it could potentially negatively affect respect from their peers.
  • In the long term, self-consciousness and poor self-esteem can develop for a clumsy child, especially if peers (or teachers and parents) place high value on success in athletics.
  • Example: one research study found that losers in athletic competitions tend to become less sociable and are more apt to miss subsequent athletic practices than winners.

🏥 Health and Illness Patterns

🏥 Frequency of illness in children vs. adults

  • By world standards, children and youth in economically developed societies tend to be remarkably healthy on average.
  • However, children—especially the youngest—get far more illnesses than adults.
  • Example: in 2004, children get an average of 6–10 colds per year, but adults get only 2–4 per year.
  • Why: children's immune systems are not as fully formed as adults', and children at school are continually exposed to other children, many of whom may be contagious.

👩‍🏫 Impact on teachers and learning

  • An indirect result: teachers (along with airline flight attendants) also report more frequent minor illnesses than adults in general—about five colds per year instead of 2–4.
  • "Simple" illnesses are not life-threatening, but they are responsible for many lost days of school (for both students and teachers), as well as days when a student may be present physically but functions below par while simultaneously infecting classmates.
  • In these ways, learning and teaching often suffer because health is suffering.

💰 Socioeconomic disparities in health

  • The problem is not only the prevalence of illness as such, but that illnesses are not distributed uniformly among students, schools, or communities.
  • Illness is particularly common where living conditions are crowded, where health care is scarce or unaffordable, and where individuals live with frequent stresses of any kind—often (but not always) the circumstances of poverty.
  • Children from higher-income families experience far fewer serious or life-threatening illnesses than children from lower-income families.
Health problemComparison: poor vs. non-poor
Delayed immunizations3 times higher
AsthmaSomewhat higher
Lead poisoning3 times higher
Deaths in childhood from accidents2–3 times higher
Deaths in childhood from disease3–4 times higher
Having a condition that limits school activity2–3 times higher
Days sick in bed40% higher
Seriously impaired vision2–3 times higher
Severe iron-deficiency (anemia)2 times higher

🚬 Health risks in older students

  • As students get older, illnesses become less frequent, but other health risks emerge.
  • The most widespread: consumption of alcohol and smoking of cigarettes.
  • As of 2004, about 75% of teenagers reported drinking an alcoholic beverage at least occasionally, and 22% reported smoking cigarettes.
  • Good news: these proportions show a small but steady decline over the past 10 years or so.
  • Bad news: teenagers also show increases in the abuse of some prescription drugs (e.g., inhalants that act as stimulants).

👨‍👩‍👧‍👦 Uneven distribution of drug use

  • The prevalence of drug use is not uniform; a relatively small fraction of individuals account for a disproportionate proportion of usage.
  • Example: one survey found that a teenager was 3–5 times more likely to smoke, use alcohol, smoke marijuana, or use drugs if he or she has a sibling who has also indulged these habits.
  • Don't confuse: siblings are more influential in this case than parents.
9

Cognitive Development: The Theory of Jean Piaget

Cognitive development: the theory of Jean Piaget

🧭 Overview

🧠 One-sentence thesis

Jean Piaget's cognitive stage theory explains how children and youth gradually become able to think logically and scientifically through four distinct, sequential stages from birth through adolescence.

📌 Key points (3–5)

  • Core mechanism: Cognition develops through the interplay of assimilation (adjusting new experiences to fit prior concepts) and accommodation (adjusting concepts to fit new experiences), leading to long-term developmental change.
  • Four sequential stages: sensorimotor (birth–2), preoperational (2–7), concrete operational (7–11), and formal operational (11+), each transforming and incorporating the previous stage.
  • Stage properties: stages always happen in the same order, no stage is skipped, each is a significant transformation, and each later stage incorporates earlier stages—a "staircase" model.
  • Common confusion: formal operational thinking is desirable but not sufficient for school success; many people never use it fully or consistently, and it does not guarantee motivation, behavior, or other skills.
  • Educational relevance: Piaget's theory is especially popular among educators because it explains how children's thinking capabilities change and what kinds of tasks they can handle at different ages.

🧱 Foundational concepts

🧱 What cognitive development means

Cognition refers to thinking and memory processes, and cognitive development refers to long-term changes in these processes.

  • Piaget is described as a psychological constructivist: learning proceeds by the interplay of assimilation and accommodation.
  • These two processes lead not only to short-term learning but also to long-term developmental change.
  • The long-term developments are the main focus of Piaget's cognitive theory.

🪜 The staircase model of stages

Piaget proposed that cognition developed through distinct stages with four key features:

FeatureWhat it means
Same orderStages always happen in the same sequence
No skippingNo stage is ever skipped
TransformationEach stage is a significant transformation of the stage before it
IncorporationEach later stage incorporates the earlier stages into itself
  • This is called the "staircase" model of development.
  • Each stage is correlated with an age period of childhood, but only approximately.

👶 Sensorimotor stage: birth to age 2

👶 Thinking through senses and actions

The sensorimotor stage is defined as the period when infants "think" by means of their senses and motor actions.

  • Infants continually touch, manipulate, look, listen to, and even bite and chew objects.
  • According to Piaget, these actions allow them to learn about the world and are crucial to their early cognitive development.
  • The infant's actions allow the child to represent (or construct simple concepts of) objects and events.

🧸 Object permanence

Object permanence: a belief that objects exist whether or not they are actually present.

  • Example: A toy animal may be just a confusing array of sensations at first, but by looking, feeling, and manipulating it repeatedly, the child gradually organizes sensations and actions into a stable concept, toy animal.
  • The representation acquires a permanence lacking in the individual experiences of the object, which are constantly changing.
  • Because the representation is stable, the child "knows" that toy animal exists even if the actual toy is temporarily out of sight.
  • This is a major achievement of sensorimotor development and marks a qualitative transformation in how older infants (24 months) think compared to younger infants (6 months).

🔬 Piaget's clever experiments

  • During much of infancy, a child can only barely talk, so sensorimotor development initially happens without the support of language.
  • Piaget devised several simple but clever experiments to get around infants' lack of language.
  • Example: He simply hid an object (like a toy animal) under a blanket. Doing so consistently prompts older infants (18–24 months) to search for the object, but fails to prompt younger infants (less than six months) to do so.
  • "Something" motivates the search by the older infant even without the benefit of much language, and the "something" is presumed to be a permanent concept or representation of the object.

🎭 Preoperational stage: age 2 to 7

🎭 Representing without full logic

In the preoperational stage, children use their new ability to represent objects in a wide variety of activities, but they do not yet do it in ways that are organized or fully logical.

  • One of the most obvious examples is dramatic play, the improvised make-believe of preschool children.
  • Example: Ashley holds a plastic banana to her ear and says: "Hello, Mom? Can you be sure to bring me my baby doll? OK!" Then she hangs up the banana and pours tea for Jeremy into an invisible cup.

🧠 Early metacognition through play

Metacognition: reflecting on and monitoring of thinking itself.

  • Children immersed in make-believe seem "mentally insane" in that they do not think realistically, but they are not truly insane because they have not really taken leave of their senses.
  • At some level, Ashley and Jeremy always know that the banana is still a banana and not really a telephone; they are merely representing it as a telephone.
  • They are thinking on two levels at once—one imaginative and the other realistic.
  • This dual processing of experience makes dramatic play an early example of metacognition, a highly desirable skill for success in school that teachers often encourage.
  • Teachers of young children (preschool, kindergarten, and even first or second grade) often make time and space in their classrooms for dramatic play, and sometimes even participate in it themselves to help develop the play further.

🧮 Concrete operational stage: age 7 to 11

🧮 Operating on concrete objects

The concrete operational stage: children mentally "operate" on concrete objects and events.

  • As children continue into elementary school, they become able to represent ideas and events more flexibly and logically.
  • Their rules of thinking still seem very basic by adult standards and usually operate unconsciously, but they allow children to solve problems more systematically than before.
  • Example: A child may unconsciously follow the rule: "If nothing is added or taken away, then the amount of something stays the same." This helps children understand certain arithmetic tasks (adding or subtracting zero) and classroom science experiments (judgments of amounts of liquids when mixed).
  • They are not yet able, however, to operate (or think) systematically about representations of objects or events—a more abstract skill that develops later, during adolescence.

🔄 Reversibility

Reversibility: the ability to think about the steps of a process in any order.

  • Example: Both preoperational and concrete operational children can recall and describe the steps in a science experiment (placing objects in water to see if they sink or float), but only the concrete operational child can recall them in any order.
  • This skill is very helpful on any task involving multiple steps—a common feature of classroom tasks.
  • Example: A teacher might tell students: "First make a list of words in the story that you do not know, then find and write down their definitions, and finally get a friend to test you on your list." This involves repeatedly remembering to move back and forth between steps—easy for concrete operational students and most adults, but confusing for preoperational children.
  • If younger children are to do this task reliably, they may need external prompts, such as having the teacher remind them periodically.

🎯 Decentration

Decentration: the ability to focus on more than one feature of a problem at a time.

  • There are hints of decentration in preschool children's dramatic play, which requires being aware on two levels at once—knowing that a banana can be both a banana and a "telephone."
  • But the decentration of the concrete operational stage is more deliberate and conscious than preschoolers' make-believe.
  • Example: "Find all of the problems that involve two-digit subtraction and that involve borrowing from the next column. Circle and solve only those problems." Following these instructions is quite possible for a concrete operational student because they can attend to the two subtasks simultaneously—finding the two-digit problems and identifying which actually involve borrowing.

⚖️ Conservation

Conservation: the belief that an amount or quantity stays the same even if it changes apparent size or shape.

  • In real classroom tasks, reversibility and decentration often happen together; a well-known example is Piaget's experiments with conservation.
  • Example: Imagine two identical balls made of clay. Any child will agree that the two have the same amount of clay because they look the same. But if you squish one ball into a long, thin "hot dog," the preoperational child is likely to say that the amount has changed—either because it is longer or because it is thinner. The concrete operational child will not make this mistake.
  • Why the concrete operational child gets it right: "you could squish it back into a ball again" (reversibility) and "it may be longer, but it is also thinner" (decentration).
  • Piaget would say the concrete operational child "has conservation of quantity."
  • The development of concrete operational skills supports students in doing many basic academic tasks; in a sense they make ordinary schoolwork possible.

🔬 Formal operational stage: age 11 and beyond

🔬 Operating on abstract representations

The formal operational stage: the period when the individual can "operate" on "forms" or representations.

  • The child becomes able to reason not only about tangible objects and events, but also about hypothetical or abstract ones.
  • With students at this level, the teacher can pose hypothetical (or contrary-to-fact) problems: "What if the world had never discovered oil?" or "What if the first European explorers had settled first in California instead of on the East Coast of the United States?"
  • To answer such questions, students must use hypothetical reasoning, meaning that they must manipulate ideas that vary in several ways at once, and do so entirely in their minds.

🧪 Scientific problem-solving

  • The hypothetical reasoning that concerned Piaget primarily involved scientific problems, so his studies of formal operational thinking often look like problems that middle or high school teachers pose in science classes.
  • Example: A young person is presented with a simple pendulum, to which different amounts of weight can be hung. The experimenter asks: "What determines how fast the pendulum swings: the length of the string holding it, the weight attached to it, or the distance that it is pulled to the side?"
  • The young person is not allowed to solve this problem by trial-and-error with the materials themselves, but must reason a way to the solution mentally.
  • To do so systematically, he or she must imagine varying each factor separately, while also imagining the other factors that are held constant.
  • This kind of thinking requires facility at manipulating mental representations of the relevant objects and actions—precisely the skill that defines formal operations.

⚠️ Advantages and limitations

Advantages:

  • Students with an ability to think hypothetically have an advantage in many kinds of school work: by definition, they require relatively few "props" to solve problems.
  • In this sense they can in principle be more self-directed than students who rely only on concrete operations—certainly a desirable quality in the opinion of most teachers.

Limitations:

  • Formal operational thinking is desirable but not sufficient for school success.
  • It is far from being the only way that students achieve educational success.
  • Formal thinking skills do not insure that a student is motivated or well-behaved, nor does it guarantee other desirable skills, such as ability at sports, music, or art.
  • The fourth stage is really about a particular kind of formal thinking: the kind needed to solve scientific problems and devise scientific experiments.
  • Since many people do not normally deal with such problems in the normal course of their lives, research finds that many people never achieve or use formal thinking fully or consistently, or that they use it only in selected areas with which they are very familiar.

🔍 Don't confuse formal operations with general intelligence

  • Formal operational thinking is a specific cognitive skill related to abstract, hypothetical reasoning—especially scientific reasoning.
  • It does not encompass all aspects of intelligence, motivation, behavior, or other competencies.
  • The limitations of Piaget's ideas suggest a need for additional theories about development—ones that focus more directly on the social and interpersonal issues of childhood and adolescence.
10

Social development: relationships, personal motives, and morality

Social development: relationships,personal motives, and morality

🧭 Overview

🧠 One-sentence thesis

Social development in students involves three interconnected areas—self-concept and relationships, personal motives, and moral reasoning—each explained by a major theory that helps teachers understand and support students' growth beyond cognitive skills.

📌 Key points (3–5)

  • Three main areas of social development: changes in self-concept and relationships (Erikson), changes in basic needs or personal motives (Maslow), and changes in sense of rights and responsibilities (Kohlberg and Gilligan).
  • Erikson's psychosocial crises: development proceeds through eight stages, each a turning point involving a dilemma where one choice is healthier; resolution affects personality and later crises.
  • Maslow's hierarchy: basic deficit needs (physiological, safety, love, esteem) must be satisfied before being needs (cognitive, aesthetic, self-actualization) can emerge; deficit needs can reappear and must be re-satisfied.
  • Common confusion: Maslow's stages are not irreversible like Piaget's or Erikson's—earlier needs can return at any age depending on circumstances, requiring satisfaction again before higher needs motivate behavior.
  • Why it matters for teaching: teachers function like caregivers in supporting trust, autonomy, initiative, and industry; they must recognize that students' deficit needs (especially in poverty) can block attention to learning and growth needs.

🌱 Erik Erikson's psychosocial crises

🧩 What psychosocial crises are

Psychosocial crisis: a turning point in a person's relationships and feelings about himself or herself, consisting of a dilemma or choice that carries both advantages and risks, with one choice normally considered more desirable or "healthy."

  • Each crisis is a stage in social development from birth through old age.
  • How one crisis is resolved affects how later crises are resolved and helps create an individual's developing personality.
  • Erikson proposed eight crises total; four occur during school years.

👶 Early childhood crises (birth to age 6)

CrisisAgeCore dilemmaHealthy resolution
Trust vs. mistrustBirth–1 yearWill the caregiver meet my needs reliably?Baby learns to trust caregiver's attentiveness
Autonomy vs. shame1–3 yearsCan I take care of my own basic needs without being criticized?Child asserts autonomy; caregiver supports efforts without shaming
Initiative vs. guilt3–6 yearsCan I pursue my own projects and desires without harming others?Child takes initiative; caregiver limits behavior but not internal feelings

Relevance to teaching (all ages):

  • Students who are fundamentally mistrustful have serious problems coping with school life; teachers must prove worthy of trust through flexibility and attentiveness.
  • Students need to make choices and undertake initiatives even if not every choice is practical; teachers should support resources and guide efforts, not criticize intentions.
  • Example: A teacher who says "that's bound to fail" about a student's project idea undermines initiative, even if the teacher is privately correct.

🏫 The school-age crisis: industry vs. inferiority (age 6–12)

Industry vs. inferiority: the crisis of becoming competent and worthy in the eyes of classmates and teachers; requires sustained, focused effort on skills.

The dilemma:

  • To gain esteem, the child must develop skills (reading, cooperation, being a "true student") that require effort with no guarantee of success.
  • Success → satisfaction of a job well done (industry).
  • Failure → lasting feelings of inferiority compared to others.

Teacher's role:

  • Set realistic academic goals that tend to lead to success.
  • Provide materials and assistance to help students reach goals.
  • Express confidence when students get discouraged.
  • Avoid hinting (even accidentally) that a student is a "loser."
  • Don't confuse: Too much emphasis on perfection can undermine confidence by making goals seem beyond reach, fostering inferiority instead of industry.

🔍 The adolescent crisis: identity vs. role confusion (age 12–19)

Identity vs. role confusion: the crisis of defining "who am I?" by integrating talents and attitudes into a coherent sense of self, acknowledged by others.

The dilemma:

  • Some talents may be poorly developed or undesirable to others.
  • Who a person wants to be may not match who they actually are or who others want them to be.
  • Result: role confusion.

Teacher strategies:

  • Offer diverse role models (in reading materials, guest speakers) to show many ways to be respected and successful.
  • Be alert to students' confusions about their futures; refer to counselors or outside services.
  • Tolerate changes in students' goals and priorities (sudden shifts in activities or post-graduation plans) because students are still trying roles out.

🌳 Adult crises (age 19+)

CrisisAgeFocus
Intimacy vs. isolation19–25+Establishing deep, sustainable relationships; risk of feeling isolated
Generativity vs. stagnation25–50+Contributing to society and future generations; making life productive and creative
Integrity vs. despair50+Accepting personal life history, forgiving self and others; alternative is despair from believing life was lived badly with no hope of correction

Relevance to school-age students:

  • Precursors exist during school years: students desire lasting relationships (intimacy), welcome chances to serve others authentically (generativity), and need to take responsibility for their personal past (integrity).
  • Personal isolation is a particular risk for students with disabilities or whose cultural/racial backgrounds differ from classmates or teachers.

🏔️ Abraham Maslow's hierarchy of motives and needs

🧩 Core structure of the hierarchy

Hierarchy of needs: basic or "lower-level" needs must be satisfied before higher-level needs become important or motivating.

Two main types:

  • Deficit needs: basic requirements of physical and emotional well-being; must be satisfied before being needs can be addressed.
  • Being needs (growth needs): desires to become fulfilled as a person or be the best you can be.

Key difference from Piaget/Erikson:

  • Maslow's stages are universal but not irreversible.
  • Earlier stages can reappear later in life depending on circumstances; they must be satisfied again before later stages can redevelop.
  • Example: A student who previously felt safe may experience family instability and return to focusing on safety needs, unable to focus on learning.

🍎 Deficit needs: the basics

Need levelDescriptionSchool example
PhysiologicalFood, sleep, clothingA student not getting enough to eat won't feel interest in learning
Safety and securityStability, protection, structure, limitsA child from an abusive family may appreciate a well-organized classroom with predictable rules, even if it doesn't provide much real learning
Love and belongingMaking friends, being a friend, positive relationshipsA student may make approval from peers or teachers a top priority
EsteemRecognition, respect, self-respectA student may be unusually concerned with achievement if it earns public recognition

Important for teachers:

  • Deficit needs are likely to return chronically for students whose families lack economic or social resources or who live with poverty-related stress.
  • Without basic needs met, "elevated" or self-fulfilling concerns are impossible.

🌟 Being needs: becoming your best self

Being needs: desires to become fulfilled as a person; include cognitive needs (knowledge and understanding), aesthetic needs (appreciation of beauty and order), and self-actualization needs (fulfillment of one's potential).

Key characteristics:

  • Emerge only after all deficit needs have been largely met.
  • Unlike deficit needs, being needs beget more being needs—they don't disappear once met but create desire for even more satisfaction.
  • Example: Thirst for knowledge leads to further thirst for knowledge; aesthetic appreciation leads to more aesthetic appreciation.
  • Maslow sometimes grouped all three (cognitive, aesthetic, self-actualization) into the single category "self-actualization needs" because they are less hierarchical.

🦋 Self-actualization: rare but recognizable

Qualities of self-actualizing individuals:

  • Value deep personal relationships but also value solitude.
  • Have a sense of humor but don't use it against others.
  • Accept themselves as well as others.
  • Are spontaneous, humble, creative, and ethical.

Reality for teachers:

  • True self-actualization is rare, especially among young people who haven't lived long enough to satisfy earlier deficit needs.
  • However, students can display moments of self-actualization—times when they show care, respect, spontaneity, humility, or sound ethical sense.
  • Don't confuse: Students are not fully self-actualized, but they can display these positive qualities at their best moments; teachers should recognize both students' deficit needs and their capacity for being needs.

🧭 Moral development: rights and responsibilities

🧩 What morality and moral development are

Morality: a system of beliefs about what is right and good compared to what is wrong or bad.

Moral development: changes in moral beliefs as a person grows older and gains maturity.

Important distinctions:

  • Moral beliefs ≠ moral behavior: it's possible to know the right thing to do but not actually do it.
  • Morality ≠ social conventions: conventions are arbitrary customs needed for smooth operation of society, though they may have a moral element.
  • Example: Driving on the correct side of the street is a convention (practical purpose: smooth traffic flow) but also has a moral element (wrong choice can cause injury or death).

🏫 Moral choices in classroom life

Woven into everyday teaching:

  • Moral choices are not restricted to dramatic incidents but appear in almost every aspect of classroom life.
  • Example dilemma: When students are taking turns reading aloud, should you give every student equal time (fairness as equality) or give more time to students who need extra help (fairness as meeting needs), even if it bores classmates and deprives others of equal floor time?
  • Such dilemmas happen daily at all grade levels because students are diverse and class time is limited.

Note: The excerpt introduces moral development as a topic area with theorists Kohlberg and Gilligan mentioned, but does not provide details of their theories in this section.

11

Moral Development: Forming a Sense of Rights and Responsibilities

Moral development: forming a sense of rights and responsibilities

🧭 Overview

🧠 One-sentence thesis

Moral development involves forming beliefs about right and wrong through two complementary frameworks—justice (focused on fairness and rights) and care (focused on responsibility and consideration for others)—both of which are essential for understanding how students develop ethical reasoning in classroom contexts.

📌 Key points (3–5)

  • Morality vs. behavior and convention: Moral beliefs are about right and wrong, distinct from both actual behavior (you can know the right thing but not do it) and social conventions (arbitrary customs with practical purposes).
  • Two moral frameworks needed: A morality of justice emphasizes fairness, impartiality, and individual rights; a morality of care emphasizes responsibilities, consideration for others' needs, and interdependence.
  • Kohlberg's justice stages: Moral reasoning progresses from preconventional (obedience and self-interest) through conventional (peer/societal approval) to postconventional (democratic process and universal principles).
  • Gilligan's care positions: Ethical care develops from survival orientation (self only) through conventional caring (others only) to integrated caring (coordinating self and others).
  • Common confusion: Justice and care are not opposing theories but complementary—students and teachers need both; also, don't confuse moral beliefs with moral behavior or with social conventions.

⚖️ Justice vs. Care: Two Moral Frameworks

⚖️ Morality of justice

A morality of justice is about human rights—or more specifically, about respect for fairness, impartiality, equality, and individuals' independence.

  • Focuses on rights and fairness.
  • Asks: "Is this fair? Is everyone treated equally?"
  • Example: Should every student get the same reading time, or should struggling readers get more time? Justice asks which is more fair and impartial.

🤝 Morality of care

A morality of care is about human responsibilities—more specifically, about caring for others, showing consideration for individuals' needs, and interdependence among individuals.

  • Focuses on responsibilities and relationships.
  • Asks: "Who needs help? How do we care for each other?"
  • Example: In the same reading scenario, care asks which option shows more consideration for individual needs and acknowledges that students depend on the teacher's attention.

🔍 Why both are necessary

  • Classroom dilemmas are woven into almost every aspect of teaching, not just dramatic incidents.
  • Students are diverse, and class time and teacher energy are finite, creating daily moral choices.
  • Don't confuse: These are not competing theories; both themes must be kept in mind when thinking about how students develop beliefs about right and wrong.

📊 Kohlberg's Stages of Justice Development

📊 Overview of the stage model

  • Lawrence Kohlberg proposed six stages grouped into three levels: preconventional, conventional, and postconventional.
  • Individuals experience the stages universally and in sequence as they form beliefs about justice.
  • The model is similar to Piaget's stage approach.
LevelStageDefinition of "good"
Preconventional1: Obedience and punishmentAction that is rewarded and not punished
2: Market exchangeAction agreeable to the child and child's partner
Conventional3: Peer opinionAction that wins approval from friends or peers
4: Law and orderAction that conforms to community customs or laws
Postconventional5: Social contractAction that follows socially accepted ways of making decisions
6: Universal principlesAction consistent with self-chosen, general principles

🍼 Preconventional level: self-centered morality

🚨 Stage 1: Ethics of obedience and punishment

  • Coincides approximately with preschool and Piaget's preoperational thinking.
  • The child is still relatively self-centered and insensitive to moral effects on others.
  • Rightness determined by consequences: If an action is rewarded by authorities (parents, teachers), it's "good"; if punished, it's "bad".
  • Example: Taking a cookie is morally good if it brings smiles, bad if it brings scolding.
  • The child does not (and cannot at this stage) think about why an action might be praised or scolded.

🔄 Stage 2: Ethics of market exchange

  • The child learns to produce positive consequences by exchanging favors with others.
  • Morally good = mutual benefit: An action is good if it favors both the child and another person directly involved; bad if it lacks reciprocity.
  • Introduces a type of fairness for the first time, but still ignores larger context and effects on people not directly involved.
  • Example: Trading lunch items is morally good if both parties agree it's fair; paying a classmate to do homework would also be considered "good" if both see it as fair—even though adults would disagree.

👥 Conventional level: conformity to groups

👫 Stage 3: Ethics of peer opinion

  • As children's lives expand to include more peers, beliefs shift to what this larger array of people agree on.
  • Reference group = immediate peers: If peers believe politeness is morally good, the child agrees and sees it as more than just convention.
  • More stable than Stage 2 because it considers reactions of many people, not just one.
  • Risk: Can lead astray if the group settles on beliefs adults consider wrong (e.g., "Shoplifting for candy is fun and desirable").

🏛️ Stage 4: Ethics of law and order

  • As the social world expands further, the young person encounters more disagreements about ethical issues.
  • Morally good = legal or customarily approved: An action is good if it's legal or approved by the majority of society, including strangers.
  • Even more stable than Stage 3, but still not immune from ethical mistakes.
  • Example: A society may agree that people of a certain race should be treated with disrespect, or that dumping waste into shared water is acceptable—following these norms would be Stage 4 thinking, but ethically flawed.

🌍 Postconventional level: principled morality

📜 Stage 5: Ethics of social contract

  • Requires abstract thinking (Piaget's formal operations).
  • Focus shifts from what the community believes to how beliefs are formed: An action is morally good if created through fair, democratic processes that respect affected people's rights.
  • Example: Laws requiring motorcyclists to wear helmets—Stage 5 asks whether cyclists, doctors, and families were consulted and gave consent, not just whether the law exists.
  • Key insight: Reasonable people can disagree on an issue but both think at Stage 5 if they focus on due process.
  • Limitation: Places more faith in democratic process than it sometimes deserves; doesn't pay enough attention to the content of what gets decided.

⭐ Stage 6: Ethics of universal principles

  • Recognizes that ethical means can sometimes serve unethical ends (e.g., a society could democratically decide to kill a racial minority).
  • Morally good = based on personally held universal principles: Principles apply to both immediate life and the larger community.
  • May include belief in democratic process (Stage 5) plus other principles like dignity of all human life or sacredness of nature.
  • Universal principles guide beliefs even if they mean disagreeing with custom (Stage 4) or law (Stage 5).

💝 Gilligan's Positions of Care Development

💝 Overview of the care framework

  • Carol Gilligan developed a morality of care as a complement to Kohlberg's justice framework.

Morality of care: a system of beliefs about human responsibilities, care, and consideration for others.

  • Proposes three moral positions representing different extents or breadth of ethical care.
  • Not strictly developmental: Positions can be ranked hierarchically by depth/subtlety, but Gilligan doesn't claim they form a strict sequence (semi-developmental, like Maslow's hierarchy).
PositionDefinition of morally good
1: Survival orientationAction that considers one's personal needs only
2: Conventional careAction that considers others' needs or preferences, but not one's own
3: Integrated careAction that attempts to coordinate one's own personal needs with those of others

🛡️ Position 1: Caring as survival

  • Focus = personal welfare only: A person is concerned primarily with his or her own welfare.
  • Example: A teenage girl considering abortion thinks entirely about effects on herself—what creates least stress and disrupts her life least. Responsibilities to others (baby, father, family) play little or no part.
  • Not always negative: For a child who has been bullied or abused, focusing on one's own needs (speaking out) is both healthy and morally desirable—the victim is taking care of herself.
  • Classroom limitation: If every student only looked out for themselves, classroom life would be unpleasant; not satisfactory on a widespread scale.

🎁 Position 2: Conventional caring

  • Focus = others' happiness and welfare: Concerned about reconciling or integrating others' needs where they conflict.
  • Example: In considering abortion, the teenager thinks primarily about what other people prefer—father, parents, doctor. The morally good choice = whatever pleases others best.
  • More demanding than Position 1 ethically and intellectually (requires coordinating several persons' needs).
  • Limitation: Ignores one crucial person—the self.

🏫 In classrooms

  • Students at Position 2 can be very desirable: eager to please, considerate, good at fitting in and working cooperatively.
  • Teacher temptation: These qualities are welcome in busy classrooms, so teachers may reward them.
  • Problem with rewarding Position 2: Neglects the student's own development—their academic and personal goals or values. Personal goals and identity need attention eventually, and educators have a responsibility to help students discover and clarify them.

🌟 Position 3: Integrated caring

  • Focus = coordination of personal needs and values with those of others: The morally good choice takes account of everyone including yourself, not everyone except yourself.
  • Example: In considering abortion, a woman thinks about consequences for father, unborn child, and family, and also about consequences for herself—how would bearing a child affect her own needs, values, and plans?
  • Most comprehensive but also more prone to dilemmas because the widest possible range of individuals are considered.

🏫 In classrooms

  • Most likely to surface when teachers give students wide, sustained freedom to make choices.
  • Little flexibility = little moral choice: "Do the homework on page 50 and turn it in tomorrow" → main issue is compliance, not moral choice.
  • Wide freedom = moral challenges: "Over the next two months, figure out an inquiry project about water resources. Organize it any way you want and share it meaningfully with the class."
    • Students must decide what aspect matters to them (personal values).
    • Students must consider how to make it meaningful to others in class.
    • Students must weigh personal priorities (time with friends/family) against educational priorities (working on the assignment).
  • Don't confuse: Some students may struggle with this freedom, and teachers may be cautious about giving such assignments—but the difficulties are part of the point. Integrated caring is more demanding than survival or conventional caring; not all students may be ready for it.

🔑 Key Distinctions and Classroom Implications

🔑 Morality vs. behavior vs. convention

Morality: a system of beliefs about what is right and good compared to what is wrong or bad.

Moral development: refers to changes in moral beliefs as a person grows older and gains maturity.

  • Moral beliefs ≠ moral behavior: It is possible to know the right thing to do but not actually do it.
  • Morality ≠ social conventions: Social conventions are arbitrary customs needed for smooth operation of society; they have a primarily practical purpose.
    • Conventions may have a moral element, but they are not the same as morality.
    • Example: Driving on the right side of the street (U.S.) or left (Great Britain) is a convention for smooth traffic flow. Following it also has a moral element because driving on the wrong side can cause injuries or death—so the choice is morally wrong, though it's also unconventional.

🏫 Moral choices woven into classroom life

  • Moral choices are not restricted to occasional dramatic incidents but are embedded in almost every aspect of classroom life.
  • Example: Reading to second-graders taking turns—should you give every student the same time (fairness/justice) or more time to students who need help (consideration/care), even if it bores classmates and deprives others of equal shares?
  • Simple dilemmas like this happen every day at all grade levels because students are diverse and class time and teacher energy are finite.

📚 Understanding "the typical student"

  • Developmental theory often speaks of "the" child or student in a generalized way, as if a single typical individual exists.
  • Reality: A class of 25–30 students contains 25–30 individuals each developing along distinct pathways.
  • Why study developmental patterns? Because underlying their diversity, students show important similarities that relate to the job of teaching.
  • Don't confuse: References to "the" student should not be understood as supporting simple-minded stereotypes; they describe underlying similarities, not rigid categories.
12

Understanding "the typical student" versus understanding students

Understanding“the typical student”versus understanding students

🧭 Overview

🧠 One-sentence thesis

Developmental theory speaks of "the typical student" to describe common patterns, but teachers must understand that these generalizations refer to tendencies woven among real diversity, not simple stereotypes.

📌 Key points (3–5)

  • The paradox of generalization: developmental theory often refers to "the" student as if one typical pathway exists, yet every classroom contains 25–30 individuals developing along distinct paths.
  • Why study patterns at all: despite obvious diversity, students show important underlying similarities that relate directly to teaching.
  • Common confusion: references to "the" student should not be mistaken for simple-minded stereotypes; they describe common tendencies, not fixed categories.
  • The flock metaphor: pointing to developmental changes is like pointing to a flock of birds—the flock has a general location, but individual birds have their own locations and flight paths.
  • Joint understanding required: development and diversity must be understood together, not separately; similarities are woven among differences, and differences are woven among commonalities.

🦅 The flock metaphor: generalization and individuality

🦅 How the metaphor works

The excerpt uses a vivid comparison to explain the relationship between general patterns and individual variation:

Pointing to developmental changes is like pointing to a flock of birds in flight: the flock has a general location, but individual birds also have their own locations and take individual flight paths.

  • The flock represents developmental patterns or stages that apply broadly.
  • Individual birds represent each student's unique pathway.
  • Both levels are real and meaningful simultaneously.
  • You can describe where the flock is going without denying that each bird flies its own path.

🎯 What "the" student really means

  • When developmental theory refers to "the" child, student, or youngster, it sounds like a single typical or average individual exists.
  • Don't confuse: these references are not supporting simple-minded stereotypes.
  • Instead, they refer to common tendencies of real, live children and youth.
  • The generalization is a tool for recognizing patterns, not a claim that all students are identical.

🧩 Why study developmental patterns

🧩 The practical value for teachers

The excerpt addresses a fundamental question: if every student is different, why bother with general developmental theory?

The answer: because underlying their obvious diversity, students indeed show important similarities.

  • A class of 25 or 30 students will contain 25 or 30 individuals each learning and developing along distinct pathways.
  • Yet these individuals share enough commonalities that understanding developmental patterns helps teachers.
  • The chapter (referring to the broader text) has indicated some of these similarities and how they relate to the job of teaching.

📚 Appropriate expectations and perspective

Understanding development helps teachers in two key ways:

  • Hold appropriate expectations for students (knowing what is reasonable to expect at different stages).
  • Keep students' individual diversity in perspective (understanding which differences are typical variation and which require special attention).

🔗 Development and diversity as inseparable

🔗 The weaving metaphor

The excerpt emphasizes that development and diversity cannot be separated:

There are indeed similarities woven among the differences in students, but also differences woven among students' commonalities.

  • Similarities woven among differences: even when students differ, common developmental threads run through their experiences.
  • Differences woven among commonalities: even when students share developmental stages, individual variation persists within those stages.
  • This is not an either/or situation; both dimensions exist simultaneously.

🔄 Joint understanding required

Development and diversity therefore have to be understood jointly, not separately.

  • You cannot fully understand development without acknowledging diversity.
  • You cannot fully understand diversity without a framework of developmental patterns.
  • The excerpt recommends reading the development chapter together with the next chapter on student diversity.
  • This joint reading reflects the joint nature of the concepts themselves.

🎓 Implications for teaching practice

🎓 Avoiding stereotypes while using patterns

Teachers face a practical challenge:

  • They need general knowledge about developmental stages to plan curriculum and set expectations.
  • They must simultaneously recognize that no student perfectly fits the general pattern.
  • The solution is to use developmental knowledge as a starting point, not a rigid prescription.

🎓 Balancing the general and the particular

Example scenario: A teacher knows that students at a certain age typically develop abstract reasoning abilities (a general pattern). However, in the classroom:

  • Some students may already show strong abstract thinking.
  • Others may still rely heavily on concrete examples.
  • The teacher uses the general pattern to guide lesson design but remains alert to individual variation and adjusts accordingly.

Don't confuse: using developmental patterns as a guide with assuming every student will match the pattern exactly or at the same time.

13

Individual styles of learning and thinking

Individual styles of learning and thinking

🧭 Overview

🧠 One-sentence thesis

Students have preferred ways of learning and thinking (learning styles and cognitive styles), but teachers should balance supporting these preferences with encouraging flexibility, rather than locking students into fixed categories.

📌 Key points (3–5)

  • Learning styles vs. reality: Students have preferred strategies (e.g., diagrams vs. outlines), but they can usually learn with other methods too, so preferences shouldn't become rigid labels.
  • Cognitive styles are more specific: These are typical ways of perceiving, remembering, and problem-solving (e.g., field dependence/independence, impulsivity/reflectivity) that show modest stability across situations.
  • Common confusion: Don't confuse "preference" with "necessity"—a student may prefer hearing over seeing, but can still learn effectively through both modalities.
  • Two teaching approaches: Build on existing style strengths and encourage balance for students who need it (e.g., help a field-dependent student develop analytic skills).
  • Why it matters: Understanding styles helps tailor instruction, but should never replace students' own choices or lock them into narrow learning modes.

🎨 Learning styles: preferences, not fixed categories

🎨 What learning styles are

Learning styles: preferred ways of learning that students habitually use.

  • The term may imply more consistency than actually exists—students aren't the same across all situations.
  • Example: One student prefers making diagrams for reading assignments; another prefers sketchy outlines.
  • Key insight: In many cases, students could reverse strategies and still learn the material, though they might feel less comfortable.

⚖️ The balanced approach teachers should take

  • Support preferences where possible and appropriate, but not all the time.
  • It is neither necessary nor desirable to classify students into fixed learning style labels and allow them to learn only that way.
  • Example: A student may prefer hearing explanations over watching videos, but can tolerate or even prefer visual demonstrations sometimes—and may learn best by encountering material both ways.
  • Don't confuse: "Preference" ≠ "only way to learn." Habitual preferences don't mean inability to learn through other methods.

🧠 Cognitive styles: typical ways of thinking

🧠 What cognitive styles are

Cognitive styles: typical ways of perceiving and remembering information, and typical ways of solving problems and making decisions.

  • More specific than learning styles or preferences.
  • Show modest stability across situations for a given person, but not complete consistency.

🌐 Field dependence vs. field independence

Cognitive styleHow they perceiveWork preferenceSubject preference
Field dependencePerceive patterns as a whole rather than focusing on parts separatelyWork better in groupsPrefer "open-ended" fields like literature and history
Field independenceAnalyze overall patterns into their partsWork better alonePrefer highly analytic studies like math and science
  • These are only tendencies—many students contradict the trends.
  • Don't confuse: These styles are useful for tailoring instruction approximately, but cannot and should not "lock" students to particular modes or replace their own expressed preferences.

⚡ Impulsivity vs. reflectivity

Cognitive styleReaction speedError rateBetter suited for
ImpulsiveReacts quicklyMakes comparatively more errorsSpontaneous tasks (e.g., cooperative group partner, athletic team member)
ReflectiveReacts more slowlyMakes fewer errorsAcademic skills benefiting from reflection (e.g., math problem-solving, certain reading tasks)
  • Research confirms reflective style suits many academic demands better.
  • However, some school-related skills develop better with relative impulsivity.
  • Example: Being a good cooperative learning partner may depend on responding spontaneously to others' suggestions; effective athletic team membership may require not reflecting carefully on every move.

🛠️ Two ways to use cognitive style knowledge

🛠️ Build on existing strengths

  • Support students' current style preferences and strengths.
  • Example: A field-independent and reflective student can be encouraged to explore analytic tasks requiring independent work.
  • Example: A field-dependent and impulsive student can be supported to try more social or spontaneous tasks.

🌱 Encourage balance for students who need it

  • Less obvious but important: help students develop styles they lack.
  • Example: A student who lacks field independence may need explicit help organizing and analyzing key academic tasks (like organizing a lab report in science class).
  • Example: A highly reflective student may need encouragement to try ideas spontaneously (as in creative writing lessons).

🧩 Intelligence: single ability vs. multiple forms

🧩 Classical view: intelligence as single broad ability

Intelligence (classical definition): a single broad ability that allows a person to solve or complete many sorts of tasks, especially academic tasks like reading, vocabulary knowledge, and logical problem-solving.

  • Research evidence supports the existence of such a global ability.
  • Fits with society's everyday beliefs about intelligence.
  • Has led to a mini-industry of publishing intelligence, academic ability, and achievement tests.

⚠️ Problems with the single-ability view

  • Conceiving intelligence as one general ability tends to put it beyond teachers' influence.
  • Implication: Students either have a lot of intelligence or they don't; strengthening it becomes a major challenge or even impossible.
  • This conclusion is troubling to educators, especially as achievement testing has become more common and students more diverse.
  • Alternative views exist that portray intelligence as having multiple forms (excerpt ends before elaborating on these alternatives).
14

Multiple intelligences

Multiple intelligences

🧭 Overview

🧠 One-sentence thesis

Howard Gardner's theory of multiple intelligences proposes that people possess eight independent forms of intelligence in varying combinations, offering teachers a framework to diversify instruction and honor diverse student talents rather than rating students on a single ability scale.

📌 Key points (3–5)

  • Core claim: Intelligence is not a single ability but eight independent forms that function separately and combine uniquely in each person.
  • How it works in practice: Different students can succeed on the same task (e.g., writing an essay) by drawing on different intelligence profiles—one using interpersonal strength to get help, another working alone with verbal skill.
  • Evidence cited: Individuals with exceptional talent in one area but average in others; brain-damaged individuals who lose one intelligence but retain others.
  • Common confusion: The theory relies on anecdotes rather than widespread data, so many psychologists do not consider the evidence strong enough to replace the "classical" view of general intelligence.
  • Why it matters for teaching: The model encourages diversifying instruction to respond to diverse student talents, regardless of whether the exact classification is accurate.

🧩 The eight intelligences

🧩 What the theory proposes

Howard Gardner's theory of multiple intelligences: there are eight different forms of intelligence, each of which functions independently of the others.

  • Each person has a mix of all eight abilities—more of one, less of another—that constitutes their individual cognitive profile.
  • The eight are not subparts of a single broader ability; they are separate intelligences in their own right.
  • Most tasks require several forms of intelligence and can be completed in more than one way, so people with various profiles can succeed equally well.

🎨 The eight forms

Form of intelligenceWhat it isExample activities
LinguisticVerbal skill; ability to use language wellVerbal persuasion; writing a term paper skillfully
MusicalAbility to create and understand musicSinging, playing a musical instrument; composing a tune
Logical-MathematicalLogical skill; ability to reason, often using mathematicsSolving mathematical problems easily and accurately; developing and testing hypotheses
SpatialAbility to imagine and manipulate the arrangement of objects in the environmentCompleting a difficult jigsaw puzzle; assembling a complex appliance (e.g. a bicycle)
Bodily-kinestheticSense of balance; coordination in use of one's bodyDancing; gymnastics
InterpersonalAbility to discern others' nonverbal feelings and thoughtsSensing when to be tactful; sensing a "subtext" or implied message in a person's statements
IntrapersonalSensitivity to one's own thoughts and feelingsNoticing complex or ambivalent feelings in oneself; identifying true motives for an action in oneself
NaturalistSensitivity to subtle differences and patterns found in the natural environmentIdentifying examples of species of plants or animals; noticing relationships among species and natural processes in the environment

📝 How different profiles succeed on the same task

  • Example: writing an essay.
    • Student A (high interpersonal, average verbal): uses interpersonal strength to get a lot of help and advice from classmates and the teacher.
    • Student B (high verbal, average interpersonal): works well alone, without the benefit of help from others.
    • Both students might end up with essays that are good, but good for different reasons.
  • Don't confuse: success on a task does not mean using the same intelligence; different profiles can achieve the same outcome through different routes.

🔬 Evidence and debate

🔬 What Gardner cites as evidence

  • Individuals with exceptional talent in one area: someone with exceptional talent in one form of intelligence (e.g., playing the piano) but who is neither above nor below average in other areas.
  • Brain damage cases: individuals with brain damage who lose one particular form of intelligence (like the ability to talk) but retain other forms.

⚠️ Why many psychologists are skeptical

  • The evidence for multiple intelligences is not strong enough to give up the "classical" view of general intelligence, in the opinion of many psychologists.
  • Problem with the evidence: it relies primarily on anecdotes—examples or descriptions of particular individuals who illustrate the model—rather than on more widespread information or data.
  • Don't confuse: anecdotes (specific cases) vs. widespread data (systematic evidence across many people).

🎓 Implications for teaching

🎓 Why teachers find it appealing

  • The perspective has gained in popularity among teachers in recent years, probably because it reflects many teachers' beliefs that students cannot simply be rated along a single scale of ability, but are fundamentally diverse.
  • It suggests the importance of diversifying instruction in order to honor and to respond to diversity in students' talents and abilities.

🎓 How to use the model practically

  • Whether Gardner's classification scheme is actually accurate is probably less important than the fact there is (or may be) more than one way to be "smart."
  • It may not be important to label students' talents or intellectual strengths.
  • More important: simply provide important learning and knowledge in several modes or styles, ways that draw on more than one possible form of intelligence or skill.
  • Example: In the end, as with cognitive and learning styles, the principle is to offer instruction in multiple modes rather than to categorize students rigidly.
15

Gifted and talented students

Gifted and talented students

🧭 Overview

🧠 One-sentence thesis

Gifted and talented students require differentiated instruction through acceleration and enrichment to reach their full potential, and they are best understood as examples of diversity rather than disability.

📌 Key points (3–5)

  • Broadened definition: "gifted and talented" now includes unusual talents in many areas (music, creative writing, arts), not just high verbal skills or test scores.
  • Key qualities: they learn faster and more independently, have advanced language skills, are highly motivated on challenging tasks, and hold themselves to high standards.
  • Common confusion: gifted students are NOT necessarily socially awkward, less healthy, or narrow in interests—they come from all economic and cultural groups and are often well-rounded.
  • The real challenge: without appropriate modifications, gifted students can become bored and their talents may stagnate or disappear as peers catch up.
  • Two main strategies: acceleration (moving faster through material or skipping grades) and enrichment (providing additional or different activities beyond the standard curriculum).

🎯 Understanding giftedness today

🎯 Traditional vs. modern definitions

Traditionally, "gifted" referred only to students with unusually high verbal skills, demonstrated especially well on standardized tests of general ability or school achievement.

  • The meaning has broadened to include unusual talents in a range of activities: music, creative writing, the arts.
  • Educators now use the dual term "gifted and talented" to reflect this expanded view.
  • This shift connects to the idea of multiple intelligences—there is more than one way to be "smart."

🌟 Core characteristics

Gifted and talented students typically show some combination of these qualities:

  • Learning pace: they learn more quickly and independently than most students their own age.
  • Language skills: often have well-developed vocabulary, plus advanced reading and writing skills.
  • Motivation: very motivated, especially on tasks that are challenging or difficult.
  • Standards: hold themselves to higher than usual standards of achievement.

🚫 Debunking stereotypes

Don't confuse: Common impressions vs. reality

Common misconceptionWhat the excerpt says
Socially awkwardNOT necessarily awkward socially—quite the contrary
Less healthyNOT less healthy
Narrow interestsNOT narrow in their interests
Only from privileged backgroundsCome from all economic and cultural groups

🏫 Educational challenges and needs

🏫 The risk of neglect

  • Despite obvious strengths as learners, gifted students often languish in school unless teachers provide more than the usual curriculum challenges.
  • Example: A kindergarten child precociously advanced in reading may make little further progress if teachers don't recognize and develop her skill; her talent may effectively disappear from view as peers gradually catch up to her initial level.
  • Without accommodation to their unusual level of skill or knowledge, these students can become bored, and boredom can even turn into behavior problems.

🔄 Gifted students as diversity, not disability

  • Gifted students have sometimes been regarded as the responsibility of special education, discussed alongside students with intellectual disabilities, physical impairments, or major behavior disorders.
  • There is some logic: they are quite exceptional and require modifications of usual school programs to reach full potential.
  • Key difference from disabilities: students' potential—by definition, gifted students are capable of creative, committed work at levels that often approach talented adults, and they reach these levels sooner and more frequently.
  • Many educators therefore think of the gifted and talented as examples of diversity, not disability—the responsibility of all teachers to differentiate instruction, not just special education specialists.

🚀 Support strategies: acceleration and enrichment

🚀 Acceleration approach

Acceleration involves either a child's skipping a grade, or else the teacher's redesigning the curriculum within a particular grade or classroom so that more material is covered faster.

How it works:

  • Children who have skipped a grade usually function well in the higher grade, both academically and socially.

Limitations:

  • Cannot happen repeatedly unless teacher, parents, and students are prepared to live with large age and maturity differences within single classrooms.
  • No guarantee that instruction in the new, higher-grade classroom will be any more stimulating than in the former classroom.
  • Redesigning the curriculum is beneficial but impractical on a widespread basis; many non-gifted students would be left behind, and teachers may lack time.

🎨 Enrichment approach

Enrichment involves providing additional or different instruction added on to the usual curriculum goals and activities.

Examples:

  • Instead of books at more advanced reading levels, a student might read a wider variety of types of literature at the student's current reading level, or try writing additional types of literature himself.
  • Instead of moving ahead to more difficult math, the student might work on unusual logic problems not assigned to the rest of the class.

Benefits and limitations:

  • Enrichment curricula exist to help classroom teachers and save them time creating materials.
  • Works well up to a point.
  • Risk: Since enrichment is not part of the normal, officially sanctioned curriculum, it may be perceived as busywork rather than intellectual stimulation, particularly if the teacher is not familiar with the enrichment material or unable to involve herself in it fully.

🔀 Combining strategies

  • Acceleration and enrichment can sometimes be combined.
  • A student can skip a grade AND be introduced to interesting "extra" material at the new grade level.
  • A teacher can move a student to the next unit faster than the rest of the class, while also offering additional activities not directly related to the unit.

🎓 The real teaching challenge

🎓 Beyond choosing strategies

  • The real challenge is not simply to choose between acceleration and enrichment.
  • Teachers must observe the student, get to know him or her as a unique individual, and offer activities and supports based on that knowledge.
  • This is essentially the challenge of differentiating instruction—needed not just by the gifted and talented, but by students of all kinds.
16

Gender differences in the classroom

Gender differences in the classroom

🧭 Overview

🧠 One-sentence thesis

Gender differences in the classroom reflect social roles rather than purely biological sex, affecting physical behavior, social interaction, and academic choices, though individual variation within each gender is far larger than differences between genders.

📌 Key points (3–5)

  • Gender vs. sex distinction: gender differences relate to social roles (behaviors, attitudes, expectations), while sex differences relate only to physiology and anatomy.
  • Physical patterns: boys tend to be more physically active and restless, and more prone to physical aggression, which can conflict with classroom demands.
  • Social interaction styles: boys gravitate toward large groups and physical play; girls more often maintain close friendships and share intimate information.
  • Academic trends: girls are more motivated and earn higher grades on average, but by high school may choose courses along conventional gender lines (literature/arts vs. math/science).
  • Common confusion: these are average trends with many individual exceptions—differences within each gender are far larger than differences between genders, so stereotyping individual students is unjustified.

🏃 Physical behavior patterns

🏃 Activity levels and classroom fit

  • Boys tend to be more physically active than girls and more restless when required to sit for long periods.
  • Boys are also more prone to rely on physical aggression when frustrated.
  • Both tendencies are inconsistent with typical classroom demands, making school potentially more difficult for boys even if they never actually get in trouble.

⚽ Motor skill development

  • During the first 2–3 years of elementary school, gross motor skills (running, jumping, throwing) develop at about the same average rate for boys and girls.
  • Toward the end of elementary school, boys pull ahead at these skills even before puberty begins.
  • The most likely reason: boys participate more actively in formal and informal sports due to expectations and support from parents, peers, and society.
  • Puberty later adds to this advantage by making boys taller and stronger on average, especially for sports relying on height and strength.

🤔 Implications for teachers

  • Individual differences mean it is hard to justify providing different levels of support or resources to boys vs. girls for sports, athletics, or physical education.
  • Individual students who contradict gender stereotypes about physical abilities may benefit from emotional support or affirmation from teachers, since they may be less likely to receive such affirmation elsewhere.

👥 Social interaction differences

👥 Group dynamics during leisure

  • Boys' social patterns: gravitate to large groups that fill up a lot of space, often including roughhousing and organized or "semi-organized" competitive games or sports.
  • Girls' social patterns: more likely to seek and maintain one or two close friends and share more intimate information and feelings with these individuals.
  • These differences can make girls less visible or noticeable than boys, at least in leisure play situations where children choose companions freely.
  • Don't overgeneralize: differences do not occur uniformly—there are boys with close friends and girls who play primarily in large groups.

💬 Classroom interaction patterns

  • Boys, on average, are more likely to speak up during class discussions—sometimes even if not called on or if they don't know as much about the topic as others.
  • When working on a project in a small co-ed group, boys tend to ignore girls' comments and contributions.
  • Example: This pattern parallels interaction patterns in many parts of society, where men also tend to ignore women's comments and contributions.

📚 Academic motivation and performance

📚 Motivation and grades

  • On average, girls are more motivated than boys to perform well in school, at least during elementary school.
  • By high school, some girls may try to downplay their own academic ability to make themselves more likeable by both sexes.
  • Even if this occurs, it does not affect their grades: from kindergarten through twelfth grade, girls earn slightly higher average grades than boys.

🔬 Course selection and achievement

  • As youngsters move into high school, they tend to choose courses or subjects conventionally associated with their gender:
    • Math and science for boys
    • Literature and the arts for girls
  • By the end of high school, this difference in course selection makes a measurable difference in boys' and girls' academic performance in these subjects.
  • Important caveat: individuals of both sexes often behave and choose counter to the group trends.

🧠 Cognitive ability comparisons

  • Many studies have found no cognitive ability differences at all between boys and girls.
  • A few others have found small differences: boys slightly better at math, girls slightly better at reading and literature.
  • Still other studies have found the differences are not only small, but [excerpt ends here].
AspectBoys (average trend)Girls (average trend)
Physical activityMore active, more restlessLess active
AggressionMore prone to physical aggressionLess prone
Social groupsLarge groups, competitive gamesOne or two close friends
Classroom participationSpeak up more, may dominate discussionsLess vocal, contributions may be ignored
Academic motivationLower on averageHigher on average
Grades K-12Slightly lower on averageSlightly higher on average
Course selection (high school)Math and scienceLiterature and arts

⚠️ Critical cautions for teachers

⚠️ Individual variation is larger than group differences

The excerpt emphasizes: "Differences within each gender group generally are far larger than any differences between the groups."

  • These are average trends with numerous individual exceptions.
  • Every teacher knows individual boys who are not athletic or particular girls who are especially restless in class.
  • Stereotyping based on gender is unjustified because individual variation is so large.

🎯 Sources of gender differences

  • Gender role differences have a variety of sources: primarily parents, peers, and the media.
  • Teachers are not the primary cause of gender role differences.
  • However, teachers can influence them by their responses to and choices made on behalf of students.

🤝 Supporting students who contradict stereotypes

  • Students whose behaviors contradict gender stereotypes may need extra emotional support or affirmation from teachers.
  • Reason: they may be less likely than usual to receive such affirmation from elsewhere (parents, peers, society).
17

Differences in cultural expectations and styles

Differences in cultural expectations and styles

🧭 Overview

🧠 One-sentence thesis

Cultural differences in language use, beliefs about identity, and social practices create diverse classroom behaviors that teachers must understand and accommodate rather than misinterpret as disrespect or incompetence.

📌 Key points (3–5)

  • Culture is broad: encompasses attitudes, beliefs, and behaviors—everything from holidays to subtle beliefs about intelligence and storytelling—not just "high-brow" arts.
  • Language differences are multilayered: bilingualism exists in many forms (fluent, unbalanced, language loss), and cultures differ not only in languages spoken but also in how language is used (eye contact, wait time, question purposes).
  • Identity beliefs shape behavior: independent self (unique, autonomous) vs. interdependent self (defined by relationships and responsibilities) leads to different preferences for cooperation, public visibility, and time use.
  • Common confusion: what teachers interpret as indifference, rudeness, or cheating may actually reflect culturally appropriate behavior (e.g., avoiding eye contact as respect, sharing answers as cooperation, not interrupting as politeness).
  • Why it matters: misunderstanding cultural patterns can lead to unfair judgments; recognizing diversity allows teachers to turn it into a resource rather than a problem.

🌍 What culture means in the classroom

🌍 Defining culture and ethnicity

Culture: the system of attitudes, beliefs, and behaviors that constitute the distinctive way of life of a people.

  • The excerpt uses culture broadly—not just symphony concerts and expensive restaurants, but also baseball games and McDonald's.
  • Culture is nearly synonymous with ethnicity: the common language, history, and future experienced by a group within society.
  • Culture includes obvious elements (unique holidays, customs) and subtle features (beliefs about intelligence, proper storytelling).

🧩 Why cultural diversity is complex

  • When a classroom draws students from many cultures, students bring considerable diversity in habitual attitudes, beliefs, and behaviors.
  • Teachers need to understand how students differ from each other and from the teacher.
  • The excerpt organizes cultural diversity by how directly features relate to language differences vs. other social and psychological features, though these overlap and influence each other.

🗣️ Language differences: bilingualism in the classroom

🗣️ Forms and degrees of bilingualism

Bilingual: understanding and using two languages.

  • The majority of children worldwide are bilingual; in the U.S., more than 47 million people speak a language other than English at home, including about 10 million children/youths in public schools.
  • Bilingualism exists on a spectrum:
    • One extreme: fluent in both English and another language.
    • Other extreme: limited versions of both languages.
    • In between: speak home/heritage language much better than English, or have partially lost heritage language while learning English.
  • A student may speak a language satisfactorily but struggle with reading or writing it.

✅ Balanced (fluent) bilingualism

  • A fully fluent bilingual student has a cognitive advantage: better positioned to express concepts in more than one way and to be aware of doing so.
  • Example: a young bilingual child is less likely to be confused by "What if a dog were called a cat? Could the 'cat' meow?"
  • This skill is a form of metacognition (using language as an object of thought), helpful for writing essays and interpreting complex texts.

⚖️ Unbalanced bilingualism

  • English language learner (ELL) or limited English learner (LEL): still learning English.
  • The dilemma: how to respect the original language and culture while helping the student join the mainstream (English-speaking) culture.
  • Programs range from total immersion ("sink or swim") to phasing in English over several years (additive approach).
  • Evaluations favor additive approaches: both languages are developed and supported; students ideally become able to use either language permanently, though often for different situations (e.g., English at work, Spanish at home).

📉 Language loss

  • Common in immigrant populations: first-generation immigrants learn just enough English for work/daily needs but use their original language at home; their children experience strong pressure to learn English, diluting experience with the heritage language; by adulthood, children speak English better than the heritage language and may not use it with their own children.
  • Why language loss is a problem:
    • Limits students' ability to learn English as well or quickly: having a large vocabulary in a first language saves time in learning vocabulary in a second language, but only if the first language is preserved.
    • Impairs intervention: if a student has impaired skill in all languages, a speech-language specialist is more effective if they speak and use the first language as well as English.
    • Reduces parent-teacher communication: preserving both languages enriches students' and parents' ability to communicate, helping parents stay "in the loop" and support homework.
  • Don't confuse: acquiring English is not automatically good if it comes at the cost of losing the heritage language; both languages should be supported.

💬 Cultural differences in how language is used

💬 When to speak

  • In some cultures, it is polite or intelligent not to speak unless you have something truly important to say; "chitchat" (talk that affirms personal ties) is considered immature or intrusive.
  • In a classroom, this habit can make a child seem unfriendly, even though it helps the child learn not to interrupt others.

👁️ Eye contact

  • In many African American and Latin American communities, it is appropriate and respectful for a child not to look directly at an adult speaking to them.
  • Teachers often expect a lot of eye contact ("I want all eyes on me!") and may misinterpret lack of eye contact as indifference or disrespect.

📏 Social distance

  • Some cultures prefer standing relatively close during conversation; others prefer standing farther apart.
  • A student who expects a closer distance than the teacher may seem overly familiar or intrusive; one who expects a longer distance may seem overly formal or hesitant.

⏱️ Wait time

Wait time: the gap between the end of one person's comment or question and the next person's reply or answer.

  • In some cultures, wait time is relatively long (three or four seconds); in others, it is a "negative" gap (acceptable to interrupt before the end of the previous comment).
  • In classrooms, wait time is customarily about one second; after that, the teacher moves on.
  • A student who expects a longer wait time may seem hesitant and not be given many chances to speak; one who expects a "negative" wait time may seem overeager or rude.

❓ Purpose of questions

  • In most non-Anglo cultures, questions are intended to gain information; the person asking truly does not have the information.
  • In most classrooms, teachers regularly ask test questions: questions to which the teacher already knows the answer, simply assessing whether the student knows it too (e.g., "How much is 2 + 2?").
  • If the student is unaware of this purpose, they may become confused, think the teacher is ignorant, or feel the teacher is deliberately shaming them by revealing their ignorance to others.

🧑‍🤝‍🧑 Cultural differences in beliefs about identity

🧑‍🤝‍🧑 Independent vs. interdependent self

BeliefIndependent selfInterdependent self
DefinitionSelf is unique and autonomous—a source of decisions, choices, and actions that stands by itselfSelf is defined by relationships and responsibilities
Worthy personUnusual, stands out in a crowdGets along well with family and friends, meets obligations reliably and skillfully
Cultural prevalenceWhite, middle-class American cultureMajority of non-white cultures and ethnic groups
School alignmentWell entrenched: students expected to take responsibility individually, tested and evaluated individuallyEmphasized significantly more in many non-white cultures than in schools
  • The difference is one of emphasis: we all value interpersonal skill to some extent, but non-white cultures emphasize interdependence significantly more than white middle-class society and schools.
  • Don't confuse: these are tendencies, not straightforward predictions; there are also differences among students as individuals.

🤝 Preference for cooperation over competition

  • Many school activities are competitive (e.g., who gets the highest marks, who is the best athlete, whose contributions get the most recognition).
  • If a teacher deliberately organizes activities competitively (e.g., "Let's see who finishes the math sheet first"), classroom life becomes explicitly competitive, which can interfere with cultivating supportive relationships.
  • For students who prioritize relationships, competition can seem confusing or threatening.
  • Example: what the student views as cooperative sharing (helping with answers) may be seen by the teacher as laziness, "freeloading", or even cheating.

🙈 Avoidance of standing out publicly

  • Teachers often interact with students one at a time while allowing many others to observe—a pattern called the IRE cycle (teacher initiates, student responds, teacher evaluates).
  • IRE cycles are often witnessed publicly, which can be stressful or embarrassing for students who do not value standing out but do value belonging to the group, especially if they feel unsure about their knowledge or skill.
  • To keep such students from "clamming up," teachers should consider limiting IRE cycles to times when they are truly productive: talking privately, confirming knowledge the student can already display competently, or using "choral" speaking (responding together in unison).

⏰ Interpersonal time vs. clock time

  • All schools rely on fairly precise units of time (fixed minutes for lessons, recess, lunch); punctuality is especially valued.
  • Punctuality is not always conducive to strong personal relationships, which develop best when activities "finish themselves" naturally rather than ending unilaterally or arbitrarily.
  • If personal relationships are a broad priority for a student, it may take effort to learn the extent to which schools expect punctuality.
  • Punctuality includes obvious aspects (showing up when school begins) and subtleties (starting and finishing tasks when told, answering a question promptly rather than later when discussion has moved on).

🔧 Turning diversity into a resource

🔧 The challenge and the opportunity

  • The important question is what to do about diversity—how to accommodate it and turn it into a resource rather than a burden or challenge.
  • The excerpt includes suggestions throughout and promises more in the rest of the book: not only knowing how different students can be, but also diversifying teaching to acknowledge this fact.
  • Differences among students remain a challenge during all phases of teaching: planning instruction, implementing lessons and activities, and assessing students' learning.
18

Accommodating diversity in practice

Accommodating diversity in practice

🧭 Overview

🧠 One-sentence thesis

Student diversity—spanning learning styles, gender, culture, language, and social practices—requires teachers to diversify instruction by using cooperative activities, avoiding individual spotlighting, and exercising patience with cultural differences in communication and time orientation.

📌 Key points (3–5)

  • What diversity encompasses: individual differences (learning styles, cognitive styles, intelligence profiles), gender differences (motor abilities, social relationships, academic motivation), and cultural/linguistic differences (bilingualism, communication practices, self-identity views).
  • Cultural communication differences: turn-taking, eye contact, social distance, wait time, and question use vary across cultures and affect classroom interaction.
  • Common confusion: punctuality vs. relationship-building—schools value clock time and promptness, but strong personal relationships develop when activities "finish naturally" rather than arbitrarily; students prioritizing relationships may need practice learning school expectations.
  • Teaching implications: use cooperative activities where appropriate, avoid highlighting individual accomplishments or failures, and be patient about students learning punctuality.
  • Why it matters: diversity affects all teaching phases—planning, implementing lessons, and assessing learning—and must be turned into a resource rather than a burden.

🌍 Cultural differences in language practice

🗣️ How language is used differently

Beyond language differences themselves, students differ according to culture in how language is practiced:

  • Turn-taking patterns in conversation
  • Eye contact norms
  • Social distance (physical proximity during interaction)
  • Wait time (pauses before responding)
  • Use of questions

These differences are not random preferences but stem from deeper cultural attitudes about self-identity.

🪞 Independent vs. interdependent self

Cultural differences in attitudes about self-identity: non-Anglo cultures tend to support a more interdependent view of the self than Anglo culture or schools.

View of selfCultural tendencyImplications
Independent selfAnglo culture, schoolsEmphasizes individual achievement, autonomy
Interdependent selfNon-Anglo culturesEmphasizes group harmony, collective identity
  • This fundamental difference shapes communication practices and classroom behavior.
  • Example: A student from a culture valuing interdependent self may avoid speaking up individually or may wait longer before answering to maintain group harmony.

Don't confuse: These are cultural tendencies, not absolute rules—individual exceptions exist within any cultural group.

⏰ Time and relationships in school

⏰ Punctuality as a school value

Schools operate on clock time:

  • Teachers allot fixed minutes to each lesson, class, recess, lunch
  • "Being on time becomes especially valued in schools, as it is in many parts of society"
  • Punctuality includes obvious expectations (showing up when school begins) and subtleties (starting/finishing tasks when told, answering questions promptly rather than later when discussion has moved on)

💞 When punctuality conflicts with relationships

Personal relationships develop best when individuals do not end joint activities unilaterally or arbitrarily, but allow activities to "finish themselves"—to finish naturally.

  • Strong personal relationships require letting interactions conclude organically, not by the clock.
  • If personal relationships are a broad, important priority for a student, learning school punctuality expectations "may take effort and practice."
  • Example: A student may continue a conversation or activity past the teacher's signal to stop because ending abruptly feels socially inappropriate in their cultural context.

Don't confuse: This is not about students being "late" or "disrespectful"—it reflects different cultural priorities about time vs. relationships.

🎓 Teaching strategies for diversity

🤝 Use cooperative activities

  • Where appropriate, structure learning around group work rather than individual competition.
  • Aligns with interdependent self-views common in non-Anglo cultures.
  • Reduces pressure on students uncomfortable with individual spotlighting.

🙈 Avoid highlighting individuals

  • Do not publicly emphasize individual students' accomplishments or failures.
  • Public recognition can be uncomfortable or inappropriate for students from cultures valuing collective identity.
  • Example: Instead of praising one student's answer in front of the class, acknowledge the group's progress or learning.

⏳ Be patient about punctuality

  • Recognize that students may need time and practice to learn school expectations around clock time.
  • Understand that delays or "late" responses may reflect cultural communication norms (e.g., longer wait time) rather than inattention.
  • Example: A student answering a question after discussion has moved on may be following their culture's norm for thoughtful response time.

🔄 Diversity across all teaching phases

📋 Ongoing challenge

The excerpt emphasizes that "differences among students remain a challenge during all phases of teaching":

  • Planning instruction
  • Implementing lessons and activities
  • Assessing students' learning after lessons or activities are finished

🌱 Turning diversity into a resource

  • The goal is not merely to tolerate diversity but to accommodate it—"working with students' diversity and turning it into a resource rather than a burden or challenge."
  • The rest of the book (beyond this excerpt) offers further suggestions on diversifying teaching to acknowledge student differences.
  • One example mentioned: including students with disabilities in classroom life as "one of the more telling examples of accommodating to diversity."
19

Three people on the margins

Three people on the margins

🧭 Overview

🧠 One-sentence thesis

Three historically marginalized individuals—Phillis Wheatley, Helen Keller, and Sue Rubin—were all defined by society as intellectually disabled despite their genuine abilities, illustrating how assumptions about race and disability have forced people to prove their competence beyond what is normally required.

📌 Key points (3–5)

  • Common thread: All three individuals faced intellectual dismissal—Wheatley due to race, Keller and Rubin due to physical disabilities—despite demonstrating literacy and creative abilities.
  • Burden of proof: Each had to work harder not only to acquire literacy but also to prove their literacy was genuine and worthy of respect.
  • Skepticism and tribunals: Society assembled formal panels of judges or experts to assess whether these individuals were truly capable of their achievements.
  • Common confusion: Physical disability or racial identity was wrongly equated with intellectual incompetence; society assumed inherent inability rather than recognizing genuine capacity.
  • Historical progress: Since Wheatley's time, legal and social changes (e.g., desegregation in 1954, disability rights legislation starting in the 1970s) have begun to recognize the rights and competence of marginalized groups.

👥 The three individuals

📜 Phillis Wheatley (1761)

  • Background: Captured from West Africa at age six, sold into slavery in Boston, taught herself to read and write by age 17.
  • Achievement: Developed special talent for poetry; her owner sought to publish an anthology of her poems.
  • Skepticism faced: Publishers resisted because "few people at that time believed Africans to be capable of the thought and imagination needed to write poetry."
  • Tribunal: A panel of 18 prominent judges (including the Massachusetts governor and John Hancock) cross-examined her to assess her mental capacity.
  • Outcome: The judges finally decided she was capable of writing poetry.

👁️ Helen Keller (century after Wheatley)

  • Background: Lost sight and hearing due to illness during infancy.
  • Achievement: Devised gestural sign language with a tutor, learned Braille, studied French and Latin, wrote and published a short story at age ten.
  • Skepticism faced: Prominent educators accused her of plagiarizing and "parroting" others' ideas without understanding them.
  • Tribunal: A panel of professional disability experts was assembled to determine if she was capable of writing what she published.
  • Outcome: The panel decided she was capable, but only by a slim margin (five judges vs four).

🗣️ Sue Rubin (born 1978)

  • Background: Born with a disability limiting her speech to disordered sounds and occasional echoing of others' phrases.
  • Label: Labeled autistic and assumed to be profoundly retarded.
  • Achievement: With support from her mother and others, learned to type on a keyboard without assistance at about age 13; went to school, made conference presentations about autism, co-edited a book titled Autism: The Myth of the Person Alone.
  • Outcome: Demonstrated effective communication and intellectual capacity despite initial assumptions.

🔗 Shared patterns of marginalization

🚫 Society's false equation

All three were defined by society as disabled intellectually.

  • The excerpt emphasizes that society wrongly conflated:
    • Race (Wheatley) with intellectual incompetence
    • Physical disabilities (Keller, Rubin) with intellectual incompetence
  • This was an assumption of "inherent incompetence" rather than recognition of actual ability.

⚖️ Double burden

  • All three had to work harder than usual in two ways:
    1. Acquire literacy itself: learning to read, write, or communicate despite barriers.
    2. Prove literacy was genuine: convincing skeptical audiences that their achievements were real and worthy of respect.
  • Example: Wheatley's owner had to assemble a tribunal to save his own reputation because people thought the poetry was faked.

🔍 Formal assessment by panels

IndividualPanel compositionPurpose
Phillis Wheatley18 prominent judges (governor, John Hancock)Assess mental capacity and ability to write poetry
Helen KellerProfessional disability expertsDetermine if she was capable of writing her publications
Sue Rubin(No formal panel mentioned)Demonstrated capacity through typing and presentations
  • Don't confuse: These panels were not educational assessments; they were society's mechanism for questioning whether marginalized people could genuinely possess intellectual abilities.

📈 Historical progress and legal change

🏛️ Legal milestones

  • 1954: U.S. Supreme Court ruled that public schools could not be segregated by race.
    • This ruling recognized "the intellectual competence of African-Americans" and "the moral obligation of society to provide all citizens with the best possible education."
  • 1970s onward: Federal legislation began to guarantee rights of persons with disabilities.
    • The excerpt notes it "has taken longer to recognize legally the rights and competence of persons with disabilities" compared to racial desegregation.

🔄 Shift in attitudes

  • Since Wheatley's time, North American society has:
    • Eliminated slavery
    • Made "some progress at reducing certain forms of racism, though much remains to be done"
    • Moved "increasingly toward including people with disabilities into a wide variety of 'regular' activities"
  • The excerpt states that legislation "partly stimulated the change in attitudes, but at the same time they partly resulted from the change"—a reciprocal relationship.

🎓 Implications for education

  • The chapter introduction notes that these legal and social changes "have altered the work of teachers."
  • The excerpt indicates that three major U.S. laws were passed guaranteeing rights of persons with disabilities and of children/students (though details of these laws are not provided in this excerpt).
20

Growing support for people with disabilities: legislation and its effects

Growing support for people with disabilities: legislation and its effects

🧭 Overview

🧠 One-sentence thesis

Since the 1970s, U.S. federal legislation has increasingly guaranteed the rights of people with disabilities to participate in regular activities and education, fundamentally changing teachers' responsibilities in the classroom.

📌 Key points (3–5)

  • Three major laws: Section 504 (1973), ADA (1990), and IDEA (1975, amended 2004) progressively expanded protections and accommodations for people with disabilities.
  • IDEA's five core rights: free appropriate education, due process, fair evaluation, least restrictive environment, and individualized educational programs.
  • How IDEA affects teachers: creates three new expectations—alternative assessments, least restrictive learning environments, and participation in individual educational planning.
  • Common confusion: traditional assessment methods often seriously underestimate students with disabilities because they assume skills (holding a pencil, hearing clearly, working quickly) that these students may not have.
  • Historical context: society has moved from dismissing the competence of people with disabilities (like it once did with racial minorities) to legally recognizing their rights and capabilities.

📜 The three major laws

📜 Rehabilitation Act of 1973, Section 504

  • What it requires: individuals with disabilities must be accommodated in any program or activity receiving Federal funding.
  • Educational impact: protects students' rights in extra-curricular activities and child care/after-school programs that receive Federal funding.
  • Key limitation: only applies to programs receiving Federal funding, not all programs.

📜 Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990 (ADA)

  • What it requires: prohibits discrimination on the basis of disability, with more specific and "stronger" provisions than Section 504.
  • Broader scope: extends to all employment and jobs, not just those receiving Federal funding.
  • Physical accommodations: specifically requires accommodations in public facilities—buses, restrooms, telephones.
  • Example: wheelchair-accessible doors, ramps, restrooms, and public telephones with volume controls in schools.

📜 Individuals with Disabilities Education Act (IDEA)

  • When enacted: first passed in 1975, most recently amended in 2004.
  • Who it covers: anyone with a disability from birth to age 21.
  • Why it matters most for teachers: more focused on education than Section 504 or ADA; directly affects classroom teachers' work.

🎯 IDEA's five core rights

🎯 Free, appropriate education

An individual or an individual's family should not have to pay for education simply because the individual has a disability, and the educational program should be truly educational (i.e. not merely care-taking or "babysitting" of the person).

  • Two components: no extra cost for families + genuinely educational program.
  • What "appropriate" means: not just custodial care, but actual learning opportunities.

⚖️ Due process

In case of disagreements between an individual with a disability and the schools or other professionals, there must be procedures for resolving the disagreements that are fair and accessible to all parties—including the person himself or herself or the person's representative.

  • Why it matters: ensures families and individuals have recourse when they disagree with schools.
  • Who can participate: the person with a disability or their representative.

📊 Fair evaluation of performance in spite of disability

Tests or other evaluations should not assume test-taking skills that a person with a disability cannot reasonably be expected to have, such as holding a pencil, hearing or seeing questions, working quickly, or understanding and speaking orally.

  • What must change: evaluation procedures should be modified to allow for these differences.
  • Scope: applies both to teacher-made evaluations and to school-wide or "high-stakes" testing programs.
  • Don't confuse: this is not about lowering standards, but about removing barriers unrelated to what is being assessed.

🌍 Education in the "least restrictive environment"

Education for someone with a disability should provide as many educational opportunities and options for the person as possible, both in the short term and in the long term.

  • What it means in practice: including students in regular classrooms and school activities as much as possible.
  • Important nuance: "as much as possible" does not always mean totally or 100% of the time.
  • Goal: maximize opportunities and options, not isolate students in separate settings.

📝 An individualized educational program

Given that every disability is unique, instructional planning for a person with a disability should be unique or individualized as well.

  • How it works: classroom teachers plan individualized programs jointly with other professionals (reading specialists, psychologists, medical personnel) as part of a team.
  • Why uniqueness matters: no two disabilities are exactly alike, so one-size-fits-all approaches fail.

👩‍🏫 Three new teacher responsibilities

👩‍🏫 Alternative assessments

Assessment (in the context of students with disabilities): gathering information about a student in order both to identify the strengths of the student, and to decide what special educational support, if any, the student needs.

  • Why traditional methods fail: they often seriously underestimate students' competence.
  • Skills traditional assessment assumes: holding a pencil, hearing questions clearly, focusing on pictures, marking answers in time, concentrating with others present, answering at the class's pace.
  • The problem: for many students, teachers assume these skills can be learned with "just modest amounts of coaching, encouragement, and will power."
  • For students with disabilities: comments like "Remember to listen to the question carefully!" may not be sufficient.
What traditional assessment assumesWhy it may fail for students with disabilities
Holding a pencilPhysical disability may prevent this
Hearing a question clearlyHearing impairment
Focusing on a pictureVisual impairment
Marking an answer in timeProcessing speed differences
Concentrating with others presentSensory or attention differences
Answering at the class's paceNeed for more time

🏫 Least restrictive learning environment

  • What teachers must do: arrange a learning environment that is as normal or as "least restrictive" as possible.
  • Connection to IDEA: implements the "least restrictive environment" provision in daily classroom practice.

🤝 Participation in individual educational planning

  • What teachers must do: participate in creating individual educational plans for students with disabilities.
  • Team approach: work jointly with other professionals.
  • Connection to IDEA: implements the "individualized educational program" provision.

🔄 Historical and philosophical context

🔄 From dismissal to recognition

  • Historical pattern: society once dismissed the intellectual competence of both racial minorities and people with disabilities.
  • Three examples mentioned: Phillis Wheatley (racial discrimination), and two individuals with physical disabilities—all were "defined by society as disabled intellectually."
  • Common burden: all three had to work harder not only to acquire literacy, but also to prove their literacy was genuine and worthy of respect.

🔄 Progress in civil rights

  • Racial justice milestones: elimination of slavery; 1954 Supreme Court ruling that public schools could not be segregated by race.
  • What 1954 ruling recognized: the intellectual competence of African-Americans and society's moral obligation to provide all citizens with the best possible education.
  • Disability rights timeline: took longer than racial justice; major progress began in the 1970s.

🔄 Democratic philosophy

Considered together, these provisions are both a cause and an effect of basic democratic philosophy. The legislation says, in effect, that all individuals should have access to society in general and to education in particular.

  • Bidirectional relationship: legislation partly stimulated attitude change, but also partly resulted from attitude change.
  • Core principle: access to society and education for all individuals.

❓ Teacher concerns and questions

❓ Legitimate questions raised

  • Will a student with a disability disrupt the class?
  • Will the student interfere with covering the curriculum?
  • Might the student be teased by classmates?

❓ Author's response

  • Many teachers support the philosophy and have welcomed IDEA legislation.
  • Others have found applying it in classrooms raises legitimate concerns.
  • The excerpt notes these concerns will be addressed later in the chapter (not included in this excerpt).
21

Responsibilities of teachers for students with disabilities

Responsibilities of teachers for students with disabilities

🧭 Overview

🧠 One-sentence thesis

The IDEA legislation creates three new expectations for teachers working with students with disabilities: providing alternative assessments, arranging least restrictive environments, and participating in individual educational plans.

📌 Key points (3–5)

  • Three core responsibilities: alternative assessment methods, least restrictive environment placement, and individual educational plan creation.
  • Why traditional assessment fails: conventional tests often seriously underestimate competence because disabilities interfere with test-taking skills (holding pencils, hearing questions, marking answers in time), not with knowledge itself.
  • Least restrictive environment principle: students with disabilities should participate in regular classrooms and school programs as much as possible, with the specific combination determined by individual circumstances.
  • Common confusion: reminders that work for typical students (e.g., "listen carefully!") may not help—and may even harm—students with disabilities; a visually impaired student cannot see better by being told to "look closely."
  • Most frequent disabilities: learning disabilities (especially reading impairments) account for about half of all special educational needs—as much as all other types combined.

📋 Alternative assessment methods

🎯 What assessment means for students with disabilities

Assessment: gathering information about a student to identify strengths and decide what special educational support, if any, the student needs.

  • In principle, teachers assess all students through tests, assignments, and classroom observations.
  • For students with disabilities, traditional strategies often seriously underestimate competence.
  • The problem is not lack of knowledge but interference from the disability itself.

🚧 Why conventional tests underestimate competence

Students with disabilities may have trouble with test-taking mechanics, not with the content:

ChallengeExample
PhysicalHolding a pencil
SensoryHearing a question clearly, focusing on a picture
TimingMarking an answer in time even when knowing the answer
EnvironmentalConcentrating on a task in the presence of other people
PacingAnswering at the pace needed by the rest of the class
  • Teachers traditionally assume all students either have these skills or can learn them with modest coaching, encouragement, and will power.
  • For students with disabilities, this assumption does not hold.

🛠️ Strategies for modifying assessments

The excerpt describes three practical approaches:

  1. Portfolios: collections of student work demonstrating development over time, including reflective or evaluative comments from the student, teacher, or both.
  2. Regular observation: devise a system for observing the student regularly (even briefly) and informally recording notes for later consideration.
  3. Teacher assistant help: recruit assistants who are sometimes present to help; they can conduct brief tests or activities and report results.

⚖️ Fairness questions raised

  • If a student with a disability demonstrates competence one way but other students demonstrate it another, should they receive similar credit?
  • Is it fair for one student to get a lower mark because the student lacks an ability—such as normal hearing—that teachers cannot, in principle, ever teach?
  • The excerpt acknowledges these ethical issues are legitimate and important.

⚠️ Don't confuse: helpful reminders vs. insensitive comments

  • For many students, reminders like "Remember to listen to the question carefully!" may be enough.
  • For students with disabilities, such comments may not work and may even be insensitive.
  • Example: A student with visual impairment does not need to be reminded to "look closely at what I am writing on the board"—doing so will not cause the student to see the chalkboard more clearly, though the reminder might increase anxiety and self-consciousness.

🏫 Least restrictive environment (LRE)

🌐 What LRE means

Least restrictive environment (LRE): the combination of settings that involve the student with regular classrooms and school programs as much as possible.

  • The precise combination is determined by the circumstances of a particular school and of the student.
  • The policy favors maximum participation in regular educational settings.

📊 How LRE varies by situation

The excerpt provides contrasting examples:

Student profileLRE arrangementReason
Kindergarten child with mild cognitive disabilityMajority of time in regular kindergarten class, working alongside non-disabled classmates, with teacher assistant helpCurriculum adaptation perceived as manageable
High school student with similar disabilityPrimarily in classes for slow learners, but participates in some school-wide activitiesTeachers perceive adaptation as more challenging at "higher" grade levels
Student with strictly physical disabilityVirtually all time in regular classes throughout school careerCurriculum adjustment not an issue
  • The difference in LREs might reflect teachers' perceptions of how difficult it is to modify the curriculum in each case.
  • The excerpt notes teachers are apt to regard adaptation as more challenging at "higher" grade levels (rightly or wrongly).

👨‍🏫 What LRE means for teachers

  • If you continue teaching long enough, you will very likely encounter a student with a disability in one or more of your classes, or at least have one in a school-related activity for which you are responsible.
  • The special educational needs of these students will most often be the "mildest."

📈 Most frequent types of disabilities

  • Learning disabilities (impairments in specific aspects of learning, especially reading): account for about half of all special educational needs—as much as all other types put together.
  • Somewhat less common: speech and language disorders, cognitive disabilities, and attention deficit hyperactivity disorders (ADHD).
  • Because of their frequency, teachers are likely to meet students for whom these labels have been considered.

📝 Individual educational plan (IEP)

📋 What an IEP is

Individual educational plan (IEP): an annual plan for each student with a disability, created by a team of individuals who know the student's strengths and needs.

  • Required by IDEA legislation and current educational approaches.
  • Developed by teachers and other professional staff.

👥 Who creates the IEP

At a minimum, the team includes:

  • One or more classroom teachers
  • A "resource" or special education teacher
  • The student's parents or guardians

Sometimes the team also includes:

  • A school administrator (like a vice-principal)
  • Other professionals from outside the school (like a psychologist or physician), depending on the nature of the child's disability

📄 What an IEP contains

An IEP can take many forms, but it always includes:

ComponentDescription
Current strengthsStudent's current social and academic strengths
Current needsStudent's social or academic needs
Goals/objectivesEducational goals or objectives for the coming year
ServicesSpecial services to be provided
Assessment planHow progress toward the goals will be assessed at the end of the year

📚 Example IEP structure

The excerpt provides a simple example for a student named Sean with reading difficulties:

  • Student information: Name, birth date, address, phone, school, grade level, teacher(s)
  • Support team: Lists specialists involved (resource teacher, instructional aide)
  • Special curriculum needs: General needs description (e.g., "Sean can read short, familiar words singly, but cannot read connected text even when familiar. Needs help especially with decoding and other 'word attack' skills. Some trouble focusing on reading tasks.")
  • Note: Actual visual formats of IEP plans vary widely among states, provinces, and school jurisdictions.

🎓 Extension to transition planning

  • IEPs originally served mainly students in the younger grades.
  • More recently, they have been extended and modified to serve transition planning for adolescents with disabilities approaching the end of their public schooling.
  • For these students, plan goals often include activities (like finding employment) to extend beyond schooling.
22

Categories of disabilities—and their ambiguities

Categories of disabilities—and their ambiguities

🧭 Overview

🧠 One-sentence thesis

Disability categories provide a necessary language for educators to discuss and arrange support services, but they inherently oversimplify the complex, context-dependent reality of students' challenges and risk harmful stereotyping.

📌 Key points (3–5)

  • The core ambiguity: disabilities are not fixed or distinct like "types of fruit"—a student's challenges vary by situation, are mixed with typical student experiences, and resist neat categorization.
  • Why categories persist despite problems: they give professionals a shared language and are required to qualify students for special services, even though educators worry about stigma and self-esteem damage.
  • Learning disabilities (LD) defined: a specific academic impairment (reading, writing, math, etc.) that causes major discrepancy between ability and achievement, not explained by other conditions like sensory handicaps, intellectual disability, or learning English as a second language.
  • Common confusion: an LD is not a general learning problem—it must be specific to one area (e.g., writing but not reading), and it must remain after teachers' ordinary interventions have failed.
  • Scale of the issue: LDs are the most common special need, accounting for half of all special-needs students and 5–20% of all students, meaning most teachers encounter at least one LD student per class each year.

🧩 The inherent ambiguity of disability categories

🧩 Why disabilities resist categorization

The excerpt emphasizes that naming "types" of disabilities falsely implies they are:

  • Fixed and stable: in reality, a student's disability-related behavior changes across contexts.
  • Distinct: like different vegetables—but real students' challenges overlap and blend with typical student experiences.

The context-dependence problem:

  • A student with a reading difficulty struggles in language arts but not in physical education.
  • A student with a hearing impairment may "hear" better when the topic interests him than when it does not.

Disabilities are inherently ambiguous: the behavior and qualities of a particular student with a disability can be hard to categorize.

⚠️ The stereotyping risk

  • Official descriptions overlook these complexities and risk stereotyping real people.
  • The problem is compounded because disability stereotypes are usually stigmatizing, not complimentary.
  • Example contrast: most people wouldn't mind being called a "genius" even if inaccurate, but disability labels carry negative connotations.

🤔 Don't confuse: situational vs. inherent

  • A challenge is not purely "in" the student—it emerges from the interaction between the student and the situation.
  • The same disability "poses problems more in some situations than in others."

⚖️ Why categories are still used

⚖️ The practical necessity

Despite the risks, categories serve two essential purposes:

PurposeWhy it matters
Shared languageGives teachers, parents, and professionals a frame of reference for discussing disabilities
Access to servicesA student must "have" an identifiable, nameable need to qualify for special support

⚖️ The ongoing tension

  • Educational authorities continue using categories while expressing continuing concern about harm to students' self-esteem and peer standing.
  • The excerpt notes that professionals worry whether the practice "hurts students' self-esteem or standing in the eyes of peers."

🛡️ Best strategy for teachers

The excerpt recommends:

  • Understand how disability categories are defined.
  • Keep limitations in mind when using them.
  • Be ready to explain limitations tactfully to parents or others who use the labels inappropriately.

📚 Learning disabilities: the most common category

📚 What counts as a learning disability (LD)

Learning disability (LD): a specific impairment of academic learning that interferes with a specific aspect of schoolwork and that reduces a student's academic performance significantly.

Core characteristic:

  • Shows itself as a major discrepancy between a student's ability and some feature of achievement.
  • The student may be delayed in reading, writing, listening, speaking, or doing mathematics—but not in all of these at once.

🚫 What is NOT a learning disability

A learning problem does not qualify as an LD if it stems from:

  • Physical, sensory, or motor handicaps
  • Generalized intellectual impairment (mental retardation)
  • The challenges of learning English as a second language

Genuine LDs are the learning problems left over after these other possibilities are accounted for or excluded.

🔍 The specificity requirement

Key distinction: an LD relates to a fairly specific area of academic learning.

Example from the excerpt:

  • A student may be able to read and compute well enough, but not be able to write.

The intervention threshold:

  • Typically, the student has not been helped by teachers' ordinary efforts to assist when falling behind.
  • (The excerpt notes that what counts as "ordinary effort" differs among teachers, schools, and students.)

📊 How common are LDs

StatisticWhat it means
Half of all special-needs studentsLDs account for 50% of students with special educational needs in the United States
5–20% of all studentsDepending on how numbers are estimated
At least one per classMost teachers regularly encounter at least one LD student per class in any given school year, regardless of grade level

🌀 The ambiguity within LDs themselves

With so many students defined as having LDs, "the term itself becomes ambiguous in the truest sense of 'having many meanings.'"

Specific features vary considerably. The excerpt provides contrasting examples:

  • Albert (eighth grade): has trouble solving word problems that he reads, but can solve them easily if he hears them orally.
  • Bill (also eighth grade): has the reverse problem—he can solve word problems only when he can read them, not when he hears them.
  • Carole (fifth grade): [excerpt cuts off, but implies another distinct pattern]

Don't confuse: These students all have LDs, but their specific impairments are nearly opposite—one needs auditory input, the other needs visual input. The category "LD" groups together very different learning profiles.

23

Learning Disabilities

Learning disabilities

🧭 Overview

🧠 One-sentence thesis

Learning disabilities are specific academic difficulties that persist despite ordinary teaching efforts and cannot be explained by physical handicaps, intellectual impairment, or language barriers, making them the most common special educational need requiring varied instructional approaches.

📌 Key points (3–5)

  • What qualifies as an LD: a learning problem in a specific area (reading, writing, math, etc.) that remains after excluding physical/sensory handicaps, generalized intellectual impairment, and second-language challenges.
  • How common they are: LDs account for half of all special-needs students in the U.S. and 5–20% of all students, meaning most teachers encounter at least one per class each year.
  • Key variability: LDs manifest in many different ways—students may struggle with reading aloud but not silently, or with written math but not oral problems—making the term ambiguous.
  • Common confusion: not every learning problem is an LD; it must be specific to one academic area and not stem from other identifiable causes.
  • Multiple solutions exist: because LDs have no obvious single origin, educators can draw on different learning theories (behaviorism, metacognition, constructivism) to help students.

🔍 What counts as a learning disability

🔍 The exclusion criteria

A learning disability: a learning problem in one or more specific areas (reading, writing, listening, speaking, mathematics) that is not caused by physical, sensory, or motor handicaps, generalized intellectual impairment, or challenges of learning English as a second language.

  • LDs are defined by what they are not—they are "the learning problems left over" after other explanations are ruled out.
  • A student must struggle in a fairly specific academic area, not across the board.
  • Example: A student who reads and computes well but cannot write may have an LD; a student who struggles in all subjects due to a sensory impairment does not.

🚫 What doesn't qualify

The excerpt excludes several conditions:

  • Physical, sensory, or motor handicaps
  • Generalized intellectual impairment (mental retardation)
  • Challenges from learning English as a second language

Don't confuse: A learning problem caused by any of these factors is not considered an LD, even if it affects academic performance.

🎯 The "ordinary efforts" criterion

  • Typically, a student with an LD has not been helped by teachers' ordinary efforts when falling behind.
  • What counts as "ordinary effort" varies among teachers, schools, and students.
  • This criterion helps distinguish LDs from problems that respond to standard interventions.

🎨 How LDs vary in practice

🎨 Many different manifestations

The excerpt provides eight examples of students with LDs, showing the wide range:

StudentGradeSpecific difficulty
Albert8thCan solve word problems orally but not when reading them
Bill8thCan solve word problems when reading but not when hearing them
Carole5thMakes errors reading aloud (leaves out, adds, or substitutes words)
Emily7thTerrible handwriting (letters vary in size and wobble)
Denny4thReads very slowly, forgets beginning of sentence by the end
Garnet6th"Inventive" spelling despite extra practice
Harmin9thTrouble decoding unfamiliar words/letters (reads "conceal" as "concol")
Irma10thAdds multi-digit numbers as if they were single digits stuck together

🔄 Why the term becomes ambiguous

  • With so many students defined as having LDs, the term takes on "many meanings."
  • Specific features vary considerably from student to student.
  • Educators sometimes disagree about the nature of LDs and what help students need.
  • The good news: This ambiguity "opens the way to try a variety of solutions."

💡 Why controversy is inevitable

  • LDs are "by definition learning problems with no obvious origin."
  • Without a clear single cause, different theories and approaches compete.
  • This lack of obvious origin is both a challenge (disagreement) and an opportunity (flexibility in solutions).

🛠️ Three approaches to helping students with LDs

🎯 Case study: Irma's two-digit addition problem

The excerpt uses Irma (who adds 42 + 59 as 911 instead of 101) to illustrate three different theoretical approaches.

Her pattern: She adds without carrying digits forward from ones to tens or tens to hundreds columns. She gets three out of six problems correct because her incorrect strategy sometimes produces the right answer by chance.

🔁 Behaviorism: reinforcement for wrong strategies

The explanation:

  • Irma may have been rewarded heavily for adding single-digit numbers correctly in the past.
  • She over-generalized this skill to two-digit problems.
  • Because her incorrect strategy still gets many problems right, it's reinforced on a "partial schedule of reinforcement."
  • Partial schedules are especially slow to extinguish, so she persists indefinitely.

The solution:

  • The desired behavior (carrying correctly) rarely happens, so it can't be reinforced often.
  • Reward behaviors that compete directly with the inappropriate strategy:
    • Reduce credit for just getting the correct answer
    • Increase credit for showing work, including carrying digits correctly
    • Discuss Irma's math work frequently to create more occasions for praise when she works correctly

Don't confuse: The problem isn't that Irma doesn't know how to add—it's that the wrong strategy has been reinforced too effectively.

🧠 Metacognition: responding reflectively

The explanation:

  • Irma may be too impulsive—she sees numbers and immediately uses the first procedure that comes to mind.
  • Her learning style is not reflective enough.
  • She shows a failure of metacognition: self-monitoring of her own thinking and its effectiveness.

The solution:

  • Encourage Irma to think out loud when completing two-digit problems—literally "talk her way through" each problem.
  • If the teacher can't always participate, arrange for a skilled classmate to take her place sometimes.
  • Cooperation might help the classmate as well and improve overall social relationships.

Why it works: Verbalizing forces students to slow down and monitor their own thinking process.

🏗️ Constructivism: mentoring and the zone of proximal development

The explanation:

  • Irma may have learned how to carry digits forward, but not well enough to use it reliably on her own.
  • She constantly falls back on the earlier, better-learned strategy of single-digit addition.
  • She has lacked appropriate mentoring from someone more expert who can create a "zone of proximal development."

The solution:

  • Irma needs mentoring or "assisted coaching" more than independent practice.
  • The teacher, a classmate, or a parent volunteer can serve as mentor.
  • The mentor should actively offer help—just enough to ensure Irma completes problems correctly, neither more nor less.

The delicate balance:

  • Too much help prevents Irma from taking responsibility for learning the new strategy.
  • Too little help causes her to take responsibility prematurely.

Don't confuse: This approach differs from the metacognition approach—the mentor doesn't just listen but actively guides, whereas the reflective approach emphasizes Irma monitoring herself.

📊 Scope and prevalence

📊 How common LDs are

  • LDs are "by far the most common form of special educational need."
  • They account for half of all students with special needs in the United States.
  • They affect 5 to 20 percent of all students, depending on how numbers are estimated.
  • Most teachers regularly encounter at least one per class in any given school year, regardless of grade level.

🌍 Practical implication

Because LDs are so common, understanding and addressing them is a routine part of teaching, not an exceptional situation.

24

Attention deficit hyperactivity disorder

Attention deficit hyperactivity disorder

🧭 Overview

🧠 One-sentence thesis

ADHD is a neurologically-based condition involving sustained problems with attention and impulse control that requires classroom strategies focused on structure, predictability, and building students' self-monitoring abilities rather than relying solely on medication or misdiagnosing highly active students.

📌 Key points (3–5)

  • What ADHD is: a problem with sustaining attention and controlling impulses that appears much more frequently than usual and in multiple settings (not just school).
  • Common confusion: highly active students versus true ADHD—true ADHD shows restlessness and distractibility that is widespread and sustained across settings, not just in the classroom.
  • Causes are unclear: ADHD likely reflects nervous system functioning problems, but sorting out genetic versus environmental causes is confusing and may not help determine teaching strategies.
  • Medication limitations: drugs like Ritalin can reduce symptoms but don't work for all students, cost money, require regular schedules, and are not under teachers' control.
  • Teaching approach: the goal is to build metacognitive capacity through clear rules, predictable procedures, shorter work sessions, and student-generated strategies while treating students with respect.

🔍 What ADHD is and isn't

🔍 Defining characteristics

Attention deficit hyperactivity disorder (ADHD): a problem with sustaining attention and controlling impulses.

  • Almost all students have attention and impulse problems occasionally, but students with ADHD show them much more frequently than usual.
  • The problems appear both at home and at school, not just in one setting.
  • Behaviors may include:
    • Fidgeting and squirming, trouble remaining seated
    • Continually getting distracted and off task
    • Trouble waiting for a turn, blurting out answers
    • Shifting continually from one activity to another
    • Misplacing things, seeming disorganized
    • Trying risky activities without thinking about consequences
  • Important: students will not do all of these things, but will do several of them chronically or repeatedly in more than one setting.

⚠️ Distinguishing ADHD from high activity

The key difference: true ADHD involves restlessness, activity, and distractibility that is widespread and sustained across multiple settings.

True ADHDMerely high activity
Problems appear at school and at homeProblems may appear only at school
Sustained and chronic across settingsMay be situational or intermittent
Multiple behaviors over timeMay be limited to specific contexts
  • Example: A student who shows problems at school but never at home may not have ADHD; he may simply not be getting along with his teacher or classmates.
  • Don't confuse: classroom demands (sitting for long periods, avoiding interruptions, staying organized) can aggravate mild restlessness without it being ADHD—classroom life may sometimes aggravate ADHD-like behavior without the teacher intending it.

🚨 Over-diagnosis risks

Teachers sometimes mistake merely active students for students with ADHD because:

  • Classrooms make heavy demands on not showing ADHD-like behaviors
  • Any tendency to be physically active may contribute to classroom management problems
  • A student with only mild or occasional restlessness may fit in well outdoors but feel unusually restless indoors during class

Who is more likely to be over-diagnosed:

  • Boys more than girls (gender role expectations cause teachers to be especially alert to high activity in boys)
  • Culturally or linguistically non-Anglo students (cultural and language differences may lead teachers to misinterpret behavior)

🧬 Causes and underlying mechanisms

🧬 Nervous system functioning

Most psychologists and medical specialists agree that true ADHD reflects a problem in how the nervous system functions, but they do not know the exact nature or causes of the problem.

👨‍👩‍👧 Family patterns and confusion about causes

  • ADHD tends to run in families
  • Children—especially boys—of parents who had ADHD are somewhat more likely than usual to experience the condition themselves
  • However: this association does not necessarily mean ADHD is inborn or genetic

Why sorting out causes is confusing:

  • Parents who formerly had ADHD may raise their children more strictly to prevent their own condition in their children
  • Yet their strictness may ironically trigger more tendency toward restless distractibility, not less
  • The parents' strictness may also be a result as well as a cause of a child's restlessness

Bottom line for teachers: Sorting out causes from effects is confusing, if not impossible, and in any case may not help much to determine actual teaching strategies to help students learn more effectively.

💊 Medication approach and limitations

💊 How medication works

  • ADHD can be reduced for many students if they take certain medications
  • Most common: methylphenidate, commonly known as Ritalin
  • These drugs act by stimulating the nervous system
  • They reduce symptoms by helping a student pay better attention to the choices he or she makes and to the impact of actions on others

⚠️ Practical problems with medication

Why medication is not a complete solution:

ProblemWhy it matters
Doesn't work for all studentsEspecially ineffective after students reach adolescence
CostProblem for families without much money or medical insurance (particularly common in the United States)
Regular schedule requiredMust be taken regularly including weekends; difficult if parents' schedules are irregular, differ from child's, work night shifts, or are separated and share custody
Not under teachers' controlTeachers are not doctors and cannot control medication

🎯 Teaching strategies for students with ADHD

🎯 Core goal

The goal for teachers is to build the student's metacognitive capacity while treating the student with respect.

  • Metacognitive capacity = self-monitoring of one's own thinking and its effectiveness
  • Strategies should strengthen the student's self-direction and ability to screen out the distractions of classroom life

🏗️ Creating structure and predictability

Clear rules and procedures:

  • Can reduce the "noise" or chaotic quality in the child's classroom life significantly
  • Rules and procedures can be generated jointly with the child
  • They do not have to be imposed arbitrarily, as if the student were incapable of thinking about them reasonably

Key principle: Provide an environment where a student with ADHD can organize choices and actions easily and successfully.

🤝 Using peer modeling

  • Sometimes a classmate can be enlisted to model slower, more reflective styles of working
  • Must be done in ways that do not imply undue criticism of the student with ADHD
  • Example: The more reflective student can complete a set of math problems while explaining what he or she is thinking about while doing the work

📋 Practical organizational supports

Specific strategies:

  • Make lists of tasks or of steps in long tasks
  • Divide focused work into small, short sessions rather than grouping it into single, longer sessions
  • Keep strategies consistent and predictable
  • Generate strategies with the student as much as possible

Why these qualities matter:

  • Consistency and predictability help students organize their choices
  • Student-generated strategies strengthen self-direction
  • Together these build the ability to screen out distractions

🧠 Connection to metacognition and reflection

🧠 Failure of metacognition

The excerpt connects ADHD to metacognition through an example student (Irma) who is "too impulsive and not reflective enough."

  • Her style suggests a failure of metacognition (self-monitoring of her own thinking and its effectiveness)
  • Solution: encourage the student to think out loud when completing problems—literally "talk her way through" each problem
  • If direct teacher participation is impractical, arrange for a skilled classmate to take the teacher's place some of the time

🤝 Constructivist approach

The excerpt also frames ADHD support through constructivist terms:

  • Student may need appropriate mentoring from someone more expert
  • Create a "zone of proximal development" where the student can display and consolidate skills more successfully
  • Student still needs mentoring or "assisted coaching" more than independent practice
  • Mentor should actively offer help—just enough to ensure correct completion, neither more nor less
  • Too much help may prevent the student from taking responsibility; too little may cause premature responsibility-taking
25

Intellectual disabilities

Intellectual disabilities

🧭 Overview

🧠 One-sentence thesis

Intellectual disabilities require teachers to provide more time and practice, embed learning in daily functional contexts, and deliberately include students in both social and academic classroom life.

📌 Key points (3–5)

  • What defines intellectual disability: significant limitations in both cognitive functioning and daily adaptive behaviors, broader than learning disabilities.
  • How support levels work: intensity is defined by the amount and frequency of support needed (intermittent to pervasive), not just test scores.
  • Three core teaching strategies: give more time and practice, use adaptive/functional skills tied to daily life, and include the student in group activities.
  • Common confusion: intellectual disabilities vs. learning disabilities—intellectual disabilities involve broader impairments affecting both cognition and everyday functioning, not just specific academic areas.
  • Why inclusion matters: participating in class activities fosters acceptance, teaches "belonging" skills, and stimulates learning from peers.

🧩 Definition and scope

🧩 What intellectual disability means

Intellectual disability: a significant limitation in a student's cognitive functioning and daily adaptive behaviors.

  • The student may have limited language or impaired speech and may not perform well academically.
  • Compared to students with learning disabilities, students with intellectual disabilities have impairments that are broader and more significant.
  • They score poorly on standardized intelligence tests.
  • Everyday tasks that most people take for granted (getting dressed, eating a meal) may be possible but take more time and effort than usual.
  • Health and safety can sometimes be a concern (e.g., knowing whether it is safe to cross a street).
  • For older individuals, finding and keeping a job may require help from supportive others.
  • The exact combination of challenges varies from person to person, but it always (by definition) involves limitations in both intellectual and daily functioning.

🏷️ Terminology used

  • Slow learner: sometimes used if the disability is mild and the student has no formal special supports (e.g., no teaching assistant).
  • Intellectual disability or mental retardation: used if the disability is more marked.
  • The excerpt primarily uses "intellectual disability" because it has fewer negative connotations while still describing the key educational aspect (cognitive impairment).
  • Keep in mind: actual intellectual disabilities are always more than cognitive—they also involve challenges in adapting to everyday living.

📊 Levels of support

📊 How support levels are defined

  • Traditionally, intensity was defined by scores on standardized tests (IQ tests), with lower scores indicating more severe disability.
  • Current trend: define intensities by the amount of support needed by the individual, because tests are insensitive to daily social functioning.
  • The American Association on Intellectual and Developmental Disabilities (AAMR) created the most commonly used scheme.

📋 Four levels of support

LevelDurationFrequencySettingProfessional assistance
IntermittentOnly as neededOccasional or infrequentUsually only one or two (e.g., 1–2 classes or activities)Occasional consultation or monitoring
LimitedAs needed, but sometimes continuingRegular, but frequency variesSeveral settings, but not usually allOccasional or regular contact
ExtensiveUsually continuingRegular, but frequency variesSeveral settings, but not usually allRegular contact at least once a week
PervasiveMay be lifelongFrequent or continuousNearly all settingsContinuous contact and monitoring

🏫 What teachers are likely to see

  • As a classroom teacher, you are most likely to see intellectual disabilities requiring the least support in your classroom.
  • A student requiring only intermittent support may need special help with some learning activities or classroom routines, but not others (e.g., help with reading or putting on winter clothes, primarily when there is pressure to do these things quickly).
  • Students requiring more support are likely to spend less time in your classroom and more time receiving special help from other professionals (special education teacher, speech and language specialist, or assistants).

🎓 Teaching strategies

⏱️ Giving more time and practice than usual

  • If a student has only a mild intellectual disability, he or she can probably learn important fundamentals of the academic curriculum (basic arithmetic, basic reading).
  • Because of the disability, the student may need more time or practice than most other students.
  • Example: The student may be able to read many words by sight (day, night, morning, afternoon) but need longer than other students to recognize and say them.
  • Example: The student may know that 2 + 3 = 5, but need help applying this math fact to real objects (you might need to show that two pencils plus three pencils make five pencils).

How to manage the extra help:

  • Reward the student frequently for effort and successes with well-timed praise, especially if focused on specific, actual achievements.
  • "You added that one correctly" may be more helpful than "You're a hard worker" (even if both are true).
  • Set reasonable, "do-able" goals by breaking skills or tasks into steps the student is likely to learn without becoming overly discouraged.
  • Don't confuse: setting appropriate goals vs. setting expectations too low—using materials clearly intended for much younger children insults the student and deprives them of rightful opportunities to learn (a serious ethical and professional mistake).
  • Fortunately, there already exist materials that are simplified yet appropriate for older students; special education teacher-specialists can help find them.

🛠️ Adaptive and functional skills

  • Core dilemma: Since there is not enough time to teach everything, how do we choose what to teach?
  • One basis for selecting activities: relate learning goals to students' everyday lives and activities (just as you would with all students).
  • This strategy addresses the other defining feature of intellectual disability: the student's difficulties with adapting to and functioning in everyday living.

Examples of functional approaches:

  • In teaching addition and subtraction: create examples about purchasing common familiar objects (e.g., food) and the need to make or receive change.
  • In learning new reading or oral language vocabulary: encourage the student to learn words that are especially useful to the student's own life (often the student, not you, is the best person to decide what these words are).
  • In learning to read or "tell time" on a clock: focus initially on telling the times important to the student (when he or she gets up in the morning, when school starts); gradually add additional personally meaningful times.
  • Even if full knowledge proves slow to develop, the student will at least have learned the most useful knowledge first.

🤝 Include the student deliberately in group activities

  • Key word: inclusion—the student should participate in and contribute to the life of the class as much as possible.
  • Wherever possible, the student attends special events (assemblies, field days) with the class.
  • If the class plays a group game, the student with the disability is part of the game.
  • If classmates do an assignment as a group, the student is assigned to one of the groups if at all possible.

Benefits of inclusion:

  • For classmates: fosters acceptance and helpfulness toward the child with the disability; classmates learn that school is partly about providing opportunities for everyone, not just about evaluating or comparing individuals' skills.
  • For the student with disability: stimulates the student to learn as much as possible from classmates, socially and academically; gives chances to practice "belonging" skills (how to greet classmates appropriately, when and how to ask the teacher a question).
  • These are skills that are beneficial for everyone to learn, disabled or not.

🌟 Value of inclusion

🌟 Benefits for everyone

  • Including students with disabilities in regular classrooms is valuable for everyone concerned.
  • Students with disabilities: tend to experience a richer educational environment, both socially and academically; just as with racial segregation, separate education is not equal education (or at least cannot be counted on to be equal).
  • Classmates: potentially meet a wider range of classmates and see a wider range of educational purposes in operation.
  • Teachers: experience these benefits, but their programs often benefit in other ways as well.

🎯 Additional teaching benefits

  • Many teaching strategies that are good for students with disabilities also turn out to benefit all students.
  • Examples of such strategies:
    • Careful planning of objectives
    • Attention to individual differences among students
    • Establishment of a positive social atmosphere in the classroom
26

Behavioral Disorders

Behavioral disorders

🧭 Overview

🧠 One-sentence thesis

Behavioral disorders are a diverse group of conditions in which students chronically perform highly inappropriate behaviors that are extreme, persistent, socially unacceptable, affect schoolwork, and have no other obvious explanation, requiring teachers to focus on identifying triggers, teaching interpersonal skills explicitly, and disciplining fairly.

📌 Key points (3–5)

  • What behavioral disorders are: chronic, highly inappropriate behaviors that share five common features (extreme, persistent, socially unacceptable, affect school work, no obvious alternative explanation).
  • Frequency and classification challenges: only about 1–2% of students have true behavioral disorders, but classification varies by setting and may overlap with other conditions like ADHD or learning disabilities.
  • Core teaching challenge: one disruptive student can interfere with an entire class, making classroom management the primary concern.
  • Three key strategies: identify specific triggers for inappropriate behavior, teach interpersonal skills explicitly (not as punishment), and discipline fairly by following the IEP and keeping records.
  • Common confusion: focus on the specific circumstances or events that trigger disruptions, not on the student's personality.

🔍 Defining characteristics

🔍 Five common features

Behavioral disorders: a diverse group of conditions in which a student chronically performs highly inappropriate behaviors.

All problematic behaviors share these general features:

FeatureWhat it means
ExtremeBehaviors go beyond typical misbehavior
PersistentThey continue for extended periods of time
Socially unacceptableExamples include unwanted sexual advances or vandalism against school property
Affect school workAcademic performance suffers
No other obvious explanationNot caused by health problems or temporary family disruption

📊 Range of behaviors

The excerpt describes a wide variety of manifestations:

  • Seeking attention by acting out disruptively in class
  • Behaving aggressively
  • Being distractible and overly active
  • Seeming anxious or withdrawn
  • Seeming disconnected from everyday reality

Don't confuse: The sheer range of signs and symptoms means these disorders cannot be described concisely—each student may present very differently.

📈 Frequency and classification issues

  • Only about 1–2% of students (or perhaps less) have true behavioral disorders
  • This is about one-half or one-third the frequency of intellectual disabilities
  • Why estimates vary:
    • A student may be classified as having a different condition (ADHD, learning disability)
    • The same problem may be labeled a "behavioral disorder" in one school but not in another
    • Some students with behavioral disorders may have other disabilities and not be counted in statistics

🎯 Strategy 1: Identifying triggers

🎯 Why focus on circumstances, not personality

  • Dealing with a disruption is more effective when you identify the specific circumstance or event that triggers it
  • This approach avoids focusing on the student's personality
  • Once triggers are identified, you can either avoid them (if possible) or teach the student alternative, specific ways of responding

🧪 Three categories of triggers

The excerpt identifies a wide variety of factors that can trigger inappropriate behavior:

Physiological effects

  • Illness
  • Fatigue
  • Hunger
  • Side-effects from medications

Physical features of the classroom

  • Classroom too warm or too cold
  • Chairs exceptionally uncomfortable for sitting
  • Seating patterns that interfere with hearing or seeing

Instructional choices or strategies that frustrate learning

  • Restricting students' choices unduly
  • Giving instructions that are unclear
  • Choosing activities that are too difficult or too long
  • Preventing students from asking questions when they need help

Example: If a student becomes disruptive during long activities, the trigger may be the activity length rather than the student being "difficult"—shortening activities or building in breaks may prevent the behavior.

🤝 Strategy 2: Teaching interpersonal skills explicitly

🤝 Why explicit teaching is needed

  • Some students with behavior disorders have had little opportunity to learn appropriate social skills
  • Simple courtesies (like remembering to say "please" or "thanks") may be unpracticed and seem unimportant to the student
  • Body language (like eye contact or sitting up to listen rather than slouching and looking away) may also need to be taught
  • Key principle: Teach these skills in ways that do not make them part of punishment, make them seem "preachy", or put a student to shame in front of classmates

📚 Methods for teaching social skills

Through literature

  • Reading or assigning books and stories in which characters model good social skills
  • Appropriate for various age or grade levels

Through games

  • Games that require courteous language to succeed
  • Example from the excerpt: "Mother, May I?"

Through mentoring programs

  • Link an older student or adult from the community as a partner to the student at risk
  • Example: Big Brothers Big Sisters of America arranges for older individuals to act as mentors for younger boys and girls

🔧 Behaviorist techniques

Strategies based on behaviorist theory have proved effective, especially when students need opportunities to practice social skills they have learned recently and may still feel awkward or self-conscious using.

Contingency contracts

Contingency contracts: agreements between the teacher and a student about exactly what work the student will do, how it will be rewarded, and what the consequences will be if the agreement is not fulfilled.

Advantages of behaviorist techniques:

  • Precision and clarity: little room for misunderstanding about expectations
  • Less tempting or necessary for the teacher to become angry about infractions
  • Consequences tend to be relatively obvious and clear already
  • "Keeping your cool" is especially helpful when dealing with behavior that is by nature annoying or disrupting

⚖️ Strategy 3: Disciplining fairly

⚖️ The role of the IEP

Individual educational plan (IEP): a legal agreement among a teacher, other professionals, a student, and the student's parents.

  • Many strategies for helping a student with a behavior disorder are spelled out in the IEP
  • The plan serves as a guide in devising daily activities and approaches
  • Departures from the IEP should be made only cautiously and carefully, if ever

⚠️ Avoiding excessive punishment

The temptation: A student with a behavior disorder may be exasperating enough to make it tempting to use stronger or sweeping punishments than usual (for example, isolating a student for extended times).

The legal protection: Every IEP guarantees the student and parents due process before an IEP can be changed.

What due process means in practice:

  • Consulting with everyone involved in the case (especially parents, other specialists, and the student himself)
  • Reaching an agreement before adopting new strategies that differ significantly from the past

📝 The importance of record-keeping

Instead of "increasing the volume" of punishments, a better approach is to keep careful records of:

  • The student's behavior
  • Your own responses to it
  • Documentation of the reasonableness of your rules or responses to any major disruptions

Benefits of good records:

  • Collaboration with parents and other professionals can be more productive and fair-minded
  • Increases others' confidence in your judgments about what the student needs
  • In the long term, more effective collaboration leads to better support and more learning for the student (as well as better support for you as teacher)
27

Physical Disabilities and Sensory Impairments

Physical disabilities and sensory impairments

🧭 Overview

🧠 One-sentence thesis

Accommodating students with physical disabilities and sensory impairments—primarily hearing and vision loss—requires deliberate teaching adjustments that not only support these students but also benefit all learners in the classroom.

📌 Key points (3–5)

  • Prevalence and identification: Serious physical and sensory challenges affect a small percentage of students (~1% for hearing loss, ~0.5% for visual impairments), but mild cases are more common and often overlooked or mistaken for other learning problems.
  • Extent matters more than cause: For classroom accommodation, the severity of hearing or vision loss is more important than its medical origin; milder impairments are harder to detect but more likely to appear in regular classrooms.
  • Observable signs overlap with other issues: Students with mild sensory impairments may show delayed language skills, inattention, or incorrect answers—behaviors that also occur in students without impairments, requiring extended observation across multiple situations.
  • Common confusion: Mild sensory impairments vs. other learning difficulties—students may compensate through lip reading or selective participation, hiding their challenges; systematic observation over time is essential.
  • Teaching strategies benefit everyone: Accommodations like visual cues, clear instructions, and inclusive classroom community practices help students with sensory impairments and simultaneously improve learning for all students.

👂 Hearing Loss in the Classroom

🔍 Defining hearing loss by extent

Hearing impaired or hard of hearing: students with mild or moderate hearing loss.

Deaf: students with nearly complete hearing loss.

  • The cause of hearing loss (disease, childbirth complications, toxic drug reactions) is virtually irrelevant for classroom accommodation.
  • The extent of loss determines educational needs and likelihood of placement in regular classrooms.
  • Milder hearing loss is more common and more likely to be encountered in regular settings.

🕵️ Recognizing hearing loss

Why identification is difficult:

  • Serious/profound loss is noticed quickly and receives help sooner.
  • Mild or moderate loss is easily overlooked or mistaken for other learning problems.
  • Students may compensate by teaching themselves to lip read or carefully choosing which questions to answer.
  • Systematic hearing tests can be misleading because classroom success depends on combining cues from the entire context, not just isolated hearing ability.

Signs to observe (over extended time and multiple situations):

  • Delayed language or literacy skills (both written and oral)
  • Some ability (usually partial) to read lips
  • Less worldly knowledge than usual due to lack of involvement with oral dialogue and/or delayed literacy
  • Occasionally, tendency toward social isolation because of communication awkwardness

Don't confuse: A student who doesn't listen or gives incorrect answers may have hearing loss, but students without any loss also show these behaviors for entirely different reasons—persistent combination of signs over numerous occasions is key.

📚 Teaching strategies for hearing loss

StrategyHow to implementWhy it helps
Take advantage of residual hearingSeat student close to speaker; minimize competing noise; keep instructions concise; check for understandingMaximizes use of remaining hearing ability
Use visual cues liberallyMake charts/diagrams; look directly at student when speaking; gesture and point; provide handoutsFacilitates lip reading and provides alternative information channels
Include in classroom communityRecruit classmates to "translate" missed comments; learn basic ASL signs; teach signs to classmatesReduces social isolation and builds supportive environment

Note: Many of these strategies make good advice for teaching all students, not just those with hearing loss.

👁️ Visual Impairment in the Classroom

🔍 Defining visual impairment by extent

Visual impairment: difficulty seeing even with corrective lenses, commonly involving refraction (focusing ability), limited field of view (tunnel vision), or oversensitivity to light.

Legal blindness: significant tunnel vision or visual acuity of 20/200 or less (must be 20 feet away from an object that a person with normal eyesight can see at 200 feet).

Low vision: some vision usable for reading, but often needs special optical devices like magnifying lenses.

  • As with hearing loss, milder impairment means more time spent in regular classrooms.

🕵️ Recognizing visual impairment

Common signs (similar to ordinary nearsightedness but more frequent/obvious):

  • Rubbing eyes frequently
  • Blinking more than usual
  • Holding books very close to read
  • Complaining of eye itchiness, headaches, dizziness, or nausea after close eye work

Additional symptoms in serious cases:

  • Crossed eyes
  • Swollen eyelids

Identification challenge: Milder forms are the most subtle to observe and most prone to being overlooked initially. Best strategy: track students whose physical signs occur in combination with learning difficulties and persist for many weeks.

📚 Teaching strategies for visual impairment

Parallels hearing loss advice with obvious differences:

StrategyHow to implementWhy it helps
Take advantage of residual visionPlace student where they can see important classroom parts; ensure good lighting; use materials with sharp contrastMaximizes use of remaining vision
Use non-visual information liberallyExplain purely visual information (classroom layout, photographs, video storylines); use hands-on materials; allow Braille reading if student knows itProvides alternative access to information that is by nature only visual
Include in classroom communityEnsure social acceptance; recruit classmates to explain visual material; learn basic Braille and encourage classmates to do the sameReduces isolation and builds supportive environment

Example: Don't expect a student with visual impairment to learn the layout of the classroom or appearance of photographs without explanation—these are by nature only visual and require alternative presentation.

🌟 The Broader Value of Inclusion

💡 Benefits for students with disabilities

  • Experience a richer educational environment, both socially and academically.
  • Separate education is not equal education (or cannot be counted on to be equal), similar to the principle behind racial desegregation.

💡 Benefits for classmates without disabilities

  • Potentially meet a wider range of classmates.
  • See a wider range of educational purposes in operation.
  • Experience a richer educational environment overall.

💡 Benefits for teachers and programs

  • Teachers experience the same social and academic richness as students.
  • Additional notable benefit: Many teaching strategies that are good for students with disabilities also turn out to benefit all students.

Key insight: Inclusion creates value for everyone concerned, not just the students with special needs—it enriches the entire classroom community and improves teaching practices broadly.

28

The value of including students with special needs

The value of including students with special needs

🧭 Overview

🧠 One-sentence thesis

Including students with disabilities in regular classrooms enriches the educational environment for everyone—students with disabilities, their classmates, and teachers—and promotes teaching strategies that benefit all learners.

📌 Key points (3–5)

  • Benefits for students with disabilities: They experience a richer educational environment both socially and academically; separate education is not equal education.
  • Benefits for classmates: They meet a wider range of peers and see a wider range of educational purposes in operation.
  • Benefits for teachers and programs: Many teaching strategies effective for students with disabilities (careful planning, attention to individual differences, positive social atmosphere) also benefit all students.
  • Common confusion: Don't assume that specialized strategies are only for students with disabilities—these approaches improve teaching quality for everyone.

🌟 Benefits for students with disabilities

🎓 Richer educational environment

  • Students with disabilities in regular classrooms tend to experience both social and academic enrichment.
  • The excerpt draws a parallel to racial segregation: separate education cannot be counted on to be equal education.
  • Inclusion provides access to the same quality of instruction and social opportunities as other students.

🤝 Social and academic integration

  • Being part of the regular classroom community allows students with disabilities to participate in the full range of classroom activities.
  • The excerpt emphasizes that this is not just about physical presence but about experiencing a genuinely richer environment.

👥 Benefits for classmates and teachers

👫 Wider range of experiences for classmates

  • Classmates of students with disabilities potentially meet a wider range of peers.
  • They see a wider range of educational purposes in operation.
  • Example: When classmates help explain visual material to a student with visual impairment or learn basic Braille, they expand their own understanding of communication and learning.

👩‍🏫 Enhanced teaching practices

  • Teachers experience the same benefits as students (richer environment, wider range of interactions).
  • Their programs often benefit in additional ways beyond these direct experiences.

🎯 Teaching strategies that benefit everyone

📋 Strategies originally designed for disabilities

The excerpt identifies three key teaching strategies that help students with disabilities and turn out to benefit all students:

StrategyWhy it helps everyone
Careful planning of objectivesClear goals improve learning for all students
Attention to individual differencesRecognizing that all students vary in their needs and strengths
Establishment of a positive social atmosphereA supportive classroom benefits every learner

🔄 From special to universal

  • Don't confuse: These are not "special education strategies" versus "regular education strategies"—they are simply high-quality teaching practices.
  • The excerpt notes that these topics will be revisited later in the textbook (Chapters 9 and 10) framed around the needs of all students, whatever their individual qualities.
  • This suggests that inclusion helps educators recognize that good teaching principles are universal, not category-specific.
29

Motives as behavior

Motives as behavior

🧭 Overview

🧠 One-sentence thesis

Behaviorist perspectives treat motivation as equivalent to observable student behavior rather than as an inner drive, which can be practical in busy classrooms but risks ignoring students' intrinsic choices and preferences.

📌 Key points (3–5)

  • Core behaviorist claim: motivation and outward behavior are treated as the same thing—no need to distinguish "inner drive" from "outer action."
  • Practical advantage: when teachers face time limits or communication barriers, focusing on observable behavior helps guide students constructively without needing to discern hidden motives.
  • Operant conditioning reframed: reinforcement increases the likelihood of behavior (learning view) or increases motivation (motivational view); the two perspectives describe the same process.
  • Common confusion: what looks like one motive (e.g., attentive eye contact) may actually signal a different motive (e.g., daydreaming or cultural respect norms).
  • Key caution: relying only on external rewards can undermine intrinsic motivation, especially when students already find the activity interesting or when rewards are tied to piecemeal performance.

🎯 The behaviorist view of motivation

🎯 Equating inner drive and outer behavior

Behaviorism minimizes or ignores the distinction between the inner drive or energy of students and the outward behaviors that express the drive or energy; the two are considered the same, or nearly so.

  • Instead of asking "What does the student feel inside?", behaviorism asks "What does the student do?"
  • This approach focuses almost completely on what can be directly seen or heard about a person's behavior.
  • It may seem to violate common sense: how can action happen without some feeling or thought behind it?
  • Yet this perspective has practical advantages in real classrooms.

🕒 When behaviorist perspectives help

Teachers face two common constraints that make the behaviorist approach useful:

ConstraintWhy it mattersExample from the excerpt
Limited timeMultiple demands and many students leave little time to interpret behaviorA student asks many questions—is it curiosity or a desire to look intelligent? No time to decide.
Communication barriersLanguage learning, unfamiliar cultural patterns, or disabilities make discerning inner motives harderA student still learning English or from a different cultural community; extra time is needed, but behavior must still be guided constructively in the meantime.
  • Don't confuse: the behaviorist approach is not about ignoring students' inner lives forever; it's about managing immediate classroom needs when deeper interpretation is not yet possible.

🔄 Operant conditioning as motivation

🔄 Reframing operant concepts

The operant conditioning model (associated with B. F. Skinner) can be transformed from a learning account into a motivation account:

  • Learning view: a behavior (the operant) increases in frequency because performing it makes a reinforcement available.
  • Motivation view: think of the likelihood of response as the motivation and the reinforcement as the motivator.

Example: A student answers questions during class discussions. Each time the student answers (the operant), the teacher praises (reinforces) this behavior.

  • Learning interpretation: the student is learning to answer questions.
  • Motivation interpretation: the likelihood of answering (the motivation) is increasing because of praise (the motivator).

📋 Key operant concepts in motivational terms

ConceptLearning definitionMotivation definitionClassroom example
OperantBehavior that becomes more likely because of reinforcementBehavior that suggests an increase in motivationStudent listens to teacher's comments during lecture
ReinforcementStimulus that increases likelihood of a behaviorStimulus that motivatesTeacher praises student for listening
Positive reinforcementStimulus that increases likelihood by being introduced or addedStimulus that motivates by its presence; an "incentive"Teacher makes encouraging remarks about homework
Negative reinforcementStimulus that increases likelihood by being removed or taken awayStimulus that motivates by its absence or avoidanceTeacher stops nagging student about late homework
PunishmentStimulus that decreases likelihood by being introduced or addedStimulus that decreases motivation by its presenceTeacher deducts points for late homework
ExtinctionRemoval of reinforcement for a behaviorRemoval of motivating stimulus that leads to decrease in motivationTeacher stops commenting altogether about homework
Shaping successive approximationsReinforcements for behaviors that gradually resemble a final goal behaviorStimuli that gradually shift motivation toward a final goal motivationTeacher praises student for returning homework closer to the deadline; gradually praises for being on time
Continuous reinforcementReinforcement that occurs each time an operant behavior occursMotivator that occurs each time a behavioral sign of motivation occursTeacher praises highly active student every time he works for five minutes without interruption
Intermittent reinforcementReinforcement that sometimes occurs following an operant behavior, but not every timeMotivator that occurs sometimes when a behavioral sign of motivation occurs, but not every occasionTeacher praises highly active student sometimes when he works without interruption, but not every time

🔍 Extinction as loss of motivation

  • Learning view: learned behaviors become less likely when reinforcement no longer occurs—a sort of "unlearning" or decrease in performance.
  • Motivation view: the decrease in performance frequency can be thought of as a loss of motivation, and removal of reinforcement as removal of the motivator.

⚠️ Cautions and criticisms

⚠️ Ambiguity of behavior

One obvious concern is the ambiguity of students' specific behaviors: what looks like a sign of one motive to the teacher may actually signal a different motive to the student.

  • Example: A student looks intently at the teacher while she speaks. Does it mean the student is motivated to learn, or is the student daydreaming?
  • Example: A student invariably looks away while the teacher speaks. Does it mean disrespect, or does the student come from a family or cultural group where avoiding eye contact actually shows more respect than direct eye contact?
  • Don't confuse: the same outward behavior can have multiple inner meanings depending on the student's background and context.

🎭 Ignoring students' choices and preferences

Another concern is that behaviorist perspectives lead teachers to ignore students' choices and preferences, and to "play God" by making choices on their behalf.

  • The distinction between "inner" motives and outward expressions does not disappear just because a teacher (or a theory) chooses to treat them as equivalent.
  • Students usually do know what they want or desire, and their wants may not always correspond to what a teacher chooses to reinforce or ignore.
  • This is the issue of intrinsic versus extrinsic motivation: behavioral approaches are not sensitive enough to students' intrinsic, self-sustaining motivations.

🔬 When extrinsic rewards backfire

A classic research study illustrated the problem:

  • Researchers rewarded university students for two activities—solving puzzles and writing newspaper headlines—that they already found interesting.
  • Some students were paid to do these activities; others were not.
  • Result: students who were paid were less likely to engage in the activities after the experiment than students who were not paid, even though both groups had been equally interested initially.
  • Interpretation: the extrinsic reward of payment interfered with the intrinsic reward of working the puzzles.

Later studies confirmed this effect in numerous situations, but also found conditions where extrinsic rewards do not reduce intrinsic rewards:

ConditionEffect on intrinsic motivation
Payment by the hour (flat rate)Less harmful than piecemeal payment
Payment by the piece (per item completed)More harmful
Well-defined task (e.g., math problems, solitaire) with high-quality performance expectedExtrinsic rewards less harmful
Task already intrinsically interestingExtrinsic rewards more likely to undermine intrinsic motivation

🧭 When to use extrinsic rewards

  • There are still times and ways when externally determined reinforcements are useful and effective.
  • However, extrinsic rewards undermine intrinsic motivation often enough that they need to be used selectively and thoughtfully.
  • If a teacher relies on rewarding behaviors that she alone has chosen, or persists in reinforcing behaviors that students already find motivating without external reinforcement, reinforcements can backfire.
  • Instead of serving as an incentive, reinforcement can become a reminder of the teacher's power and of students' lack of control over their own actions.
30

Motives as goals

Motives as goals

🧭 Overview

🧠 One-sentence thesis

Students' achievement goals—whether they aim to master material, perform well for recognition, or avoid failure—shape how deeply they learn and how sustained their engagement becomes, with mastery goals supporting the most thoughtful and lasting learning.

📌 Key points (3–5)

  • Three types of achievement goals: mastery (learning for its own sake), performance (looking successful to others), and performance-avoidance (avoiding failure).
  • Mastery vs performance trade-off: mastery goals sustain interest and deeper learning; performance goals often yield higher grades but shallower understanding.
  • Common confusion: performance goals can produce good grades, but they encourage competition and isolation, which limits learning depth and collaboration.
  • Failure-avoidant goals undermine achievement: students who focus on avoiding failure may self-handicap by doing minimal work or setting unrealistic goals.
  • Social goals have mixed effects: relationships with teachers and peers can support or hinder achievement depending on whether they encourage collaboration or competition.

🎯 Three types of achievement goals

🎯 Mastery goals

Mastery goal: the desire to learn or master material as well as possible because it is interesting or will be useful.

  • The student's main concern is understanding the content itself, not external recognition.
  • Example: Maria wants to learn algebra because she finds it interesting and believes it will help in later courses.
  • Mastery goals are a form of intrinsic motivation—the drive comes from within.
  • Why it matters: students with mastery goals show sustained interest beyond the course and enroll in further courses in the same subject.

🏆 Performance goals

Performance goal: the focus on looking successful in the eyes of peers and teachers; learning is a vehicle for appearing competent.

  • The student cares primarily about top marks and recognition, not the material itself.
  • Example: Sara is less concerned about algebra than about getting top marks on exams.
  • Performance goals are a form of extrinsic motivation—the drive comes from external rewards or recognition.
  • Don't confuse: performance goals can produce higher grades, but they do not guarantee deeper or permanent learning.

❌ Performance-avoidance (failure-avoidance) goals

Performance-avoidance goal: the intention to avoid failure or looking foolish, rather than to learn or succeed competitively.

  • The student is not focused on mastery or competitive success, only on not failing.
  • Example: Lindsay is primarily concerned about avoiding a poor or failing mark in algebra.
  • Why it matters: failure-avoidant goals undermine academic achievement by nature.

🔀 Goals often combine

  • Students rarely experience these goals in pure form; they usually hold combinations.
  • Example: a student playing clarinet in the school band might want to improve technique (mastery), look talented to classmates (performance), and avoid looking like a failure (performance-avoidance).
  • One motive may predominate, but all three can be present.

📊 How goals affect learning outcomes

📚 Mastery goals and sustained interest

  • Mastery-oriented students express greater interest in a course and continue that interest well beyond the official end.
  • They tend to enroll in further courses in the same subject.
  • Mastery goals support intrinsic motivation, which sustains engagement over time.

📈 Performance goals: higher grades, shallower learning

AspectWhat happensWhy
GradesPerformance-oriented students tend to get higher grades (short-term assignments and long-term GPA)They focus on measures of success
Depth of learningThey do not learn material as deeply or permanently as mastery-oriented studentsTest scores often reward shallow memorization, not thoughtful processing
CollaborationPerformance orientation discourages giving and receiving help from classmatesCompetition for recognition makes helping peers against self-interest; resulting isolation limits learning
  • Common confusion: higher grades do not always mean better learning—performance goals can produce good test scores without deep understanding.

⚠️ Performance-avoidance and self-handicapping

  • Failure-avoidant goals are often a negative byproduct of the competitiveness of performance goals.
  • If too much emphasis is placed on being the best in class, some students may decide success is beyond reach or not desirable.
  • The alternative—simply avoiding failure—may seem wiser and more feasible.

Self-handicapping: deliberate actions and choices that reduce chances of success.

  • Ways students self-handicap:
    • Doing only the minimum work necessary to avoid looking foolish or conflict with the teacher
    • Procrastinating about completing assignments
    • Setting unrealistically high goals
  • Once a student adopts a failure-avoidant attitude, they may underachieve deliberately.

🤝 Social goals and their complex effects

👨‍🏫 Relationships with teachers

  • If a relationship with the teacher is important and reasonably positive, the student is likely to try pleasing the teacher by working hard.
  • Note: this effect is closer to performance than mastery—the student is primarily concerned about looking good to someone else, not learning for its own sake.

👥 Relationships with peers

The effects on achievement depend on the student's motives for the relationship and on peers' attitudes.

MotiveEffect on achievementWhy
Desiring to be close to peers personallyMay support higher achievement (up to a point)Leads to asking for and giving help to peers
Desiring to impress peers with skills and knowledgeMay reduce achievementCompetitive edge keeps student from collaborating; reduces opportunities to learn

🎓 Peer abilities and context matter

  • Low achievement and motivation by peers affects an individual's academic motivation more:
    • In elementary school than in high school
    • In learning mathematics than learning to read
    • If there is a wide range of abilities in a classroom than if there is a narrow range
  • Don't confuse: peer effects vary greatly by context; they are not uniformly positive or negative.

🌟 Teachers should facilitate relationships thoughtfully

  • Social relationships are valued highly by most students, so teachers should generally facilitate them.
  • Keep an eye on their nature and effects on achievement.
  • Many assignments can be accomplished productively in groups if groups are formed thoughtfully.
  • Relationships can be supported with activities involving students or adults from another class or outside the school (e.g., school or community service projects).
  • The majority of students' social contacts will always come from students' own initiatives; the teacher's job is to encourage informal contacts that support rather than interfere with learning.

🌱 Encouraging mastery goals in the classroom

🎯 Why encourage mastery orientation

  • A mastery orientation leads to more sustained, thoughtful learning, especially in classrooms where classmates may debate and disagree with each other.
  • Even though some performance orientation may be inevitable because of the presence of classmates, it does not have to take over students' academic motivation completely.

✅ Allow student choice

  • Let students choose specific tasks or assignments for themselves where possible.
  • Their choices are more likely to reflect prior personal interests and thus be motivated more intrinsically than usual.
  • Limitation: students may not see connections between their prior interests and the curriculum topics at hand.

🔗 Point out relevance to personal interests

  • Look for and point out the relevance of current topics or skills to students' personal interests and goals.
  • Example: a student who enjoys the latest styles of music might connect this interest to:
    • Biology (physiology of the ear and hearing)
    • Physics or general science (nature of musical acoustics)
    • History (changes in musical styles over time)
    • English (relationships of musical lyrics and themes with literary themes)
    • Foreign languages (comparisons of music and songs among cultures)

📊 Focus on individual effort and improvement

  • Focus on students' individual effort and improvement as much as possible, rather than comparing students' successes to each other.
  • How to do this:
    • Give students detailed feedback about how they can improve performance
    • Arrange for students to collaborate on specific tasks and projects rather than compete
    • Show your own enthusiasm for the subject at hand

🧲 Motives as interests

🔍 Effort versus interest

  • Students show obvious differences in levels of interest in classroom topics and tasks.
  • Example: Frank finds balancing chemical equations boring and forces himself to study it, spending only the time needed for basic learning. Jason enjoys the challenge, thinks of it as an intriguing puzzle, and compares problems to each other.
  • Key difference: Frank's learning is based on effort; Jason's learning is based on interest.
  • When students learn from interest, they tend to devote more attention to the topic than if they learn from effort.
  • Interest is another aspect of intrinsic motivation—energy or drive that comes from within.

🔀 Effort and interest often blend

  • The distinction between effort and interest is often artificial because the two motives often get blended in students' personal experiences.
  • Most of us can remember times when we worked at a skill that we enjoyed and found interesting, but that also required effort to learn.
  • Challenge for teachers: draw on and encourage students' interest as much as possible, and keep the required effort within reasonable bounds—neither too hard nor too easy.

⚡ Situational interest

Situational interests: interests that are triggered temporarily by features of the immediate situation.

  • Unusual sights, sounds, or words can stimulate situational interest.
  • Example: a teacher might show an interesting image on the overhead projector, play a brief bit of music, or make a surprising comment in passing.
  • At a more abstract level, unusual or surprising topics of discussion can also arouse interest when first introduced.

💎 Personal interest

Personal interests: relatively permanent preferences of the student, expressed in a variety of situations.

  • In the classroom, a student may (or may not) have a personal interest in particular topics, activities, or subject matter.
  • Outside class, he or she usually has additional personal interests in non-academic activities (e.g., sports, music) or even in particular people (a celebrity, a friend who lives nearby).
  • Potential conflict: non-academic personal interests may sometimes conflict with academic interest (e.g., going to the shopping mall with a friend may be more interesting than studying even your most favorite subject).

📈 Benefits of personal interest

  • Personal interest in an academic topic or activity tends to correlate with achievement related to the topic or activity.
  • A student who is truly interested is more likely to:
    • Focus on the topic or activity more fully
    • Work at it for longer periods
    • Use more thoughtful strategies in learning
    • Enjoy doing so
  • Why it matters: personal interest supports deeper engagement and better learning outcomes.
31

Motives as interests

Motives as interests

🧭 Overview

🧠 One-sentence thesis

Interest-based learning leads students to devote more attention and use more thoughtful strategies than effort-based learning, and teachers can cultivate interest by stimulating situational interest that may gradually become personal interest.

📌 Key points (3–5)

  • Interest vs effort: Learning from interest (intrinsic motivation) leads to more attention and deeper engagement than learning from effort alone.
  • Two types of interest: Situational interest is temporary and triggered by immediate features; personal interest is permanent and expressed across situations.
  • Personal interest benefits: Students with personal interest in a topic tend to focus more, work longer, use better strategies, and achieve more.
  • Common confusion: The direction of causation—interest can lead to achievement, but achievement can also strengthen interest (both directions likely operate).
  • Seductive details caution: Stimulating features (jokes, colorful images, interesting tangents) can arouse interest but may distract if they don't relate to the core material.

🎯 Interest versus effort in learning

🎯 What distinguishes interest-based learning

Interest: an aspect of intrinsic motivation—energy or drive that comes from within.

  • Effort-based learning: Student forces themselves to study, spends only the time needed, completes assignments at a basic level.
  • Interest-based learning: Student enjoys the challenge, devotes more attention, explores beyond requirements (e.g., comparing problems to each other).
  • Example: Frank finds balancing chemical equations boring and studies minimally; Jason enjoys it as an intriguing puzzle and explores it more deeply.

🔀 The blending of effort and interest

  • The distinction is often artificial in real experience—most people can remember working at skills that were both interesting and required effort.
  • Teacher's challenge: Draw on and encourage students' interest to keep required effort within reasonable bounds (neither too hard nor too easy).
  • Don't confuse: Interest doesn't eliminate effort; it makes effort feel more worthwhile and sustainable.

🔍 Two types of interest

🔍 Situational vs personal interest

TypeDefinitionCharacteristicsExamples
Situational interestTriggered temporarily by immediate featuresShort-term, context-dependentUnusual sights/sounds, surprising comments, interesting images on projector, brief music clips
Personal interestRelatively permanent preferencesLong-term, expressed across situationsPersistent interest in specific topics, activities, subject matter (academic or non-academic like sports/music)

⚠️ Conflict between interests

  • Non-academic personal interests may compete with academic interests.
  • Example: Going to the shopping mall with a friend may be more interesting than studying even a favorite subject.
  • This highlights that personal interest alone doesn't guarantee academic engagement—context matters.

📈 Benefits and causation of personal interest

📈 How personal interest supports achievement

When students have personal interest in an academic topic or activity:

  • They focus more fully on the topic
  • They work at it for longer periods
  • They use more thoughtful learning strategies
  • They enjoy the process more
  • Result: Higher achievement

🔄 The direction-of-causation puzzle

  • The ambiguity: Does personal interest lead to higher achievement, or does higher achievement lead to stronger interest?
  • Research evidence: At least some influence goes from interest to achievement—elementary students learned more from books they chose themselves than from assigned books.
  • But the reverse also happens: As Joe learns more about history, he finds it more interesting; as McKenzie learns more biology, she wants to learn more of it.
  • Conclusion: Both directions likely operate—interest can spark learning, and learning can deepen interest.

🎨 Strategies for stimulating situational interest

🎨 When to use these strategies

  • When a student has little prior personal interest in a topic or activity.
  • Goal: Stimulate initial, situational interest in hopes it will gradually become more permanent and personal.

💡 Effective techniques

Three main strategies the excerpt recommends:

  1. Include surprises

    • Tell students facts that are true but counter-intuitive
    • Demonstrate science experiments that turn out differently than expected
    • Example: Show an outcome that contradicts common assumptions
  2. Relate to prior experiences

    • Connect new material to students' experiences, even non-academic ones
    • Example: Explain gravitation and acceleration concepts using softball games for a student who enjoys playing softball
    • This bridges academic content with existing personal interests
  3. Encourage active response

    • Have students talk about material together
    • Students make their own connections to personal interests
    • Social interaction itself links material to personal, social interests

⚠️ The seductive details problem

⚠️ What are seductive details

Features added to stimulate interest that may actually mislead or distract:

  • Deliberately telling jokes in class
  • Using colorful illustrations or pictures
  • Adding interesting bits of information to explanations

⚠️ When they backfire

  • If these features do not really relate to the topic at hand, they may:
    • Create misunderstandings
    • Prevent students from focusing on key material
  • Individual differences: Struggling students are more prone to distraction and misunderstanding than students already learning successfully.

✅ Best practice

  • Use strategies to arouse situational interest, but assess students' responses continually and honestly.
  • Key question: Are students learning because of your stimulating strategies, or in spite of them?
  • Don't confuse: Interesting ≠ helpful—the feature must connect meaningfully to the learning goal.
32

Motives related to attributions

Motives related to attributions

🧭 Overview

🧠 One-sentence thesis

Attributions—students' beliefs about what causes their successes and failures—shape academic motivation most positively when students attribute outcomes to internal, controllable factors like effort and learning strategies rather than to external or uncontrollable factors like luck or fixed ability.

📌 Key points (3–5)

  • What attributions are: perceptions about the causes of success and failure (e.g., effort, ability, luck, task difficulty).
  • Three dimensions: attributions vary in locus (internal vs external), stability (permanent vs changeable), and controllability (influenceable vs not).
  • Best combination for motivation: internal and controllable attributions (like effort or strategy choice) support both motivation and achievement.
  • Common confusion: ability seems stable, but it actually changes incrementally over time through sustained effort—teachers should frame ability as developable, not fixed.
  • How teachers can help: frame feedback around controllable factors, ensure tasks are appropriately difficult, provide help when needed, and recognize that ability grows over time.

🔍 What attributions are and why they matter

🔍 Definition and examples

Attributions: perceptions about the causes of success and failure.

  • When a student gets a low mark, they might explain it in different ways:
    • "I didn't study hard enough" (effort)
    • "The test was too difficult" (task difficulty)
    • "I was unlucky" (chance)
    • "I'm just not smart enough" (ability)
  • Each explanation attributes the outcome to a different factor.
  • These explanations may or may not reflect the truth accurately.
  • What matters: attributions reflect personal beliefs about sources of success/failure, and these beliefs affect motivation depending on their nature.

🎯 Why attributions influence motivation

  • Attributions shape how students interpret their performance.
  • They determine whether students feel they can improve or are helpless.
  • Different types of attributions lead to different motivational outcomes (optimism, indifference, pessimism, or disengagement).

📐 Three dimensions of attributions

📍 Locus (internal vs external)

Locus: the location (figuratively) of the source of success or failure.

  • Internal locus: the cause is inside the person.
    • Example: attributing a top mark to your own ability → internal.
  • External locus: the cause is outside the person.
    • Example: attributing a top mark to easy test questions → external.

⏳ Stability (permanent vs changeable)

Stability: the relative permanence of the attribution.

  • Stable: the cause is lasting and doesn't change much over time.
    • Example: attributing success to ability (ability is relatively lasting) → stable.
  • Unstable: the cause varies and must be renewed each time.
    • Example: attributing success to effort (effort can vary and disappears if not renewed) → unstable.

🎛️ Controllability (influenceable vs not)

Controllability: the extent to which the individual can influence the cause.

  • Controllable: the person can influence the factor.
    • Example: attributing a top mark to studying effort → controllable (you decide how much to study).
  • Uncontrollable: the person cannot influence the factor.
    • Example: attributing success to luck → uncontrollable (nothing can influence random chance).

🧩 How attribution combinations affect motivation

✅ Best for motivation: internal + controllable

  • Attributing success and failure to internal, controllable factors (like effort or choice of learning strategies) usually helps both motivation and achievement.
  • Why it works:
    • Students feel they have agency—they can influence outcomes.
    • Encourages investment in learning because effort pays off.
  • Example: "I did well because I studied hard and used good strategies" → motivates continued effort.

⚖️ Mixed effects: internal + stable (ability)

  • Attributing success to internal but stable/uncontrollable factors (like ability) is both a blessing and a curse.
  • Blessing: can create optimism about future success.
    • Example: "I always do well" → confidence.
  • Curse: can lead to problems:
    • Indifference about correcting mistakes (if ability is seen as fixed, why bother improving?).
    • Pessimism if performance drops ("Maybe I'm not as smart as I thought").
  • Don't confuse: ability feels stable in the short term, but it actually changes incrementally over time through effort (see below).

❌ Worst for motivation: external attributions

  • Attributing performance to external factors (whether stable or unstable) removes incentive to invest in learning.
  • Examples:
    • "The teacher was in a bad mood when marking" (external, unstable, uncontrollable) → luck-based thinking.
    • "This material is just too hard" (external, stable, uncontrollable) → learned helplessness.
  • Why it's harmful: students feel they have no control over outcomes, so effort seems pointless.

🎯 Summary table

Attribution typeLocusStabilityControllabilityEffect on motivation
Effort / strategy choiceInternalUnstableControllableBest: encourages investment in learning
Ability (viewed as fixed)InternalStableUncontrollableMixed: optimism or indifference/pessimism
LuckExternalUnstableUncontrollableWorst: removes incentive to learn
Task difficultyExternalStableUncontrollableWorst: removes incentive to learn

🛠️ How teachers can influence students' attributions

💬 Frame feedback around internal, controllable factors

  • Teachers should explain success and failure in terms of internal, controllable causes.
  • Instead of: "Good work! You're smart!" (internal, stable, uncontrollable)
    • Say: "Good work! Your effort really made a difference, didn't it?" (internal, unstable, controllable)
  • Instead of: "Too bad! This material is just too hard for you." (external, stable, uncontrollable)
    • Say: "Let's find a strategy for practicing this more, and then you can try again." (internal, controllable)
  • Why this works: emphasizes factors students can influence, not fixed traits or external barriers.

⚙️ Provide conditions where effort actually pays off

  • Framing alone is not enough—attributions will only be convincing if teachers create conditions where students' efforts really do lead to success.
  • Three essential conditions:

📏 Tasks must be at the right difficulty level

  • Academic tasks and materials must be appropriately challenging.
  • If tasks are too hard or too easy, students will rightly attribute outcomes to external factors (task difficulty or luck).
  • Example: giving advanced calculus to a first-grader → justified external attribution ("This is impossible").
  • If assessments produce highly variable, unreliable marks → students attribute performance to luck (external, unstable).

🤝 Be ready to give individual help

  • Teachers must be prepared to help students who need it, even if an assignment seems easy or clear.
  • Why: it's hard to know in advance exactly how difficult a task will be for particular students.
  • Without help, a task that starts difficult may remain difficult indefinitely.
  • Result: students make unproductive (though correct) attributions:
    • "I will never understand this."
    • "I'm not smart enough."
    • "It doesn't matter how hard I study."

🌱 Recognize that ability changes incrementally over time

  • Don't confuse: ability is usually considered stable, but it actually changes incrementally over the long term.
  • Recognizing this fact is one of the best ways to bring about actual increases in students' abilities.
  • Example: A middle-years student plays trumpet at a high level—this reflects lots of previous effort and gradual ability increase.
  • Example: A second-grader reads fluently now, but in the past couldn't read as well, and even further back couldn't read at all—ability increased through effort.
  • Key insight: effort and ability evolve on different time frames.
    • Effort: visible immediately (this week, today, this moment).
    • Ability: develops over many weeks, months, or years.
  • Teachers can easily forget this because effort is visible right away, but ability takes longer to show itself.
  • Implication: frame ability as something that grows through sustained effort, not as a fixed trait.
33

Motivation as Self-Efficacy

Motivation as Self-Efficacy

🧭 Overview

🧠 One-sentence thesis

Self-efficacy—the belief that you can carry out a specific task—shapes motivation by influencing which tasks students choose, how long they persist, and how they respond to failure, and teachers can strengthen it through genuine success experiences, modeling, encouragement, and managing emotional associations.

📌 Key points (3–5)

  • What self-efficacy is: a belief about your capacity to do a specific task, not a general judgment about intelligence or likability.
  • How it differs from ability: self-efficacy is self-constructed perception, not documented skill; discrepancies between belief and true ability can occur.
  • Three main effects: influences task choice, persistence, and response to failure—each with both positive and negative sides depending on accuracy of self-perception.
  • Common confusion: self-efficacy vs self-concept/self-esteem—self-efficacy is task-specific belief; self-concept and self-esteem are general identity judgments that only indirectly affect motivation.
  • Four sources teachers can use: prior mastery experiences (most powerful), watching others succeed, persuasion/encouragement, and emotions related to stress.

🎯 What self-efficacy is and isn't

🎯 Definition and scope

Self-efficacy: the belief that you are capable of carrying out a specific task or of reaching a specific goal.

  • The belief and the action or goal are specific.
  • Example: believing you can write an acceptable term paper, repair an automobile, or make friends with a new student.
  • It is not about whether you believe you are intelligent in general, always like mechanical work, or are generally likeable.

🔍 How it differs from related concepts

ConceptWhat it isRelationship to motivation
Self-efficacyBelief about capacity for a specific taskDirect, primary explanation for motivation
Self-conceptBeliefs about general personal identityIndirect influence only
Self-esteemEvaluations of identityIndirect influence only
  • Self-concept and self-esteem are important in their own right but affect motivation only indirectly.
  • Don't confuse: self-efficacy is like everyday "confidence" but defined more precisely and task-specifically.

🧩 Self-efficacy vs actual ability

  • Self-efficacy beliefs are self-constructed, meaning personally developed perceptions.
  • Discrepancies can exist between self-efficacy and true skill:
    • You can believe you can write a good paper without actually being able to do so.
    • You can believe yourself incapable of writing a paper but discover you are in fact able.
  • The optimum level of self-efficacy is either at or slightly above true capacity.
  • Large discrepancies between self-efficacy and ability can create motivational problems.

📊 Three main effects on student behavior

📊 Effect 1: Choice of tasks

  • Self-efficacy makes students more willing to choose tasks where they already feel confident of succeeding.
  • This effect is almost inevitable given the definition and is supported by research.

Positive side:

  • If a student believes they can solve math problems, they are more likely to attempt math homework.

Negative side:

  • If a student believes they are incapable of math, they are less likely to attempt homework ("What's the use of trying?"), regardless of actual ability.

Complications from misperception:

  • All is well if students overestimate capacity but still succeed, or underestimate but discover they can succeed and raise beliefs.
  • Problems arise if students don't believe they can succeed and don't try, or if they overestimate by a wide margin, fail unexpectedly, and lower their beliefs.

⏱️ Effect 2: Persistence at tasks

  • High self-efficacy increases persistence at relevant tasks.
  • Example: If you believe you can solve crossword puzzles but encounter a difficult one, you are more likely to work longer until you solve it.

When persistence is desirable:

  • Gives you a chance to improve skill by continuing.

When persistence may be problematic:

  • If it interferes with other, more important tasks (e.g., doing homework instead of puzzles).

Low self-efficacy consequences:

  • More likely to give up early on difficult tasks.
  • Giving up deprives you of chances to improve, but lack of success may provide useful incentive to improve skills.

Misperception effects:

  • Excessively high self-efficacy might lead to not preparing or focusing properly, impairing performance.
  • Effects vary from individual to individual and situation to situation.

💪 Effect 3: Response to failure

  • High self-efficacy improves ability to cope with stressful conditions and recover motivation following failures.
  • Example: If you have two assignments due the same day (essay and lab report), you cope better with stress if you believe yourself capable of both tasks than if you believe you can do just one or neither.
  • You also recover better if you end up with a poor grade on one or both tasks.

The complication:

  • The same resilience can serve non-academic purposes.
  • Example: A student with high self-efficacy for both a school assignment and a part-time restaurant job may devote less attention to schoolwork than ideal and end up with a lower grade than capable of.

🚫 Learned helplessness

🚫 What learned helplessness is

Learned helplessness: a perception of complete lack of control in mastering a task.

  • Develops when a person's sense of self-efficacy is very low.
  • Similar to depression: pervasive apathy and belief that effort makes no difference and does not lead to success.
  • Originally studied by psychologist Martin Seligman using experiments where animals were repeatedly shocked in ways that prevented escape, then later didn't bother to escape even when possible.

🧠 Characteristic patterns in people

People with learned helplessness tend to:

  • Attribute the source of a problem to themselves (internal).
  • Generalize the problem to many aspects of life.
  • See the problem as lasting or permanent.

More optimistic individuals:

  • Attribute problems to outside sources (external).
  • See problems as specific to a particular situation or activity.
  • See problems as temporary or time-limited.

Example comparison:

  • Learned helplessness response to test failure: "I'm stupid; I never perform well on any schoolwork, and I never will."
  • Optimistic response: "The teacher made the test too hard this time, so it doesn't prove anything about how I will do next time or in other subjects."

🔗 Connection to self-efficacy

  • The optimistic perspective resembles high self-efficacy.
  • Learned helplessness contradicts self-efficacy.
  • High self-efficacy is a strong belief in capacity to carry out a specific task successfully, focusing attention on a temporary activity even though the cause of completion (oneself) is internal.
  • Teachers can minimize learned helplessness by encouraging self-efficacy beliefs.

🌱 Four sources of self-efficacy beliefs

🏆 Source 1: Prior experiences of mastery (most important)

  • Past successes at a task increase beliefs of future success.
  • Teachers need to help students build a history of successes.
  • Tasks have to end with success more often than with failure.

Critical requirement:

  • Successes must represent genuine mastery or truly authentic competence.
  • Success at trivial or irrelevant tasks does not improve self-efficacy.
  • Praise for successes a student hasn't really had does not work.

Age considerations:

  • Younger students (elementary) have relatively short ideas of what counts as "past experience"—may go back only a few occasions.
  • Older students (secondary) gradually develop longer views of their personal pasts due to memory improvements and accumulating longer personal history.
  • Challenge for any age: ensure students base beliefs on all relevant past experiences, not just selected or recent ones.

👀 Source 2: Watching others' experiences of mastery

Vicarious experience of mastery: observing others' successes.

  • Simply seeing someone else succeed can contribute to believing you can succeed too.

When the effect is stronger:

  • Observer lacks experience with the task and is unsure of own ability.
  • The model is someone respected (teacher or peer with comparable ability).

Limitations:

  • Vicarious experience is not as influential as direct experience.
  • Example: Witnessing your teacher and a friend sing well may encourage you about your potential, but you'll likely still feel uncertain of your own efficacy; if you have a history of singing well yourself, you'll believe in your efficacy regardless of how others perform.

Teaching implications:

  • Teachers can enhance self-efficacy by modeling success or pointing out successful classmates.
  • These strategies work because they show how to do a task and communicate that the task can be done.
  • Only helpful if backed up with real successes by students themselves.
  • Only helpful if "model classmates" are perceived as truly comparable in ability.
  • Overuse without real learner success can cause students to disqualify the model as "out of their league" and irrelevant.

💬 Source 3: Social messages and persuasion

  • Encouragements (implied and stated) that persuade a person of capacity to do a task.
  • Persuasion does not create high efficacy by itself.
  • It increases or supports efficacy when coupled with direct or vicarious experience, especially when coming from more than one person.

Teaching implications:

  • Encouragement can motivate, especially when focused on achievable, specific tasks.
  • Example messages: "I think you can do it" or "I've seen you do this before, so I know you can do it again."
  • Teachers should arrange tasks that are in fact achievable by the student to support their encouragement.

Caution about perception:

  • Students can perceive teachers' comments and tasks quite differently from how teachers intend.
  • Example: Giving excessive detailed help may be intended as support but taken as lack of confidence in the student's ability to work independently.

😰 Source 4: Emotions related to success, stress or discomfort

  • Emotions influence expectations of success or failure, though the first three sources are more cognitive/"thinking oriented."
  • Feeling nervous or anxious can function like a message saying "I'm not going to succeed," even with good reason to expect success.
  • Positive feelings can also raise efficacy beliefs.
  • When recalling excitement of past success at an unrelated task, people may overestimate chances at a new task with no previous experience.

Teaching implications:

  • Students' motivation can be affected when they generalize from past experience they believe (rightly or wrongly) to be relevant.
  • Example problem: Simply announcing a test can make some students anxious before they know anything about it—whether it's easy, difficult, or comparable to other "tests" in their pasts.
  • Misleading encouragement: Boosting confidence based on irrelevant past tasks is unhelpful or dishonest.
    • Example: A student who has only written brief opinion papers, never research papers, won't be helped by hearing "it is just like the papers you wrote before."

⚠️ Important limitation of self-efficacy theory

⚠️ Process vs content of motivation

  • Self-efficacy theory emphasizes heavily the process of motivation at the expense of the content of motivation.
  • The model explains how beliefs affect behavior but says relatively little about which beliefs and tasks are especially satisfying or lead to greatest well-being.
  • This matters because teachers might select tasks that are intrinsically satisfying, not merely achievable.

🤔 The gap question

Key question: "Is it possible to feel high self-efficacy about a task that you do not enjoy?"

  • Yes, such a gap can exist.
  • Example from the excerpt: A student had considerable success solving high school algebra problems, expended effort on homework, and developed high self-efficacy for solving such problems—but never really enjoyed them and later turned away permanently from math/science as a career.
  • Self-efficacy theory explained the process of motivation (belief in capacity led to persistence) but not the content (growing dislike of the tasks).

🔄 What's needed

  • Accounting for this gap requires a different theory of motivation.
  • Need a theory that includes not only specific beliefs but "deeper" personal needs as well.
  • The excerpt mentions self-determination theory as an example of this approach.

🛠️ Practical strategies for teachers

🛠️ Summary table of encouragement strategies

StrategyExample teacher statement
Set goals with students and get commitment"By the end of the month, I want you to know all of the times table up to 25 x 25. Can I count on you to do that?"
Encourage comparison with own past performance, not other students"Compare that drawing against the one you made last semester. I think you'll find improvements!"
Point out links between effort and improvement"I saw you studying for this test more this week. No wonder you did better this time!"
In feedback, focus on information, not evaluative judgments"Part 1 of the lab write-up was very detailed, just as the assignment asked. Part 2 has a lot of good ideas, but needs to be more detailed and stated more explicitly."
Point out that increases happen gradually by sustained effort, not inborn ability"Every time I read another one of your essays, I see more good ideas than the last time. They are so much more complete than when you started the year."

🎯 Teacher's two-fold task

  1. Discern the variations in self-efficacy effects across individuals and situations.
  2. Encourage positive self-efficacy beliefs while being aware of potential misperceptions and their consequences.
34

Motivation as Self-Determination

Motivation as Self-Determination

🧭 Overview

🧠 One-sentence thesis

Self-determination theory proposes that motivation becomes more intrinsic when three basic psychological needs—autonomy, competence, and relatedness—are met, allowing students to perceive their actions as self-chosen rather than externally controlled.

📌 Key points (3–5)

  • Three basic needs: autonomy (feeling free of external constraints), competence (feeling capable), and relatedness (feeling connected to others) drive intrinsic motivation.
  • Intrinsic motivation is a spectrum: motivation ranges from purely extrinsic (regulated by external rewards/pressures) to purely intrinsic (regulated by personal enjoyment and values), not an either/or category.
  • Self-determination vs. self-efficacy: self-efficacy explains the process of motivation (belief → persistence) but not the content (whether tasks are satisfying); self-determination addresses deeper personal needs and enjoyment.
  • Common confusion: self-determination does not require the absence of external constraints—students can feel free even within classroom rules if their basic needs are met.
  • Practical reality: teachers cannot meet all students' needs perfectly at all times due to class size, curriculum demands, and students' personal histories, so motivation is usually a mix of intrinsic and extrinsic.

🔄 From self-efficacy to self-determination

🔄 The gap self-efficacy cannot explain

  • Self-efficacy theory explains how beliefs affect behavior (confidence → effort → persistence) but not which tasks lead to satisfaction or well-being.
  • The missing piece: it is possible to have high self-efficacy about a task you do not enjoy.
  • Example: A student had considerable success solving high school algebra problems, developed high self-efficacy, and expended effort on assignments—but never enjoyed the work and later permanently turned away from math/science careers.
    • Self-efficacy explained the process (belief in capacity led to persistence).
    • It did not explain the content (growing dislike of the tasks).
  • Why this matters: teachers might select tasks that are merely achievable rather than intrinsically satisfying if they rely only on self-efficacy.

🧩 What self-determination adds

  • Self-determination theory includes not only specific beliefs but also "deeper" personal needs.
  • It accounts for both the process and the content of motivation—why people persist and whether they find the activity satisfying.

🌱 Core concepts of self-determination theory

🌱 Needs vs. beliefs

A need is a relatively lasting condition or feeling that requires relief or satisfaction and that tends to influence action over the long term.

  • Needs differ from self-efficacy beliefs:
    • Self-efficacy beliefs are relatively specific and cognitive, affecting particular tasks directly.
    • Needs are broader, psychological (not physical), and about personal growth or development.
  • Some needs decrease when satisfied (like hunger), but the needs in self-determination theory do not—you can never get enough of autonomy, competence, or relatedness.
  • These needs are about growth, not deficits to eliminate; students will seek to enhance them continually throughout life.

🎯 The three basic psychological needs

NeedDefinitionCharacteristic
AutonomyThe need to feel free of external constraints on behaviorPsychological freedom, not absence of rules
CompetenceThe need to feel capable or skilledFeeling effective at tasks
RelatednessThe need to feel connected or involved with othersSocial connection and belonging
  • All three are psychological, not physical (hunger and sex are not on the list).
  • All three are about personal growth—you seek to enhance them continually, not reduce or eliminate them.

🔑 The key mechanism

  • When these basic needs are reasonably well met: students perceive their actions and choices as intrinsically motivated or "self-determined."
    • They can turn attention to a variety of activities that are attractive or important but do not relate directly to basic needs.
    • Example: students might read suggested books or listen attentively to explanations.
  • When one or more basic needs are not met well: students feel coerced by outside pressures or external incentives.
    • They may become preoccupied with satisfying the unmet need.
    • They may exclude or avoid activities that might otherwise be interesting, educational, or important.
    • If the persons are students, their learning will suffer.

📊 The intrinsic-extrinsic spectrum

📊 Self-determination emphasizes perception of freedom

  • Self-determination means a person feels free, rather than the presence or absence of "real" constraints on action.
  • Don't confuse: a student can experience self-determination even if operating within externally imposed rules (e.g., classroom behavior rules), as long as basic needs are met.

📊 Motivation as a matter of degree

  • The "intrinsic-ness" of motivation extends from highly extrinsic, through various mixtures, to highly intrinsic.
  • At the extrinsic end: learning regulated primarily by external rewards and constraints.
  • At the intrinsic end: learning regulated primarily by learners themselves.
Source of regulationDescriptionExample
"Pure" extrinsicPerson lacks intention to take action, regardless of pressures or incentivesStudent completes no work even when pressured or when incentives are offered
Very externalActions regulated only by outside pressures, incentives, and controlsStudent completes assignment only if reminded explicitly of grades and/or negative consequences
Somewhat externalSpecific actions regulated internally, but without reflection or connection to personal needsStudent completes assignment independently, but only because of fear of shaming self or guilt
Somewhat internalActions recognized as important or valuable as a means to a more valued goalStudent completes school work independently, but only because of its value in gaining college admission
Very internalActions adopted as integral to self-concept and major personal valuesStudent completes school work independently because being well educated is part of self-concept
"Pure" intrinsicActions practiced solely because they are enjoyable and valued for their own sakeStudent enjoys every topic, concept, and assignment, and completes work solely because of enjoyment

🎯 Realistic teaching goal

  • The teacher's job is not to expect purely intrinsic motivation from students all the time.
  • Instead: arrange and encourage motivations that are as intrinsic as possible.
  • To do this, support students' basic needs for autonomy, competence, and relatedness.

🛠️ Classroom strategies to support basic needs

🛠️ Supporting autonomy in learners

  • Give students choices wherever possible:
    • Choices about major issues (e.g., whom to choose as partners for a major group project) encourage the greatest feelings of self-control.
    • Choices about minor issues (e.g., how to organize your desk, what folder to use) also encourage some feeling of self-control.
    • Offer choices to all students, including those needing explicit directions; avoid reserving choices only for the best students.
  • Minimize external rewards and comparisons:
    • Minimize external rewards like grades.
    • Minimize comparisons among students' performance.
  • Orient to students' expressed goals and interests:
    • Example: In teaching about climate change, explore which aspects have already come to students' attention and aroused their concern—not to find out "who knows the most," but to build intrinsic motivations.
    • Any degree of attention to students' individuality and any degree of choice will support autonomy.

🛠️ Supporting the need for competence

  • Select activities that are challenging but achievable with reasonable effort and assistance.
  • Emphasize activities requiring active response:
    • Select projects, experiments, discussions that require students to do more than simply listen.
    • Expect active responses in all interactions (e.g., ask questions calling for "divergent" or multiple/elaborated answers).
    • Example: Ask "What are some ways we could find out more about our community?" instead of "Tell me the three best ways to find out about our community."
  • Respond and give feedback as immediately as possible:
    • Return tests and term papers with comments sooner rather than later.
    • Include your own ideas in discussions while still encouraging students' input.
    • Provide convenient ways for students to consult authoritative sources (you, a teaching assistant, a reading, a computer program) during small group and independent activities.
  • Devise tasks with a "natural" solution or ending point:
    • Example: Assembling a jigsaw puzzle of the community, or creating a jigsaw puzzle of the community (if students need a greater challenge).

🛠️ Supporting the need to relate to others

  • Arrange activities in which students work together in ways that are mutually supportive, recognize students' diversity, and minimize competition.
  • Use "rich group work": deliberately arrange projects requiring a variety of talents.
    • Example: In studying medieval society in small groups, one student contributes drawing skills, another writing skills, another dramatic skills—resulting in a multi-faceted presentation (written, visual, oral).
  • Use the jigsaw classroom (two phases):
    • Phase 1: Groups of "experts" work together to find information on a specialized topic.
    • Phase 2: Expert groups split up and reform into "generalist" groups containing one representative from each former expert group.
    • Example: In studying animals of Africa, each expert group focuses on a different category (mammals, birds, reptiles); then generalist groups pool information from the experts for a well-rounded view.
  • Develop your own relationships with class members:
    • Demonstrate caring and interest in students not just as students, but as people.
    • Behave as if good relationships are not only possible but ready to develop or already developing.
    • Speak of "we" and "us" rather than "you students."
    • Present cooperative activities and assignments without apology, as if they are in the best interests of "us all" in the classroom, yourself included.

⚖️ Limitations and cautions

⚖️ Lingering questions about self-determination theory

  • Does providing choices improve learning or just satisfaction?
    • There is evidence supporting both possibilities.
    • Classroom experience likely supports both as well.
  • Can you overdo attention to students' needs?
    • Too many choices can make anyone (not just students) frustrated and dissatisfied with the choice actually made.
    • Differentiating activities to students' competence levels may be impractical if students are functioning at extremely diverse levels within a single class.
    • Differentiating may be inappropriate if it holds a teacher back from covering key curriculum objectives which students need and which at least some students are able to learn.

⚖️ Practical reality of the classroom

  • Why teachers cannot meet all students' needs perfectly at all times:
    • Sheer number of students makes it impossible to attend to every student perfectly.
    • Teachers' responsibility for a curriculum can require creating expectations that sometimes conflict with students' autonomy or make them feel (temporarily) less than fully competent.
    • Students' personal histories (divorce, poverty, etc.) may create needs beyond the power of teachers to remedy.
  • Result: students usually experience only a partial perception of self-determination, and therefore a simultaneous mix of intrinsic and extrinsic motivations.
  • Recommendation: These concerns are serious but not serious enough to give up offering choices or to stop differentiating instruction altogether.
35

Expectancy x value: effects on students' motivation

Expectancy x value: effects on students’ motivation

🧭 Overview

🧠 One-sentence thesis

Motivation arises from the multiplicative combination of students' expectation of success and the value they assign to a task, meaning both must be present for motivation to occur.

📌 Key points (3–5)

  • The expectancy-value formula: motivation = expectancy × value; both factors must be at least modestly positive, or motivation drops to zero.
  • What creates expectancy: student goals and self-efficacy determine whether students expect to succeed.
  • What creates value: personal interests and feelings of self-determination make students care about a task.
  • Common confusion: expectancy and value are multiplicative, not additive—high expectancy alone or high value alone cannot produce motivation if the other is zero.
  • How teachers respond: raise low expectations by adjusting task difficulty; raise low value by linking tasks to students' interests, future goals, and respected others.

🔢 The expectancy-value model

🔢 The multiplicative relationship

Expectancy × value = motivation

  • The relationship is multiplicative, not additive.
  • Both expectancy (expectation of success) and value (how much the student cares) must be present.
  • If either factor is zero, motivation becomes zero—no matter how high the other factor is.

🚫 Why zero kills motivation

  • High expectancy, zero value: you believe you can succeed, but you don't care about the task at all → no motivation.
    • Example: A student is confident they can complete a worksheet but sees it as pointless busywork.
  • High value, zero expectancy: you care deeply about the task, but you have no hope of succeeding → no motivation.
    • Example: A student wants to master a skill but believes it is completely beyond their ability.

🔍 Don't confuse additive vs multiplicative

  • An additive model would allow one factor to compensate for the other (e.g., very high value could make up for low expectancy).
  • The multiplicative model in the excerpt means both must be at least modestly present; compensation is not possible if one is zero.

🎯 What builds expectancy

🎯 Goals and self-efficacy

  • Expectancy is the result of various factors, but especially:
    • The goals a student holds.
    • The student's self-efficacy (belief in their own ability).
  • Example: A student with mastery goals (focused on learning) and strong self-efficacy for a task will hold high expectations for success—"almost by definition."

📏 How teachers raise low expectations

  • Adjust task difficulty so success becomes a reasonable prospect.
  • Tasks must be neither too hard nor too easy.
  • Strategies include:
    • Selecting reasonable objectives.
    • Adjusting objectives based on experience.
    • Finding supportive materials.
    • Providing help when needed.

💎 What builds value

💎 Interests and self-determination

  • Value is the result of various factors, but especially:
    • Students' interests (lasting personal interest in a task or topic).
    • Feelings of self-determination (being allowed to choose freely).
  • Example: A student who has a lasting personal interest in a topic and is allowed to choose it freely is especially likely to value the task—and therefore feel motivated.

🔗 How teachers raise low value

  • Link the task to students' personal interests and prior knowledge.
  • Show the utility of the task to students' future goals.
  • Show that the task is valuable to other people whom students respect.
  • These strategies differ from those for raising expectations; they focus on meaning and relevance rather than difficulty.

🎓 The TARGET model

🎓 Overview of TARGET

  • Developed by Carole Ames (1990, 1992).
  • Integrates many ideas about motivation into six elements.
  • Acronym stands for: Task, Authority, Recognition, Grouping, Evaluating, Time.
  • Each element contributes to students' motivation either directly or indirectly.

📋 Task

  • Students experience tasks in terms of:
    • Value: importance, interest, usefulness/utility, and cost (effort and time).
    • Expectation of success: perception of difficulty.
    • Authenticity: how much the task relates to real-life experiences.
  • Optimal difficulty: middling level is best.
    • Too easy → seems trivial (not valuable or meaningful).
    • Too hard → seems unlikely to succeed (useless).
  • Authenticity builds on students' interests and goals, making tasks more meaningful and motivating.

🗝️ Autonomy (Authority)

  • Motivation is enhanced if students feel a degree of autonomy or responsibility.
  • Autonomy strengthens self-efficacy and self-determination.
  • Teachers can enhance autonomy by:
    • Offering students choices about assignments.
    • Encouraging them to take initiative about their own learning.

🏆 Recognition

  • Teachers can support motivation by recognizing achievements appropriately.
  • How recognition is done matters: the excerpt notes that praise sometimes undermines performance.
  • General, lacking-in-detail praise is not especially effective.

⚠️ Limitations and concerns

⚠️ Questions about self-determination theory

  • The excerpt mentions lingering questions about self-determination theory (which emphasizes autonomy, competence, and relatedness).
  • Does providing choices improve learning or just satisfaction?
    • Evidence supports both possibilities.
  • Can you overdo attention to students' needs?
    • Too many choices can frustrate anyone and lead to dissatisfaction with the choice actually made.
    • Differentiating activities to competence levels may be impractical if students function at extremely diverse levels.
    • Differentiating may be inappropriate if it prevents covering key curriculum objectives that students need and some can learn.

🤔 Balancing concerns

  • These are serious concerns, but the excerpt's authors believe they are "not serious enough to give up offering choices to students or to stop differentiating instruction altogether."
  • Practical, workable ways for offering choices and recognizing diversity are described elsewhere (Chapter 7, "Classroom management and the learning environment").
36

TARGET: a model for integrating ideas about motivation

TARGET: a model for integrating ideas about motivation

🧭 Overview

🧠 One-sentence thesis

The TARGET model integrates six key elements—Task, Authority, Recognition, Grouping, Evaluating, and Time—that together shape student motivation by addressing both expectations of success and the value students assign to learning tasks.

📌 Key points (3–5)

  • Motivation requires both expectancy and value: students must both expect success and value the task; if either is zero, motivation disappears (multiplicative, not additive).
  • TARGET provides six levers: Task design, Autonomy, Recognition, Grouping structures, Evaluation methods, and Time flexibility all influence motivation directly or indirectly.
  • Common confusion—cooperative vs. competitive grouping: cooperative learning supports belonging and motivation, but competitive structures shift focus from learning to external judgment ("What will the teacher think?").
  • Optimal task difficulty is middling: too easy feels trivial (low value), too hard feels impossible (low expectancy); both extremes undermine motivation.
  • Flexibility in time matters: students vary in how long they need to learn, and accommodating these differences sustains motivation despite the constraints of school schedules.

🔢 The multiplicative nature of motivation

🔢 Expectancy × Value, not Expectancy + Value

Motivation is not additive: a person must have at least a modest expectation of success and assign a task at least some positive value.

  • If you assign a task zero value, even high expectancy of success yields zero motivation.
  • If you assign zero expectancy of success, even high value yields zero motivation.
  • This multiplicative relationship means both factors must be present for motivation to exist.

Example: A student confident they can complete a worksheet (high expectancy) but who sees it as pointless busywork (zero value) will not feel motivated. Likewise, a student who values learning a musical instrument (high value) but believes they have no talent (zero expectancy) will also lack motivation.

🎯 What shapes expectancy

  • Goals held by the student: mastery goals (focus on learning itself) tend to raise expectations.
  • Self-efficacy: belief in one's capability to carry out or master a task—discussed earlier in the chapter—strongly influences expectancy.
  • A student with mastery goals and strong self-efficacy is "almost by definition" likely to hold high expectations for success.

💎 What shapes value

  • Personal interests: lasting interest in a task or topic increases its value.
  • Self-determination: being allowed to choose freely makes the task more valuable.
  • A student with personal interest and freedom to choose is especially likely to value the task and feel motivated.

🛠️ Teacher responses to low expectancy or low value

  • Raising low expectations: adjust task difficulty so success becomes reasonable—neither too hard nor too easy; requires thoughtful planning, reasonable objectives, supportive materials, and timely help.
  • Raising low value: link the task to students' personal interests and prior knowledge; show its utility for future goals; demonstrate that others the student respects value the task.

🎯 The TARGET model framework

🎯 What TARGET stands for

Developed by Carole Ames (1990, 1992), TARGET is an acronym for six elements that contribute to effective motivation:

ElementFocus
TaskDesign and characteristics of learning activities
Authority (Autonomy)Student control and responsibility
RecognitionHow achievements are acknowledged
GroupingHow students are organized for work
EvaluatingHow student efforts are assessed
TimeFlexibility in time allocation

Each element contributes to students' motivation either directly or indirectly.

📋 Task design and authenticity

📋 Three dimensions of task experience

Students experience tasks in terms of:

  1. Value (importance, interest, usefulness/utility, and cost in effort and time)
  2. Expectation of success (perception of difficulty)
  3. Authenticity (relation to real-life experiences)

🎚️ Optimal difficulty level

  • Middling difficulty is best: not too easy, not too hard.
  • Too easy → the task seems trivial, not valuable or meaningful.
  • Too hard → the task seems unlikely to succeed, therefore useless.
  • This directly affects expectancy of success.

🌍 Authenticity builds motivation

Authenticity: how much a task relates to real-life experiences of students.

  • The more a task connects to real life, the more it can build on students' interests and goals.
  • Greater authenticity makes the task more meaningful and motivating.

Example: A math problem about calculating grocery discounts (authentic) is more motivating than abstract number exercises with no context.

🎛️ Autonomy and recognition

🎛️ Autonomy strengthens motivation

  • Autonomy = students feeling a degree of control or responsibility for a learning task.
  • Strengthens self-efficacy and self-determination (both discussed earlier in the chapter).
  • Teachers can enhance autonomy by:
    • Offering choices about assignments
    • Encouraging students to take initiative in their own learning

🏆 Recognition must be done carefully

Teachers can support motivation by recognizing achievements, but how this is done matters greatly.

Praise is not especially effective when:

  • It is very general and lacks detailed reasons
  • It is for qualities students cannot influence (e.g., intelligence instead of effort)
  • It is offered so widely that it loses meaning or signals substandard performance

Don't confuse: general praise with specific, effort-focused recognition. The excerpt notes that "praise sometimes undermines performance"—paradoxical effects explained by self-determination and self-efficacy theory.

👥 Grouping structures and their effects

👥 Three types of grouping

TypeDescriptionGrading approach
CooperativeStudents work together toward a common goalOften receive a common grade or part of a grade
CompetitiveStudents work individually; performance is rankedGrades reflect comparisons among students ("graded on a curve")
IndividualisticStudents work aloneGrades are unrelated to classmates' performance

Example of cooperative learning: A group producing a presentation together for the class.

🤝 Cooperative learning tends to be most effective

  • Research comparing the three forms tends to favor cooperative learning groups.
  • Cooperative structures support students' need for belonging—a key idea in self-determination theory (discussed earlier).

⚖️ Trade-offs in cooperative learning

Cooperative learning has double-edged effects:

  • ✅ Students are encouraged to help their group mates
  • ⚠️ Students may rely excessively on others' efforts
  • ⚠️ Students may ignore each other's contributions and overspecialize their own

Practical implication: Some compromise between cooperative and individualistic structures seems to create optimal motivation for learning.

📊 Evaluation methods and time flexibility

📊 How evaluation focus affects motivation

  • Competitive structures (comparing students) can distract from learning itself.
  • The question shifts from "What am I learning?" to "What will the teacher think about my performance?"
  • Students focus on how they appear to external authorities rather than on the material.

Don't confuse: evaluation of learning (focus on the material) with evaluation for external judgment (focus on appearance/ranking).

⏱️ Time: accommodating individual differences

Students vary in the amount of time needed to learn almost any material or task.

Why time flexibility matters:

  • Accommodating differences is challenging but important for maximizing motivation.
  • School days are filled with interruptions and fixed intervals for non-academic activities, making flexibility difficult.

Strategies for flexibility:

  • Create larger blocks of time for important activities (e.g., writing an essay)
  • Arrange enrichment activities for some students while others receive extra attention on core tasks

Practical note: The excerpt acknowledges constraints but emphasizes that "a degree of flexibility is usually possible."

🧩 Integrating multiple perspectives on motivation

🧩 No single source of motivation

The excerpt emphasizes that academic motivation has no single source—teachers motivate students best when they assume motivation is complex.

🎨 An eclectic approach is recommended

  • Different situations call for different motivational perspectives.
  • Sometimes focusing on behavior is necessary and sufficient.
  • Other times, encouraging beliefs about task accomplishment is important.
  • Still other times, providing for underlying needs (competence, social connection) is key.

Advice to teachers:

  • You may find one perspective more personally compatible, but keep other approaches in reserve.
  • Experiment with less-favored approaches.
  • An eclectic approach will enrich teaching and students' motivation and learning the most.

🔑 The single lesson from motivation concepts

If there is a single lesson from the concepts about motivation outlined in this chapter, it is this: academic motivation has no single source, and teachers motivate students the best when they assume motivation is complex.

The chapter concludes by noting that the next chapters will explore how to realize this "broad-mindedness" in practice—first in preparing activities and classes, then in actually teaching them.

37

Why Classroom Management Matters

Why classroom management matters

🧭 Overview

🧠 One-sentence thesis

Classroom management is essential because it orchestrates entire learning activities for all students to learn productively, not merely correcting individual misbehaviors, and teachers face ongoing challenges from simultaneous diverse needs, unpredictability, varied student perceptions, and the non-voluntary nature of schooling.

📌 Key points (3–5)

  • What management really means: orchestrating entire sets of learning activities so everyone learns productively, not just disciplining individuals.
  • Why it's challenging: many things happen simultaneously, events are unpredictable, students perceive teacher actions differently than intended, and schooling is compulsory (not all students want to be there).
  • Common confusion: "classroom management" vs "positive learning environment"—the former often refers to individual behavior/learning, the latter to the overall class "feel."
  • Prevention is key: the easiest problems to solve are ones that never happen—arrange space, establish procedures, and communicate learning's importance before issues arise.
  • Why it matters for all teachers: even experienced teachers face management as a major, ongoing responsibility because of classroom complexity.

🎯 What classroom management actually is

🎯 Beyond discipline

Classroom management: orchestrating or coordinating entire sets or sequences of learning activities so that everyone, misbehaving or not, learns as easily and productively as possible.

  • It is not just correcting misbehaviors of individuals.
  • It is not just discipline.
  • It is about the totality of activities and people in a classroom, plus their goals and expectations about learning.
  • Example: Even if no one is misbehaving, a teacher still needs to manage who gets what help, when, and how to keep everyone learning.

🌱 Positive learning environment

Positive learning environment: the creation of conditions that call attention to the totality of activities and people in a classroom, as well as to their goals and expectations about learning.

  • Educators use this term to emphasize the whole-class perspective.
  • The excerpt notes the terms are used "almost interchangeably," but with a subtle distinction:
    • "Management" → more often refers to individual students' behavior and learning.
    • "Learning environment" → more often means the overall "feel" of the class as a whole.
  • Don't confuse: these are overlapping concepts, not opposites; the difference is emphasis (individual vs. whole-class).

🔥 Why management is challenging for all teachers

🔥 Simultaneous diversity

  • A lot goes on at once, even when students seem to do one common task.
  • Example: Twenty-five students work on math problems, but:
    • Several are stuck on different problems for different reasons.
    • A few have done only one or two problems and are now chatting.
    • Others have finished and wonder what to do next.
  • At any moment, each student needs something different—different information, hints, or encouragement.
  • Diversity increases even more if the teacher assigns multiple activities to different groups or individuals.

⚡ Unpredictability

  • A teacher cannot predict everything that will happen in class.
  • Possible surprises:
    • A well-planned lesson falls flat or takes less time than expected → improvising to fill time.
    • An unplanned moment becomes a wonderful exchange → dropping previous plans to follow the flow.
    • Interruptions: fire drills, drop-in visits, intercom calls from the office.
    • An activity turns out well but differently than intended → deciding how to adjust the next day's lesson.

👁️ Varied student perceptions

  • Students form opinions and perceptions about teaching that are inconsistent with the teacher's own.
  • Example scenarios from the excerpt:
    • Teacher intends encouragement for a shy student → the student perceives it as "forced participation."
    • An eager classmate watching the same interaction → perceives the teacher as overlooking or ignoring other students who already want to participate.
  • The variety of perceptions can lead to surprises in students' responses—most often small, but occasionally major.

🏫 Compulsory schooling context

  • Public schooling is not voluntary.
  • Students' presence in a classroom is not a sign, in and of itself, that they wish to learn.
  • Instead, presence is just a sign that an opportunity exists for teachers to motivate students to learn.
  • Student attitudes vary:
    • Some enjoy learning and being in school almost regardless of what teachers do.
    • Others enjoy school only because teachers have worked hard to make classroom life pleasant and interesting.
    • Those students become motivated because the teacher has successfully created a positive learning environment and sustained it through skillful management.

🛡️ Preventing problems by focusing on learning

🛡️ Prevention principle

  • The easiest management problems to solve are ones that do not happen in the first place.
  • Before the school year begins, minimize behavior problems by arranging classroom furniture and materials to encourage a focus on learning.
  • Once school begins, establish procedures and rules that support a focus on learning even more.

🪑 Arranging classroom space

  • Classrooms may seem similar, but important alternative arrangements exist because of:
    • Grade level
    • Subjects taught
    • Teacher's philosophy of education
    • Size of the room and available furniture
  • Core principle: Whatever arrangement you choose should help students focus on learning tasks as much as possible and minimize chances of distractions.
  • Beyond this, the "best" arrangement depends on what your students need and the kind of teaching you prefer and feel able to provide.

🖼️ Displays and wall space

AspectConsiderationRecommendation
Too many displaysCan make a room seem "busy" or distracting, physically smaller, and more work to maintainDecorate some wall/bulletin board space, but not all immediately
Too few displaysRoom may lack interest and miss opportunities to reinforce curriculum goals and recognize students' workUse displays to make room interesting and support learning
Starting a new yearFlexibility is valuable as ideas and curriculum needs emergeLeave some space open; don't fill everything on day one
High-maintenance displaysAquariums, pets, plants serve wonderfully as learning aids but add to workloadDon't have to be in place on the first day; both students and teacher may already have enough to cope with

💻 Computers in the classroom

  • The excerpt notes that the majority of teachers have only one computer in the room, or at most just a few.
  • Placement may be pre-determined by the location of power (the excerpt cuts off here, so no further details are provided).
38

Preventing management problems by focusing students on learning

Preventing management problems by focusing students on learning

🧭 Overview

🧠 One-sentence thesis

Teachers can prevent most classroom management problems by proactively arranging space, establishing clear procedures and rules, and pacing lessons to keep students focused on learning rather than reacting to disruptions after they occur.

📌 Key points (3–5)

  • Prevention over reaction: The easiest management problems to solve are ones that never happen; focus on creating conditions that sustain student engagement before issues arise.
  • Space matters: Classroom furniture and wall arrangements should minimize distractions, allow visibility of all students, and support the type of instruction you plan to use.
  • Procedures vs. rules: Procedures are practical conventions for coordinating tasks (like taking attendance), while rules express behavioral standards requiring personal responsibility (like treating others politely).
  • Common confusion: Don't confuse procedures with rules—procedures are about efficiency and can be done multiple ways with similar outcomes; rules are about ethical responsibility and respect.
  • Appropriate difficulty: Tasks should be moderately challenging (neither boring nor frustrating) and sequenced from easier to harder to maintain student engagement.

🏫 Why management challenges exist

🏫 The fundamental challenge

  • Public schooling is not voluntary—students' physical presence does not automatically mean they want to learn.
  • Student presence only signals that an opportunity exists for teachers to motivate learning.
  • Some students enjoy learning regardless of what teachers do; others enjoy school only because teachers work hard to make it pleasant and interesting.

🎯 The teacher's role

  • Motivation must be earned through creating a positive learning environment.
  • Success comes from skillful management that sustains student commitment over time.
  • The excerpt emphasizes that teachers can earn this commitment from many students through specific methods.

🪑 Arranging classroom space

🪑 Core principle

Classroom arrangement should help students focus on learning tasks as much as possible and minimize chances of distractions.

  • The "best" arrangement depends on what students need and the kind of teaching you prefer and can provide.
  • Classrooms may seem similar but have important variations based on grade level, subjects taught, teacher philosophy, room size, and available furniture.

🖼️ Displays and wall space

Balance is key:

  • Ample displays make a room interesting, reinforce curriculum goals, and publicly recognize student work.
  • Too many displays make a room seem "busy," distracting, and physically smaller; they also require more maintenance.

Strategy for new school years:

  • Decorate some wall/bulletin board space initially, but leave some open.
  • Open space provides flexibility to respond to ideas and needs that emerge after the year starts.
  • High-maintenance displays (aquariums, pets, plants) can be wonderful learning aids but don't need to be in place on day one—both students and teacher may already have enough to cope with.

💻 Computer placement

  • Most teachers have only one computer or just a few in their room.
  • Placement may be pre-determined by power and cable outlet locations.
  • Think about computer placement early in the setup process.
  • Once computers are positioned, other moveable items (desks, shelves) can be placed more sensibly to minimize distractions and traffic congestion.

👀 Visibility and interaction

  • Furniture and space should allow you to see all students and interact with them from a comfortable distance.
  • The main central part of the room (where desks/tables are) needs to be as open and spacious as possible.
  • Challenge: This can be difficult in small or unusually shaped rooms.
  • Trade-off in kindergarten: Open spaces allow/invite physical movement, which may be constructive or annoying depending on your goals and the actual activity level.

🎓 Grade-level and subject-specific arrangements

FactorConsiderationExample
ElementaryWhere students keep daily belongingsCoats, lunches (may or may not be outside classroom)
Small-group subjectsTables vs. rowsESL, art, shop courses benefit from tables
Whole-group instructionRows vs. tablesRows make listening to teacher more likely; tables make peer work easier

Key decision point:

  • The amount of small-group interaction you want vs. the amount of whole-group instruction.
  • Tables make working with peers easier; rows make listening to the teacher more likely and group work slightly more awkward physically.

🚶 "Floating" teachers

Some teachers don't have their own classroom and must move among other teachers' rooms daily.

Who floats:

  • Specialized teachers (e.g., music teachers in elementary schools)
  • Teachers in schools with classroom shortages

Advantages:

  • No responsibility for how other teachers' rooms are arranged

Key strategies:

  • Use a permanent cart to move crucial supplies
  • Ensure every room has an overhead projector (don't count on chalkboards or computers)
  • Talk to other teachers about having at least one shelf or corner designated for your exclusive use

📋 Establishing procedures and routines

📋 What procedures are

Procedures or routines are specific ways of doing common, repeated classroom tasks or activities.

Examples:

  • Checking daily attendance
  • Dealing with late-arriving students
  • Granting permission to leave the classroom
  • Turning in homework (e.g., putting it on a designated shelf at a particular time)
  • Gaining teacher's attention during quiet work (e.g., raising hand and waiting)
  • Starting "free choice" activities after completing assignments

🔧 Purpose and nature

  • Purpose: Make activities and tasks flow smoothly—valuable in classrooms where many people's actions must be coordinated within limited time and space.
  • Nature: More like social conventions than moral expectations; only indirectly about what is ethically right or desirable.
  • Flexibility: Most procedures can be accomplished in more than one way with only minor differences in outcomes.

Example: Taking attendance can be done by teacher calling the role, delegating a student to call it, or noting presence on a seating chart—each accomplishes essentially the same task.

🗣️ Two approaches to establishing procedures

ApproachMethodAdvantagesDisadvantages
Teacher announcesSimply announce and explain key procedures without much student discussionSaves time; ensures consistency across multiple classesMore responsibility on teacher to choose reasonable, practical procedures
Student inputInvite students to help create proceduresHelps students become aware of and committed to proceduresRequires more time; risks creating confusion if different classes adopt different procedures

Don't confuse: The choice of approach is less important than the fact that the class coordinates its actions somehow by committing to some choice.

🏛️ School-wide constraints

  • Whatever approach you choose must take into account procedures or rules imposed by the school or district.
  • Example: A school may have a uniform policy about recording daily attendance that determines how you take attendance with your particular students.

📜 Establishing classroom rules

📜 What rules are

Rules express standards of behavior for which individual students need to take responsibility.

How rules differ from procedures:

  • Rules are about encouraging students to be responsible for learning and showing respect for each other.
  • While they sometimes help ensure efficiency (like procedures), they're really about personal responsibility.

✅ Characteristics of effective rules

Sample set of classroom rules:

  • Treat others with courtesy and politeness
  • Make sure to bring required materials to class and activities
  • Be on time for class and other activities
  • Listen to the teacher and to others when they are speaking
  • Follow all school rules

Three important features:

  1. Not numerous: Keep the number minimal to make them easier to remember (the sample lists only five).

  2. Stated positively: Use "Do X…" rather than "Do not do Y…" to emphasize and clarify what students should do rather than what to avoid.

  3. General coverage: Each rule covers a collection of more specific behaviors.

    • Example: "Bring all materials to class" covers pencils, paper, textbooks, homework papers, permission slips—depending on the situation.

🤔 Ambiguity and interpretation

  • Because of their generality, rules often have a degree of ambiguity requiring interpretation.
  • Infractions may be marginal or "in a grey area" rather than clear-cut.
  • Example: A student brings a pen, but it doesn't work properly—is this really a failure to follow the rule, or just an unfortunate fault of the pen manufacturer?

🗳️ Who plans the rules

Arguments similar to procedures:

  • Rules "laid on" by teacher may be more efficient and consistent (more fair in this sense).
  • Rules influenced by students may be supported more fully by students.

Key difference:

  • Because rules focus strongly on personal responsibility, there's a stronger case for involving students in making them than in making procedures.

Mixed approach is possible:

  • Impose certain rules (e.g., "Always be polite to each other")
  • Let students determine consequences for violations (e.g., "If discourteous, must apologize in writing")
  • Some mixture is probably inevitable—must account for teacher's moral commitments and school-imposed rules (e.g., "No smoking," "Always walk in hallways")

🎯 Pacing and structuring lessons

🎯 Prevention through smooth flow

One of the best ways to prevent management problems is by pacing and structuring lessons or activities as smoothly and continuously as possible.

Three major strategies:

  1. Selecting tasks at an appropriate level of difficulty
  2. Providing moderate structure/clarity about what students should do, especially during transitions
  3. Keeping alert to the flow and interplay of behaviors for the class as a whole and for individuals

📊 Choosing appropriate difficulty

The sweet spot:

  • Students are most likely to engage when tasks are of moderate difficulty—neither too easy nor too hard.
  • Too easy = boring; too hard = frustrating.
  • Research confirms what experienced teachers know.

Challenges:

  • Little experience teaching a particular grade level or curriculum
  • Students are new and their abilities unknown
  • Class members have diverse skills and readiness

🪜 Sequencing strategy

Common approach:

  1. Begin units/lessons/projects with tasks that are relatively easy and familiar
  2. Introduce more difficult material or tasks gradually
  3. Continue until students seem challenged but not overwhelmed

Benefits:

  • Gives teacher a chance to observe and diagnose learning needs before adjusting content
  • Gives students a chance to orient themselves to teacher's expectations, teaching style, and topic without premature frustration
  • Later in a unit, students seem better able to deal with more difficult tasks

Applies to authentic learning:

  • Works even with real-world activities (driving, cooking) that present complex tasks simultaneously
  • Isolate and focus on simplest subtasks first (e.g., "put key in ignition")
  • Move to harder tasks later (e.g., parallel parking)

🎨 Differentiation challenge

  • Sequencing is only a partial solution—doesn't deal with enduring individual differences among students.
  • Fundamental challenge: Individualize or differentiate instruction fully—tailor it not only to the class as a group but to lasting differences among members.

One approach:

  • Plan different content or activities for different students or groups
  • Example: One group works on relatively easy math problems while another works on harder ones
  • This complicates a teacher's job but can be done and makes teaching more interesting
  • The excerpt notes that the next chapter describes classroom management strategies that help with such multi-tasking
39

Responding to Student Misbehavior

Responding to student misbehavior

🧭 Overview

🧠 One-sentence thesis

Responding to student misbehavior requires balancing immediate action to prevent the ripple effect with choosing appropriate strategies—from ignoring minor issues to using natural consequences and conflict resolution—that focus on repairing relationships rather than imposing punishment.

📌 Key points (3–5)

  • The ripple effect: misbehaviors left unaddressed can spread from one student to several, making prompt responses important.
  • Range of responses: strategies vary from ignoring minor, infrequent issues to using nonverbal cues, natural/logical consequences, and conflict resolution for persistent problems.
  • Natural vs logical consequences: natural consequences happen automatically; logical consequences are imposed by others but have a clear connection to the misbehavior.
  • Common confusion: consequences vs punishments—consequences focus on future solutions and repairing relationships, while punishments focus on past mistakes and blame.
  • When strategies fail: effectiveness depends on the student's motives (e.g., seeking attention vs seeking power) and whether the behavior is serious enough to warrant more active intervention.

🌊 The ripple effect and timing

🌊 Why immediate response matters

The ripple effect: the tendency for misbehaviors left alone to spread to other students.

  • Chatting between two students can gradually spread to six students; rudeness by one can become rudeness by several.
  • Delaying a response makes getting students back on track harder than responding immediately.
  • The challenge shifts from long-term planning to making appropriate but prompt responses.

⏱️ When to act vs when to wait

  • Not all misbehaviors deserve a response; the decision depends on importance, frequency, and whether others are disrupted.
  • Responding too quickly can cause more disruption than the original behavior.
  • The excerpt emphasizes balancing the risk of contagion against the cost of interrupting activities.

🤫 Low-intensity responses

🤫 Ignoring misbehaviors

When ignoring works:

  • The behavior is not important or frequent enough to deserve a response.
  • The behavior is likely to disappear (extinguish) if left alone.
  • The behavior does not bother others or disrupt the class.

Example: A usually quiet student whispers to a neighbor once in a while—responding may be more disruptive than ignoring.

Example: A student frequently sharpens her pencil during quiet seat-work times, but no one else notices—it may not be a real problem.

The challenge of ambiguity:

  • Students may whisper more than "rarely" but less than "often"—when is it too frequent?
  • A behavior may bother a few students but not most—how many bothered classmates are "too many"?
  • In these cases, more active responses may be needed.

👁️ Gesturing nonverbally

When nonverbal cues are appropriate:

  • The misbehavior is a bit too serious or frequent to ignore.
  • But not serious enough to merit taking time to speak to the student.

How it works:

  • Use gestures, eye contact, or body language with little or no speaking.
  • Example: If two students are chatting off-task, a glance, frown, or moving closer may remind them to get back on task.
  • Even if not fully effective, nonverbal cues can help prevent the behavior from spreading.

Risks and limitations:

  • Students may not notice the cues if they are engrossed in their activity.
  • Students may not interpret the cue correctly.
  • More likely to fail with young children (still learning adults' nonverbal language), students with limited English, or students from different cultural backgrounds (who may have learned different nonverbal gestures).

⚖️ Natural and logical consequences

⚖️ What consequences are

Consequences: the outcomes or results of an action.

Natural consequences: outcomes that happen "naturally," without deliberate intention by anyone.

Logical consequences: outcomes that happen because of the responses or decisions by others, but that have an obvious or "logical" relationship to the original action.

Examples:

  • Natural: If a student is late for class, they miss information needed to do an assignment.
  • Logical: If one student steals another's lunch, the thief reimburses the victim for the cost.
  • Often woven together: If one student picks a fight, natural consequences include injury to both parties; logical consequences include losing friends.

✅ When consequences work

Key features for effectiveness:

  1. The consequences are appropriate to the misbehavior.
  2. The student understands the connection between the consequences and the original behavior.

Examples of success:

  • A student who runs impulsively down hallways has "traffic accidents" and sees that running is not safe, reducing the frequency.
  • A student who talks during class instead of working must make up the assignment later (possibly as homework), seeing the drawback of talking and reducing it on subsequent occasions.

❌ Limitations of consequences

Three main problems:

  1. Severity mismatch: Some misbehaviors are so serious that no natural or logical consequence seems sufficient.

    • Example: One student deliberately breaks another's eyeglasses—there is a natural consequence for the victim (cannot see easily) but not for the aggressor; the aggressor cannot repair the glasses or may not be able to pay for new ones.
  2. Student motives matter: Success depends on what the student is trying to achieve.

    • If seeking attention or acceptance: consequences often work well (e.g., bullying to impress others will lose friends, so it is self-limiting).
    • If seeking power over others: consequences may not reduce the behavior (e.g., bullying to control others achieves its own goal; losing friends is irrelevant).
    • Students may act from a combination of motives, so consequences may only partially limit behavior.
  3. Confusion with punishment: Consequences can easily be confused with deliberate punishment, but the difference is important.

🔄 Consequences vs punishments

Don't confuse these two approaches:

AspectConsequencesPunishments
Time focusFocused on future solutionsFocused on past mistakes
TargetFocused on individual's actionsFocused on character of student
GoalFocused on repairing mistakesFocused on establishing blame
RelationshipsFocused on restoring positive relationshipsFocused on isolating wrong-doer
Emotional impactTend to reduce emotional pain and conflictTend to impose emotional pain or conflict

Classroom examples:

  • Student fails to listen to instructions:
    • Consequence: Student misses important information.
    • Punishment: Teacher criticizes or reprimands the student.
  • Student speaks rudely to teacher:
    • Consequence: Teacher does not respond to the comment, or simply reminds the student to speak courteously.
    • Punishment: Teacher scolds the student in the presence of others or imposes a detention ("Stay after school for 15 minutes").

Key distinction:

  • Consequences are solution-focused and aim to repair damage and restore relationships (future-oriented).
  • Punishments highlight mistakes or wrongdoing and often shame or humiliate the wrongdoer (past-oriented).

🤝 Conflict resolution for persistent problems

🤝 When to use conflict resolution

  • Needed when a student misbehaves persistently and disruptively.
  • Requires strategies that are more active and assertive than ignoring, nonverbal cues, or simple consequences.
  • Focuses on reducing disagreements that persist over time.

🛠️ Two-part structure

Conflict resolution strategies used by educators typically have two parts:

  1. Identifying the problem: Ways of clarifying what "the" problem is precisely.
  2. Reminding of expectations: Reminding the student of classroom expectations and rules with simple clarity and assertiveness, but without apology or harshness.

Benefits when used together:

  • Reduce conflicts between teacher and individual student.
  • Provide a model for other students to follow when they have disagreements of their own.

🔍 Step 1: Clarifying and focusing

  • The excerpt mentions "problem ownership" as part of clarifying and focusing.
  • This step involves identifying what the problem is precisely.
  • (The excerpt ends before fully explaining this step.)
40

Keeping Management Issues in Perspective

Keeping management issues in perspective

🧭 Overview

🧠 One-sentence thesis

Classroom management is not an end in itself but a means to create an environment where learning happens and students are motivated, and teachers must keep this purpose firmly in mind even when handling problem behaviors.

📌 Key points (3–5)

  • Core purpose: Management serves learning, not the other way around—telling a student to be quiet is only desirable when it enables learning.
  • Context matters: What counts as appropriate behavior changes with the activity (e.g., silence is not always appropriate during free choice or group work).
  • Two main messages: Management issues are important and complex, but strategies exist to reduce or eliminate problems.
  • Common confusion: Losing sight of the ultimate goal—amidst the stress of handling misbehavior, teachers risk treating compliance as the goal rather than as a tool for learning.
  • Forward link: The next chapter moves from setting the stage for learning to planning directly for students' learning.

🎯 The ultimate purpose of management

🎯 Management as a means, not an end

Classroom management should serve students' learning, and not the other way around.

  • The excerpt emphasizes this as an "underlying assumption" that must be kept "firmly in mind."
  • Management is about creating a classroom "where learning happens and students are motivated."
  • It is never about control for its own sake.

🚫 Don't confuse compliance with the goal

  • Example: Telling a student to be quiet is never a goal in itself.
  • It is desirable only because (or when) it allows:
    • All students to hear the teacher's instructions or classmates' comments
    • Students to concentrate on their work
  • Risk: "Amidst the stresses of handling a problem behavior, there is a risk of losing sight of this idea."
  • The excerpt warns that teachers can mistakenly treat the behavior correction as the objective rather than the learning it enables.

🔄 Context-dependent appropriateness

🔄 When silence is not appropriate

  • The excerpt explicitly notes that keeping quiet is not always appropriate.
  • Examples of when silence is inappropriate:
    • During "free choice" time in an elementary classroom
    • During group work tasks in a middle school classroom
  • Key insight: The same behavior (talking vs. silence) can be appropriate or inappropriate depending on the activity structure.
  • Teachers must judge management actions based on whether they support the learning activity at hand.

📚 Two primary messages

📚 Complexity and seriousness

  • Management issues are:
    • Important
    • Complex
    • Deserving of serious attention
  • This acknowledges the real challenges teachers face.

🛠️ Strategies exist

  • The chapter has explained strategies that "can reduce, if not eliminate, management problems when and if they occur."
  • These include:
    • Strategies intended to prevent problems
    • Strategies intended to remedy problems
  • The excerpt reassures teachers that effective approaches are available.

🔗 Connection to learning

🔗 Setting the stage vs. direct planning

  • This chapter has focused on "set[ting] the stage for learning."
  • The next chapter will discuss "ways to plan directly for students' learning."
  • This distinction shows management as the foundation that makes instructional planning effective.

🧭 Keeping perspective

  • The excerpt urges teachers to maintain perspective: "As teachers, we need to keep this perspective firmly in mind."
  • The perspective is that all management decisions should be evaluated by whether they serve learning.
  • This principle should guide choices even in stressful moments when a quick behavioral response feels urgent.
41

Communication in classrooms vs communication elsewhere

Communication in classrooms vs communication elsewhere

🧭 Overview

🧠 One-sentence thesis

Classroom communication is uniquely complex because it simultaneously serves three purposes—content, procedures, and behavior control—often in overlapping, fast-paced interactions involving many people at once.

📌 Key points (3–5)

  • What makes classrooms different: communication serves a unique combination of three purposes at once (content, procedures, and behavior control), unlike most other group situations.
  • The complexity challenge: classroom events often happen as overlapping interactions and disruptions rather than orderly one-on-one exchanges, even when things are going well.
  • Three functions of talk: content talk (what is being learned), procedural talk (administrative rules and routines), and control talk (preventing or correcting misbehavior).
  • Common confusion: the same remark can combine two or more functions—a content question may also be an attempt to control behavior—which can lead to misunderstandings between students and teachers.
  • Teacher roles: teachers must play multiple roles simultaneously (Master of Ceremonies, referee, source of knowledge) and sort them out appropriately.

🎭 The complexity of classroom communication

🎭 Why classrooms are uniquely challenging

Classroom communication differs from other familiar situations because:

  • Events do not happen at an even pace or in logical order.
  • Interactions are not simply teacher-to-one-student while others wait patiently.
  • Instead, communication resembles "a kaleidoscope of overlapping interactions, disruptions, and decisions"—even when activities are generally going well.

🔄 A typical scenario

The excerpt describes a realistic classroom moment to illustrate the complexity:

  • One student finishes a task while another is only halfway done.
  • A third student appears to be reading but may be daydreaming.
  • The teacher begins addressing the daydreaming student but is interrupted by a fourth student with a question.
  • While answering, a fifth student arrives with a message from the office requiring a response.
  • Meanwhile, the first student (who finished early) begins telling a joke to a sixth student.
  • A seventh student raises a hand with a question.
  • The teacher must decide: "Should I speak to the bored reader, the joke-teller, or move on with the lesson?"

This illustrates that teachers face continual talk supplemented by nonverbal communication (gestures, facial expressions, body language), often involving many people at once who must take turns or sometimes ignore conversations that don't concern them.

🎯 Managing the complexity

The excerpt suggests understanding and becoming comfortable with key features of classroom communication:

  • The functions or purposes of communication (content, procedures, behavior control).
  • The nature of nonverbal communication (how it supplements or contradicts verbal communication).
  • Unwritten expectations about how to participate in particular class activities (structure of participation).

💬 Three functions of classroom talk

📚 Content talk

Content talk focuses on what is being learned; it happens when a teacher or student states or asks about an idea or concept, or when someone explains or elaborates on some bit of new knowledge.

  • Usually relates to the curriculum or current learning objectives.
  • Example: A high school history teacher says, "As the text explains, there were several major causes of the American Civil War."
  • Can also digress from current objectives.
  • Example: A first-grade student unexpectedly brings a caterpillar to school and asks about how it transforms into a butterfly.

📋 Procedural talk

Procedural talk is about administrative rules or routines needed to accomplish tasks in a classroom.

  • Provides information students need to coordinate activities in a crowded space under tight time schedules.
  • Keeps activities organized and flowing smoothly.
  • Example: "When you are done with your spelling books, put them in the bins at the side of the room."
  • Example: A student asks, "Do you want us to print our names at the top of the page?"
  • Not primarily about correcting unwanted behavior, though procedures might sometimes annoy students or be forgotten.
  • Instead, it provides guidance for coordination among students and with the teacher.

🛑 Control talk

Control talk is about preventing or correcting misbehaviors when they occur, particularly when the misbehaviors are not because of ignorance of procedures.

  • Example: "Jill, you were talking when you should have been listening."
  • Example: "Jason, you need to work on your math instead of doodling."
  • Most control talk originates with the teacher, but students sometimes use it with each other.
  • Example: One student may say "Shhh!" to a whispering classmate.
  • Example: A student responds to teasing by saying "Stop it!"
  • May not always be fully effective, but its purpose is to influence or control inappropriate behavior.
  • Don't confuse with procedural talk: procedural talk is about coordination and guidance, not correcting misbehavior.

🔀 When functions overlap

🔀 Double functions create ambiguity

What makes classroom discourse confusing is that content and procedures often become combined with control talk in the same remark or interaction.

ExampleApparent functionHidden functionResult
"Jeremy, what did you think of the film we just saw?"Content (asking about the film)Control (ending Jeremy's daydreaming, getting him back on task)Ambiguous intent
"When one person is talking, others need to be listening."Procedural (coordinating classroom dialogue)Control (addressing inattentive behavior)Mixed message

⚠️ Potential for misunderstanding

  • Students may hear only the content or procedural function of a teacher's comment.
  • They may miss an implied request or command to change inappropriate behavior.
  • This ambiguity can lead to misunderstandings between certain students and teachers.

✅ Benefits of double functions

Despite the potential for confusion, double functions can help lessons flow smoothly by:

  • Minimizing the disruption of attending to a minor behavior problem.
  • Allowing more continuous attention to content or procedures.

🎪 Teacher roles in classroom communication

🎪 Multiple simultaneous roles

As a teacher, you play an assortment of roles when communicating in classrooms:

  • Master of Ceremonies: orchestrating the flow of activities.
  • Referee: managing interactions and resolving conflicts.
  • Source of new knowledge: delivering content and explanations.

🎯 The challenge

Your challenge is to sort these roles out so that you are playing the right ones in the right combinations at the right times.

🌟 Moving toward effective communication

As you learn to manage these roles, the excerpt suggests your communication will acquire qualities recommended by Franklin Roosevelt (quoted at the chapter opening):

  • Sincere: genuine and authentic.
  • Brief: concise and to the point.
  • Minimizing power differences: reducing hierarchical barriers between you and students (Roosevelt's advice to "be seated" is interpreted as suggesting that conversation and dialogue improve by reducing power differences).
42

Effective Verbal Communication

Effective verbal communication

🧭 Overview

🧠 One-sentence thesis

Effective classroom communication requires combining verbal and nonverbal behaviors appropriately, matching students' expectations about eye contact, wait time, and social distance to avoid misunderstandings and support learning.

📌 Key points (3–5)

  • Three functions of classroom talk: content (subject matter), procedures (how to do tasks), and control (managing behavior)—often combined in the same remark.
  • Verbal vs nonverbal: words convey explicit messages, but gestures and behaviors (eye contact, wait time, social distance) also communicate and can support or contradict verbal messages.
  • Unintended communication: students may hear messages the teacher did not intend to send, especially when content/procedural talk is mixed with control talk.
  • Common confusion: different cultural groups use opposite patterns of eye contact and wait time; what feels respectful to one person may seem rude or hesitant to another.
  • Why it matters: matching students' nonverbal preferences increases participation, comfort, and understanding; mismatches lead to misinterpretation of motivations and rapport problems.

💬 Three functions of classroom talk

💬 Content talk

Content talk: communication about subject matter or academic ideas.

  • Happens when a teacher explains a concept, asks a question about the lesson, or writes information on the board.
  • Students also engage in content talk during inquiry learning (formulating and investigating problems) and cooperative learning (explaining ideas to peers).
  • Example: A teacher says, "Today we'll learn about fractions," or a student asks, "Why does the denominator stay the same when we add?"

📋 Procedural talk

Procedural talk: communication about how to complete tasks or coordinate classroom activities.

  • Includes creating routines for daily tasks, announcing transitions between activities, and providing clear instructions.
  • Example: "When one person is talking, others need to be listening" (a rule that coordinates dialogue).
  • Helps lessons flow smoothly by clarifying how activities should proceed.

🛑 Control talk

Control talk: communication intended to influence or manage inappropriate behavior.

  • Originates mostly from the teacher but sometimes from students to each other.
  • Example: A teacher says, "Jill, you were talking when you should have been listening," or a student whispers "Shhh!" to a classmate.
  • May not always be fully effective, but its purpose is to redirect behavior.

🔀 Double functions and ambiguity

  • The problem: content, procedural, and control talk often combine in the same remark.
  • Example: A teacher asks, "Jeremy, what did you think of the film we just saw?" The question appears to be about content, but may also be control talk to end Jeremy's daydreaming.
  • Risk: students may hear only the content or procedural function and miss the implied request to change behavior, leading to misunderstandings.
  • Benefit: double functions can minimize disruption by addressing minor behavior problems without stopping the lesson.

🗣️ Verbal, nonverbal, and unintended communication

🗣️ Verbal communication

Verbal communication: a message or information expressed in words, either orally or in writing.

  • Classrooms rely heavily on explicit, verbal communication because diversity increases the chance of misinterpretation.
  • Accounts for the characteristically businesslike style of teacher talk.
  • Example: A teacher explains a math concept aloud or writes instructions on the board.

🤝 Nonverbal communication

Nonverbal communications: gestures or behaviors that convey information, often simultaneously with spoken words.

  • Happens when a teacher looks directly at students to emphasize a point, raises eyebrows to show disapproval, or uses a twinkle in the eye to confirm enthusiasm.
  • Nonverbal behaviors are just as plentiful as verbal messages.
  • Can support or contradict: A teacher says, "This math lesson will be fun," and a twinkle confirms it—but a simultaneous sigh or slouch sends the opposite message.

⚠️ Unintended communication

Unintended communications: the excess meanings of utterances; messages received by students without the teacher's awareness or desire.

  • Example: A teacher says, "This section of the text won't be on the test, but read it anyway for background." A student may instead hear, "Do not read this section."
  • What is heard is not what the teacher intended.
  • Why it happens: differences in background affect how people structure and interpret conversation.

👁️ Eye contact patterns

👁️ How eye contact works

Eye contact: the extent and timing of when a speaker looks directly at the eyes of the listener.

  • Between friends of equal status (native English speakers): listeners look directly at the speaker; speakers avert their gaze. Re-engaging eye contact signals the speaker is about to finish and invites a response.
  • Between authority and subordinate (e.g., teacher and student): the person in authority gazes directly at the listener almost continuously, whether listening or speaking.
  • Research suggests eye contact may help anyone remember what they are seeing and hearing.

🔄 Cultural differences in eye contact

  • Some non-white ethnic groups use the opposite pattern: they look more intently when talking and avert gaze when listening.
  • The problem: if two partners use opposite patterns, one may interpret a direct gaze as an invitation to start talking when it really means "stop talking," leading to interruptions or awkward gaps.
  • Example: A teacher may wrongly conclude a student is socially inept (interrupts too much) or very shy (long gaps), when the real issue is mismatched expectations.
  • Don't confuse: continuous eye contact is not universally "better"—it depends on both parties' expectations.

🪑 How to observe preferred patterns

  • Note students' gaze patterns when they are free to look wherever they please.
  • Sitting in rows makes students more likely to look only at the teacher or at nothing; other arrangements (clusters, circles) encourage freer eye contact and more comfortable communication.

⏱️ Wait time

⏱️ What wait time is

Wait time: the pause between conversational turns; marks when a turn begins or ends.

  • If a teacher asks a question, wait time allows and prompts students to formulate a response.
  • Studies show most classroom wait times are less than one second—too short for most students to think beyond simple, automatic facts.

📈 Effects of longer wait time

  • Increasing wait time to several seconds has desirable effects:
    • Students give longer, more elaborate responses.
    • They express more complex ideas.
    • A wider range of students participate in discussion.
  • Learning to wait longer takes conscious effort and may feel uncomfortable at first (a trick: count silently to five before calling on anyone).

🌍 Individual and cultural differences

  • Girls tend to prefer longer wait times than boys—may contribute to impressions that girls are shy or boys are impulsive.
  • Some ethnic and cultural groups prefer much longer wait times, especially when English is a second language; what feels like a respectful pause to the student may seem like hesitation or resistance to the teacher.
  • Other groups prefer overlapping comments (negative wait time)—beginning at the same instant or before the previous speaker finishes, signaling lively interest. A teacher used to a one-second gap may regard this as rude interruption.
  • Don't confuse: longer wait times are often preferable, but not always—match wait time to students' preferences, whether slower or faster than the teacher's norm.

📏 Social distance

📏 What social distance indicates

Social distance: the physical space or distance between two people when they interact; often indicates how intimate or personal their relationship is.

  • Also affects how people describe others: someone who is more distant physically is described in more general, abstract terms than someone who approaches closely.

📐 Typical distances in white American society

Relationship typePreferred distanceExample
Personal friend (face-to-face)~0.5–1 meterCloser if turned sideways (e.g., elevator); closest reserved for intimate friendships
Businesslike (e.g., teacher with one student or small group)~1–3 metersTeacher talking with a student
Formal (e.g., teacher addressing entire class)More than 3 metersTeacher speaks to whole class

🔄 Mismatched distance preferences

  • The problem: if two people expect different distances for the same kind of relationship, one can seem pushy or overly familiar, while the other seems aloof or "distant."
  • Example: A student who prefers shorter social distance than the teacher may be perceived as intrusive; the teacher may be perceived as unfriendly.
  • Advice: be aware that individuals differ; adjust distance to match students' comfort levels when possible.

📊 Strategies for effective communication

📚 Effective content talk by teachers

StrategyDefinitionHow it helps communication
Using advance organizersStatements or ideas that give a concise overview of new materialOrients students' attention; assists understanding and remembering
Relating new material to prior knowledgeExplicit connections of new ideas to existing knowledgeMakes new material more meaningful; facilitates discussion
Elaborating and extending new informationExplanations in full, complete termsAvoids ambiguities and misunderstandings
Organizing new informationProviding and following a clear structureAssists understanding and remembering

👥 Effective content talk by students

StrategyDefinitionHow it helps communication
Inquiry learningStudents pursue problems they help formulateTo investigate a problem, students must express clearly what they wish to find out
Cooperative learningStudents work in small groups to solve a common problem or taskTo work together, students must explain ideas and questions clearly to peers

🛠️ Effective procedural and control talk

Procedural talk strategyControl talk strategy
Creating and discussing procedures for daily routinesCreating and discussing classroom rules of appropriate behavior
Announcing transitions between activitiesClarifying problem ownership
Providing clear instructions and guidance for activitiesListening actively and empathetically
Reminding students periodically of proceduresUsing I-messages
  • Note: the difference between procedural and content talk is somewhat arbitrary; in many situations one kind serves the needs of the other.
  • These strategies are also described as methods of classroom management and creating a positive learning environment.
43

Effective nonverbal communication

Effective nonverbal communication

🧭 Overview

🧠 One-sentence thesis

Nonverbal behaviors like eye contact, wait time, and social distance powerfully shape classroom communication, and mismatches between teacher and student expectations in these areas can lead to misunderstandings that harm rapport and participation.

📌 Key points (3–5)

  • Why nonverbal matters: gestures and behaviors convey information automatically, often supporting words but sometimes contradicting them.
  • Three key nonverbal channels: eye contact (when and how long people look at each other), wait time (pauses between conversational turns), and social distance (physical space between people).
  • Cultural and individual variation: different groups and individuals have different expectations for eye contact patterns, wait time length, and preferred distance.
  • Common confusion: what feels like appropriate eye contact, wait time, or distance to one person may feel intrusive, rude, or distant to another—the problem is mismatched expectations, not the behavior itself.
  • Teacher strategy: observe students' naturally occurring preferences in informal settings and match them as closely as possible to improve communication comfort and participation.

👁️ Eye contact patterns

👁️ What eye contact signals

Eye contact: the extent and timing of when a speaker looks directly at the eyes of the listener.

  • Eye contact is not just "looking at someone"; it is about when you look (while speaking vs. while listening) and how long.
  • The excerpt emphasizes that eye contact follows different rules depending on the relationship and cultural background.
  • Research suggests eye contact may help people remember what they are seeing and hearing.

🔄 Two main patterns

Equal-status pattern (typical among white English speakers):

  • Look directly at the speaker when listening.
  • Avert gaze when speaking.
  • Re-engaging eye contact signals the speaker is about to finish and invites a response.

Authority pattern (teacher-student):

  • The person in authority gazes directly at the listener almost continuously, whether listening or speaking.
  • This signals greater status.

🌍 Cultural variations

  • Some non-white ethnic groups reverse the conventional pattern: they look more intently when talking and avert gaze when listening.
  • The alternative pattern works perfectly well as long as both parties expect and use it.
  • Don't confuse: the problem is not which pattern is "correct"—it is when two people use opposite patterns.

⚠️ What happens when patterns mismatch

Mismatch scenarioWhat the teacher may wrongly concludeWhat actually happened
Student looks away when teacher expects eye contactStudent is shy or lacks language skillStudent is following a different cultural pattern (looking away = listening)
Student looks intently and interrupts oftenStudent is socially inept or rudeStudent interprets direct gaze as invitation to talk (their pattern: gaze = talking turn)
Student talks too long at each turnStudent is self-centeredStudent misreads teacher's looking away as "keep listening" instead of "start talking"

Example: A teacher using the authority pattern gazes continuously at a student. The student, following a reversed cultural pattern, interprets the teacher's direct gaze while the student is speaking as "the teacher wants me to stop talking," so the student stops abruptly. The teacher thinks the student is hesitant or uncertain.

🪑 How to observe natural preferences

  • Traditional seats-in-a-row arrangements do not work well; research confirms sitting in rows makes students more likely to look only at the teacher or at nothing in particular.
  • Almost any other seating arrangement (clusters, circles) encourages freer patterns of eye contact.
  • More comfortable eye contact makes verbal communication more comfortable and productive.

⏱️ Wait time dynamics

⏱️ What wait time is

Wait time: the pause between conversational turns.

  • Wait time marks when a conversational turn begins or ends.
  • It both allows and prompts students to formulate an appropriate response.
  • The excerpt treats wait time as a nonverbal behavior because it is about silence and timing, not words.

📏 Typical wait times and their problems

  • Studies show wait times in most classes are remarkably short—less than one second.
  • Wait times this short actually interfere with most students' thinking.
  • In one second, most students either cannot decide what to say or can only recall a simple, automatic fact.

✅ Benefits of longer wait times

Increasing wait times to several seconds has several desirable effects:

  • Students give longer, more elaborate responses.
  • Students express more complex ideas.
  • A wider range of students participate in discussion.

Challenge for teachers:

  • Learning to increase wait time takes conscious effort and may feel uncomfortable at first.
  • A trick: count silently to five before calling on anyone.
  • After a few weeks of practice, discomfort usually subsides and academic benefits become more evident.

🌐 Individual and group differences

GroupTypical preferencePossible misinterpretation
Girls (general trend, many exceptions)Longer wait times than boysGirls seem unnecessarily shy; boys seem self-centered or impulsive
Some ethnic/cultural groups, especially ESL studentsMuch longer wait time than typically availableWhat feels like respectful pause to student seems like hesitation or resistance to teacher
Other cultural groupsOverlapping comments (negative wait time)Teacher regards overlaps as rude interruptions; teacher has trouble getting chances to speak
  • Negative wait time: one conversational partner begins at exactly the same instant as the previous speaker, or even before the speaker has finished.
  • This is meant to signal lively interest in the conversation, not rudeness.

🎯 Best practice

  • Match wait time to students' preferences as closely as possible, regardless of whether these are slower or faster than what the teacher normally prefers.
  • To the extent that teacher and students can match each other's pace, they will communicate more comfortably and fully.
  • A larger proportion of students will participate in discussions and activities.
  • Observe students' preferred wait times in situations that give students freedom about when and how to participate (open-ended discussions, informal conversations).

📏 Social distance and intimacy

📏 What social distance indicates

Social distance: the physical space or distance between people when they interact.

  • Social distance often indicates how intimate or personal the relationship is.
  • Social distance also affects how people describe others and their actions: someone who is habitually more distant physically is apt to be described in more general, abstract terms than someone who often approaches more closely.

📐 Typical distances in white American society

Distance rangeTypical relationshipNotes
Approximately 0.5 to 1 meterPersonal friend, face-to-faceCloser end more common if individuals turn sideways (e.g., elevator); closest distances reserved for truly intimate friendships (e.g., spouses)
Approximately 1 to 3 metersBusinesslike relationshipCommon for teacher talking with a student or small group
More than 3 metersFormal interactionsTypical when teacher speaks to entire class

⚠️ Problems from mismatched expectations

  • A student who prefers a shorter social distance than her partner can seem pushy or overly familiar to the partner.
  • The partner, in turn, can seem aloof or unfriendly—literally "distant."
  • The sources of these effects are easy to overlook since by definition the partners never discuss social distance verbally, but they are real.

🎯 Teacher remedy

  • Observe students' naturally occurring preferences as closely as possible.
  • Respect them as much as possible:
    • Students who need to be closer should be allowed to be closer, at least within reasonable limits.
    • Those who need to be more distant should be allowed to be more distant.

🔑 Overarching principle

🔑 Why observation matters

All three nonverbal channels (eye contact, wait time, social distance) share a common challenge:

  • Individuals and cultural groups differ in their expectations.
  • The differences are rarely discussed verbally.
  • Mismatches lead to misunderstandings that can deteriorate rapport and reduce participation.

🔑 The solution

  • Observe students' naturally occurring preferences in informal, free-choice settings.
  • Match those preferences as closely as possible.
  • Don't assume your own cultural or personal norms are universal or "correct."
  • When teacher and students can align their nonverbal expectations, communication becomes more comfortable, productive, and inclusive.
44

Structures of participation: effects on communication

Structures of participation: effects on communication

🧭 Overview

🧠 One-sentence thesis

Different classroom participation structures—lecture, question-and-answer, discussion, and group work—each shape how teachers and students communicate, creating trade-offs between teacher control, student engagement, and coverage of material.

📌 Key points (3–5)

  • What participation structures are: patterns of rights and responsibilities that guide who speaks, when, and how during classroom activities, often learned implicitly by watching others.
  • Four common structures: lecture (teacher talks, students listen), question-and-answer (teacher asks, students give brief correct answers), discussion (teacher poses topic, students comment and respond to each other), and group work (small teams implement assigned tasks).
  • Each structure has trade-offs: lectures cover material efficiently but limit student voice; discussions increase engagement but reduce teacher control over content; group work fosters collaboration but creates uneven participation and noise.
  • Common confusion: more student freedom to speak does not automatically mean better communication—discussion and group work can lead to dominance by some students, others not listening, or failure to cover key concepts.
  • The medium contradicts the message: a lecture praising active learning delivered passively, or a discussion that silences hesitant students, sends unintended messages about what learning really means.

🎭 What participation structures are

🎭 Definition and how they work

Participation structure: a set of rights and responsibilities expected from students and teacher during an activity.

  • These patterns guide communication in ways class members learn to expect, often without reminders.
  • Sometimes teachers announce the rules explicitly; often they are just implied by actions, and students learn by watching others.
  • Example: In a lecture, students are responsible for listening and raising hands to speak briefly; the teacher has the right to talk at length but must keep talk relevant and comprehensible.

🔍 Implicit learning

  • Students do not need to be told the rules every time—they pick them up from observing how the activity unfolds.
  • The structure itself becomes a kind of message about how, when, and with whom to interact.
  • Don't confuse: participation structures are not just "classroom management rules"; they shape the very nature of communication and thinking.

📚 The four common structures

📖 Lecture

FeatureDescription
Teacher roleTalks at length; responsible for relevance and clarity
Student roleListen; maybe take notes; raise hand for brief, relevant comments if called on
Communication flowOne-way: teacher to students
  • In principle, many structures are possible, but a handful account for most class activities.
  • Lecture is efficient for covering material quickly.

❓ Question-and-answer (recitation)

FeatureDescription
Teacher roleAsks a series of questions; calls on students one at a time
Student roleRaise hands to be recognized; give brief, "correct" answers
Communication flowTwo-way exchanges between teacher and one student at a time
  • Formerly called "recitation."
  • Students are expected to respond accurately and concisely.

💬 Discussion

FeatureDescription
Teacher roleBriefly describes a topic or problem; invites comments
Student roleSay something relevant; respond to previous speakers if possible
Communication flowMulti-directional, but teacher initiates and frames the topic
  • Students have more freedom to speak than in question-and-answer.
  • The focus can shift away from the teacher's original intent.

👥 Group work

FeatureDescription
Teacher roleAssigns a general task; may check progress but not necessarily
Student roleWork out implementation details in small teams
Communication flowPeer-to-peer within groups; teacher as facilitator
  • Also called "collaborative group work."
  • Students carry out projects, make observations, report results, and write common reports.

🔄 Trade-offs across structures: a 20-year teaching case

🎓 The context

  • One instructor (Kelvin) taught the same topic—children's play—in a university course for future teachers over twenty years.
  • His goals remained constant: to stimulate students' thinking about the nature and purposes of play.
  • He tried all four participation structures in sequence, and students' communication changed each time.

📖 Lecture: efficiency vs. passivity

What worked:

  • Covered material efficiently (about 20 minutes).
  • Defined and explained all key terms clearly.
  • Related the topic to other course material and students' interests.
  • Students were mostly quiet and courteous.

What didn't work:

  • Only about one-third took notes; the rest had to rely on memory.
  • Few students lingered after class to ask questions.
  • Few chose the topic for term papers.
  • On exams, few could relate concepts to their own teaching experiences.
  • The contradiction: The lecture praised action, intrinsic motivation, and self-choice, but the format required passive sitting and following the teacher's intellectual path.
  • Physical layout (desks facing forward) reinforced the message that learning means looking only at the lecturer.
  • To some students, the format might have implied learning is like daydreaming—both require sitting quietly with little expression.

Example: A lecture about active play delivered to silent, motionless students sends the unintended message that learning itself is passive.

❓ Question-and-answer: assessment vs. control

What worked:

  • Gave indications of whether students were listening and understanding.
  • Served both to motivate listening and to assess knowledge.
  • This form of communication is very popular with many teachers.

What didn't work:

  • Took longer to cover the topic, forcing the instructor to leave out some points.
  • Students often did not listen to each other's responses—only to the teacher.
  • Interactions became two-way exchanges (teacher asks, one student responds, teacher acknowledges) that could have happened without classmates present.
  • Students still had little control over the course of discussion.
  • The deeper problem: By asking most questions and allowing only brief responses, the teacher might have been trying to control students' thought processes—to ensure they thought about the topic in the "right" way, his way.

Don't confuse: Asking questions does not automatically mean students are thinking freely; it can be a way of tightly controlling the direction of thought.

💬 Discussion: engagement vs. coverage

What worked:

  • Easier to see whether students cared about the topic.
  • More students seemed motivated to think and learn; quite a few selected the topic for term projects.
  • Students spoke more freely than before.

What didn't work:

  • Certain students spoke more than their share, preventing hesitant students from speaking.
  • Some students did not listen to others—just waited for their turn to speak, hands permanently in the air.
  • Others hoped not to speak and spent time doodling or staring out the window.
  • Loss of control over content: Discussions often did not cover all the ideas the instructor considered important.
    • Example: The instructor meant to discuss whether play is always intrinsically motivated, but students instead talked about whether play can teach every subject area. The shift was not bad in itself, but raised questions about adequate coverage.

Common confusion: More freedom to speak does not guarantee better listening or more equitable participation.

👥 Group work: collaboration vs. uneven participation

The approach:

  • Small teams carried out projects on aspects of children's play that interested them.
  • Made observations of children at play.
  • Reported results to the class and wrote a common report.
  • The instructor hoped a common focus would improve communication: students would deal with tasks at hand, listen to each other, and no one could dominate or fall silent.

What worked:

  • With encouragement, students listened to each other more than before.
  • They diversified tasks and responsibilities within groups.
  • They seemed to learn from each other while preparing projects.
  • Participation reached an all-time high in twenty years of teaching.

What didn't work:

  • Some groups were much more productive than others, related to ease of communication within groups.
  • Dominance: In some groups, one or two people dominated conversations, seemed to forget others' input, and implemented only their own ideas.
  • Independence: In other groups, members worked hard but did not share ideas or news about progress—essentially worked independently despite belonging to a group.
  • Practical problem: When all groups planned at the same time, the volume of sound got so high that even simple conversation became difficult, let alone expressing subtle or complex ideas.

Don't confuse: Assigning group work does not guarantee collaboration; students can dominate, work in parallel, or simply not hear each other.

🗣️ Communication styles: registers

🗣️ What a register is

Register: a pattern of vocabulary, grammar, and expressions or comments that people associate with a social role.

  • Teachers and students have identifiable styles of talking to each other that linguists call a register.
  • Example: "baby-talk" register used to speak to an infant—simple repeated words and nonsense syllables.
  • The excerpt introduces the concept but does not elaborate further on classroom registers.
45

Communication Styles in the Classroom

Communication styles in the classroom

🧭 Overview

🧠 One-sentence thesis

Teachers and students use identifiable speech patterns called registers that simultaneously mark their roles, guide classroom activities, and influence learning effectiveness.

📌 Key points (3–5)

  • What a register is: a pattern of vocabulary, grammar, and expressions associated with a social role (like teacher or student).
  • Teacher talk strategies: nominating speakers, marking importance, signaling boundaries, asking test questions, and using formal language to control discourse and focus attention.
  • Student talk strategies: agenda enforcement, digression attempts, side talk, calling out, silence, and non-verbal cues to indirectly influence classroom activities.
  • Common confusion: classroom registers vs. outside-school communication—the same people speak very differently in and out of the classroom setting.
  • Why it matters: understanding how classroom talk operates helps improve communication effectiveness and, consequently, student learning and thinking.

🎭 What classroom registers are

🎭 Definition and function

A register is a pattern of vocabulary, grammar, and expressions or comments that people associate with a social role.

  • Not just "how people talk," but specifically how language marks who plays which role (teacher vs. student).
  • The register helps indicate social positions: who has authority, who responds, who controls the flow.
  • Example: "baby-talk" register uses simple repeated words and exaggerated pitch to mark the speaker as adult and listener as infant; classroom register works the same way.

🔍 How to recognize the classroom register

  • Most people in society can identify classroom talk when they hear it, even without seeing the speakers.
  • Example from the excerpt: Person A uses procedural talk ("I want your eyes up here"), introduces curriculum ("long division"), and controls who speaks ("I only call on people who raise their hands") → clearly the teacher. Persons B, C, D, E only respond to questions and say little individually → clearly students.
  • The register is used more in some situations than others, but common enough to be widely recognizable.

🗣️ How teachers talk

🎯 Controlling discourse flow

Teachers use several strategies that simultaneously influence discussion, focus attention, and ensure appropriate behavior:

StrategyWhat it doesExample from excerpt
Nominating/terminating/interrupting speakersTeacher chooses who speaks and when to end turns"Jose, what do you think about X?" / "Thanks; we need to move on now."
Marking importance or irrelevanceHighlights key ideas or dismisses less relevant ones"That's a good idea, Lyla." / "Your right, but that's not quite the answer I was looking for."
Signaling boundariesDeclares when activities start and end"We need to move on. Put away your spelling and find your math books."
Asking test questions and evaluatingAsks questions with known answers, then judges responsesTeacher: "How much is 6 x 7?" Student: "42." Teacher: "That's right."

💡 Why marking importance matters beyond content

  • Marking importance reinforces key content, but also serves social functions.
  • The excerpt notes that deliberately highlighting ideas from quiet or shy students can build their confidence and status among classmates.
  • Don't confuse: marking importance is not just about curriculum—it's also a relationship-building tool.

🎵 Making speech more comprehensible

Teachers use additional features that make their talk clearer when addressing groups, while also marking them as teachers:

  • Exaggerated pitch changes: "Sing-song" style reminiscent of adult-to-infant speech; especially characteristic of teachers of young students but happens at all grade levels.
  • Careful enunciation: Speaking more slowly, clearly, and carefully than in casual conversation; creates a somewhat formal sound.
  • Formal vocabulary and grammar: More polite and correct language with fewer slang expressions (e.g., "Please get out your materials" instead of "Get out your stuff"); creates businesslike distance and reinforces authority.

💬 How students talk

🔄 Direct influence strategies

Students have their own register with language strategies that guide content and procedures, but often pursue goals more indirectly than teachers:

  • Agenda enforcement: Interrupting to remind others (especially the teacher) of agreed-on plans.

    • Example: If the teacher tells students to open to an incorrect page, a student may raise her hand to correct the teacher.
    • Limited power: does not create new activities, only returns class to previously agreed activities.
  • Calling out: Speaking out of turn without being recognized.

    • May or may not be relevant to the ongoing task.
    • Can change discussion direction by influencing fellow students' thinking or triggering teacher's procedural/control talk ("Jason, it's not your turn; I only call on students who raise their hands.").

🔀 Indirect influence strategies

Students use several subtle tactics to shift classroom activities:

StrategyWhat it doesEffect
Digression attemptsAsking irrelevant questions during discussionExample: During story discussion, student asks "Mr X, when does recess begin?"
Side talkTalking to another student for social or task purposesCan be sociable ("Did you see that movie?") or task-related ("What page are we on?"); sometimes controls peers' behavior ("Shhh! I'm trying to listen")
Answering question with questionResponding with clarification or stalling questionShifts discussion to safer, more familiar content ("Do you mean X?")
SilenceSaying nothing in responseMakes speaker less likely to continue current topic, more likely to seek new one

👀 Non-verbal communication

  • Eye contact and gaze aversion: Looking directly at teacher vs. deliberately avoiding gaze.
  • Posture: Sitting up straight vs. slouching.
  • Listening is conventionally indicated by looking directly at teacher and sitting up straight or leaning slightly forward.
  • Don't confuse: these behaviors depend partly on cultural expectations students bring to school, but may also represent deliberate choices—messages to teacher and classmates.
  • Although these behaviors can be faked, they tend to indicate and be taken as shows of interest and acceptance.

🏫 Context: group work challenges

🤝 Benefits and problems of group work

The excerpt opens with a case study (Kelvin's university class) showing that even well-designed group work faces communication challenges:

Benefits that occurred:

  • Students listened to each other more with encouragement.
  • They diversified tasks and responsibilities within groups.
  • They learned from each other while preparing projects.
  • Participation reached an all-time high in twenty years.

Problems that persisted:

  • Some groups were much more productive than others, related to ease of communication.
  • In some groups, one or two people dominated conversations unduly; they seemed to forget others' input and implemented only their own ideas.
  • In other groups, members worked hard but independently, not sharing ideas or progress updates despite belonging to the group.
  • When all groups planned simultaneously, sound volume got so high that even simple conversation became difficult, let alone expressing subtle or complex ideas.

🔬 Broader observation

  • Kelvin's experience corroborated more systematic observations of communication within classroom work groups.
  • The excerpt emphasizes that differences in group productivity were related to ease of communication within groups, not just task design.
46

Using Classroom Talk to Stimulate Students' Thinking

Using classroom talk to stimulate students’ thinking

🧭 Overview

🧠 One-sentence thesis

Teachers can use classroom communication strategies—such as probing understanding, extending wait time, and promoting risk-taking—to stimulate deeper student thinking and build a caring learning community.

📌 Key points (3–5)

  • Classroom talk as a tool: The classroom communication register constrains how teaching happens but also provides a "language" for discussing teaching and learning effectively.
  • Probing understanding: Mixing instruction with conversation—combining "test" questions (teacher knows answer) with "real" questions (teacher doesn't know)—scaffolds learning and creates a zone of proximal development.
  • Wait time matters: Extending wait time beyond one second gives students more time to formulate complete, precise ideas without directly telling them to say more.
  • Common confusion: Risk-taking vs. evaluation anxiety—students may avoid attempting problems due to fear of negative evaluation, so focusing on process rather than outcome helps counteract hesitation.
  • Building community: Promoting mutual respect, sustaining relationships, and inviting student input creates a caring classroom where diversity is expected and members assist each other.

🔍 Probing for Learner Understanding

🔍 Why probing is necessary

  • Looking at the teacher and appearing to concentrate is not foolproof evidence of understanding.
  • We all have experienced staring at a speaker while daydreaming, only to realize later we heard nothing.
  • Active probing reveals how much students actually understand during lessons.

🗣️ Mixing instruction with conversation

The strategy involves combining two types of questions:

Question TypeDefinitionExample
Test questionTeacher already knows the answer"Which of these objects will sink and which will float?"
Real questionTeacher does not know the answer; asks about student experience"What other things have you seen that float? Or that sink?"
  • This mix scaffolds learning and creates a zone of proximal development (from Vygotsky's theory).
  • It has two important features: stimulates thinking (by asking questions) and creates supportive atmosphere (by honoring personal experiences).
  • The resulting warmth and challenge can be especially motivating.

📞 "Cold calling" when done respectfully

  • Teachers often fear randomly calling on students without volunteers will be stressful or punitive.
  • Research found students did not find it especially stressful, and spontaneous participation actually improved.
  • The benefit happens when combined with gestures of respect:
    • Warning individuals ahead of class they might be called on
    • Allowing students to formulate ideas in small groups first
  • Don't confuse: cold calling without respect vs. cold calling with supportive context—the latter can enhance discussion.

💬 Helping Students Articulate Ideas

💬 Checking teacher's own understanding

  • The teacher repeatedly checks their understanding of students' contributions as discussion unfolds.
  • Example: Student says "we all need to learn more climate change." Teacher responds: "What do you mean by 'learn more'? It's a big topic; what parts are you thinking about?"
  • This invites the student to elaborate and clarify their thinking.

⏱️ Increasing wait time

Wait time: the interval between when the teacher asks a question and when the teacher expects a student to answer.

  • Average wait time is only one second—longer wait times give students more time to formulate ideas.
  • Benefits:
    • Students express themselves more completely and precisely
    • Indirection advantage: instead of telling a student to say more, the teacher simply waits for them to say more
  • This strategy allows and invites further comment without explicit demands.

🎯 Conversational moves that promote articulation

Any communication strategy helps students become more articulate if it both allows and invites further elaboration. These moves resemble class discussion but can be used singly anytime:

  • Ask the student to explain their initial idea more completely
  • Rephrase a comment made by a student
  • Compare the student's idea to another related idea and ask for comment
  • Ask for evidence supporting the student's idea
  • Ask how confident the student is in their idea
  • Ask another student to comment on the first student's idea

🎲 Promoting Academic Risk-Taking and Problem-Solving

🎲 Why students avoid risks

  • Problem-solving techniques (problem analysis, working backwards, analogical thinking) don't work if students won't attempt solutions in the first place.
  • Students may avoid risks if they have failed at tasks in the past and are concerned about negative evaluations again.
  • The solution: focus attention on the process of doing an activity rather than on its outcome or evaluation.

🌟 Strategies to encourage risk-taking

🌟 Call attention to intrinsic interest

  • Where possible, remind students of the inherent satisfaction of an activity.
  • Example: Writing a Japanese haiku (seventeen-syllable poem) can be satisfying in itself, regardless of evaluation.
  • Casually reminding individuals of this fact helps them feel at ease and indirectly encourages better work.

🌟 Minimize grade importance

  • Supports the strategy above by giving students less to worry about.
  • Example message: "Don't worry too much about your grade; just do the best you can and you will come out well enough in the end."
  • This frees students to experience intrinsic satisfactions.

🌟 Ensure ample time

  • If students need to rush—or merely think they do—they are more likely to choose the safest, most familiar responses.
  • Example: For writing an amusing childhood story, middle years students need time to consider story possibilities, then experiment with ways of expressing it.
  • Example message: "Writing a good story will take time, and you may have to return to it repeatedly. So we will start working on it today, but do not expect to finish today. We'll be coming back to it several times in the next couple of weeks."

🌟 Value unusual ideas and elegant solutions

  • When a student does something out of the ordinary, show enthusiasm for it.
  • Examples: visually appealing drawing, well-crafted essay, different solution to a math problem than expected.
  • Expressing interest and respect does more than support the specific achievement—it sends a message that in your classroom, it is safe and rewarding to find and share the unusual and elegant.

🎨 Connection to creativity and divergent thinking

  • These strategies support problem-solving and creativity (discussed in Chapter 8).
  • Divergent (open-ended) thinking may seem risky to some students unless explicitly encouraged.
  • The strategies communicate: process matters more than product, there will be time enough to work, and the teacher values their efforts.

🤝 Promoting a Caring Community

🤝 What is a caring community

Caring community: one in which all members have a respected place, in which diversity among individuals is expected, and in which individuals assist each other with their work or activities wherever appropriate.

  • Classrooms and even entire schools can be caring communities.
  • Moving in this direction takes work on the part of teachers and other school staff.
  • The key work involves arranging for students to work together on tasks while communicating the teacher's commitment to mutual respect.

🛠️ Strategies to encourage community

🛠️ Explicitly value mutual respect

  • Tell students you value mutual respect.
  • Describe some ways students can show respect for each other and school staff.
  • Better yet: invite students themselves to describe how they might show respect.

🛠️ Sustain relationships over time

  • Look for ways to maintain relationships among students and teachers for extended periods.
  • Easier in elementary school (teacher and class together for entire year) than in middle/secondary school (many teachers, many students).
  • Example: Participating in extra-curricular activities (sports teams, drama club) can provide settings where relationships develop for more than a single school year.

🛠️ Ask for student input

  • Ask what they want to learn, how they want to learn it, and what evaluation they consider fair.
  • Although it may feel like giving up teacher responsibility, asking for input indicates respect.
  • Many suggestions may need clarification or revision to become workable, especially with curriculum requirements.
  • But even just asking shows respect and contributes to community.

🛠️ Encourage respectful conflict resolution

  • If conflicts arise between students or between student and teacher, encourage respectful communication explicitly.
  • Helpful communication strategies (from Chapter 7):
    • Identifying true problem ownership
    • Listening actively
    • Assertive (not aggressive) I-messages
    • Negotiation

🛠️ Create shared community experiences

  • Find times and ways for the class to experience itself as a community.
  • Any action builds community if:
    • Carried out by the group as a whole
    • Done regularly and repeatedly
    • Truly includes every member of the class
  • Though this may look vague, in practice it is quite concrete.
47

The bottom line: messages sent, messages reconstructed

The bottom line: messages sent, messages reconstructed

🧭 Overview

🧠 One-sentence thesis

Classroom communication serves multiple overlapping purposes—content, procedures, and behavior—through verbal, nonverbal, and unintended channels, making it more complex than communication in most other settings.

📌 Key points (3–5)

  • Three simultaneous purposes: classroom talk serves content delivery, procedural coordination, and behavior management all at once.
  • Multiple communication modes: teachers communicate not only through words but also through nonverbal cues and unintended messages.
  • Participation structures shape interaction: lectures, Q&A, discussions, and group work each facilitate different speaking and listening patterns.
  • Common confusion: communication is not just about interaction among class members—teaching also includes solo preparation, reflection, and professional development that don't involve classroom dialogue.
  • Why it matters: understanding these complexities helps teachers use communication more effectively across all teaching tasks.

💬 Three overlapping purposes of classroom talk

💬 Content talk

  • Focuses on the subject matter being taught.
  • Requires strategies like advance organizers, connecting new information to prior knowledge, and organizing information for students.
  • Example: A teacher explaining a concept and relating it to what students learned last week.

📋 Procedural talk

  • Coordinates classroom routines and activities.
  • Helps students understand what to do, when, and how.
  • Example: A teacher explaining how to transition between activities or how to submit assignments.

🚦 Behavior control talk

  • Manages student conduct and classroom expectations.
  • Addresses inappropriate behaviors and reinforces positive ones.
  • Uses management techniques to maintain a productive learning environment.

🎭 Communication modes beyond words

🎭 Verbal communication

  • The spoken words teachers and students use.
  • Organized into different formats: lectures, questions, discussions, group projects.
  • Uses distinct language registers called "teacher talk" and "student talk."

👁️ Nonverbal communication

Key elements include:

  • Eye contact: affects engagement and relationship-building.
  • Wait time: the pause between speaking turns; ample wait time supports deeper thinking.
  • Social distance: physical proximity affects how students respond.

🤷 Unintended communication

  • Messages sent without deliberate intention.
  • Students may interpret teacher actions, tone, or body language in ways the teacher did not plan.
  • Don't confuse: not all communication is conscious or planned—teachers send signals even when they don't mean to.

🏗️ Participation structures

🏗️ What participation structures are

Participation structures: patterns that facilitate particular ways of speaking and listening while making other patterns less convenient or disapproved.

  • They shape who speaks, when, and how.
  • Different structures serve different teaching goals.

📚 Four common structures

StructureWhat it facilitatesKey characteristic
LectureTeacher delivers contentOne-way information flow
Questions-and-answersTeacher asks, students respondControlled turn-taking
Classroom discussionsMultiple voices exchange ideasMore open dialogue
Group workStudents collaboratePeer-to-peer interaction

🔄 How structures evolve

The excerpt shows how one teacher (Kelvin) evolved his approach over twenty years:

  • Year one: lecture notes with bullet points.
  • Year three: added questions to prompt student input during lecture.
  • Year eight: shifted to discussion format with time allocations.
  • Year twenty: created guidelines for collaborative group work emphasizing listening, respect, and diverse skills.

🎯 Communication beyond classroom interaction

🎯 The boundary of classroom communication

  • The excerpt emphasizes that teaching involves more than just interaction among class members.
  • Communication in the sense discussed applies specifically to classroom dialogue and exchange.

🔧 Other parts of teaching

Activities that don't involve classroom communication:

  • Lesson preparation: planning activities without talking to students or others.
  • Professional development: reading, reflecting, attending workshops or seminars.
  • Skill development: may involve communication, but not the classroom-specific type discussed.

Don't confuse: classroom communication is intrinsic to interactive teaching, but teaching encompasses solo work and professional growth that happen outside classroom dialogue.

48

Forms of thinking associated with classroom learning

Forms of thinking associated with classroom learning

🧭 Overview

🧠 One-sentence thesis

Different instructional strategies encourage distinct forms of thinking—critical thinking, creative thinking, and problem-solving—each serving particular educational purposes that teachers must understand to make effective teaching decisions.

📌 Key points (3–5)

  • Why thinking forms matter: Instructional strategies differ in detail but each encourages particular forms of learning and thinking, guiding teachers' choices about how to teach.
  • Three major forms: Critical thinking (analyzing reliability and validity), creative thinking (making something new and useful), and problem-solving are commonly pursued in classrooms.
  • Critical thinking requires both skill and attitude: It involves analyzing information astutely and logically, plus the disposition to do so, and relies on metacognition—thinking about one's own thinking.
  • Common confusion about critical thinking: It does not mean being negative or constantly criticizing; instead, it means being astute—asking key questions, evaluating evidence, and reasoning logically.
  • Teaching debate: Whether to infuse critical thinking into existing courses or teach it as separate units remains unresolved; research shows either can work if implemented thoroughly.

🧠 Critical thinking fundamentals

🔍 What critical thinking means

Critical thinking: skill at analyzing the reliability and validity of information, plus the attitude or disposition to do so.

  • Can be applied to any subject matter or realm of knowledge, not just one topic.
  • The term "critical" does not mean negative in the everyday sense.
  • Instead, a critical thinker is astute: asks key questions, evaluates evidence, reasons logically and objectively, expresses ideas clearly and precisely.
  • Importantly, the critical thinker can apply these habits in more than one realm of life or knowledge.

🧩 The role of metacognition

  • What makes thinking "critical" is the use of metacognition—strategies for thinking about thinking and monitoring the quality of one's own thinking.
  • Two defining qualities of metacognition that overlap with critical thinking:
    • Knowing how they learn.
    • Knowing whether they have learned something well.
  • Critical thinking fosters a student's ability to construct or control their own thinking and avoid being controlled by ideas unreflectively.
  • Don't confuse: Metacognition is not just "thinking harder"; it's specifically monitoring and evaluating your own thought processes.

📚 How critical thinking appears in practice

✍️ Annotation as a critical thinking tool

  • One study found that annotation—writing questions and comments in the margins of articles—stimulated critical thinking about published materials.
  • Students were instructed in annotation techniques, then completed additional readings.
  • Some students used annotation skills extensively; others simply underlined passages with a highlighter.
  • Result: Essays written by annotators were more well-reasoned and critically astute than essays by other students.
  • Example: A student reading an article might write margin notes like "What evidence supports this claim?" or "Does this contradict the earlier point?" rather than just highlighting text.

💬 Oral discussion of personal dilemmas

  • Another study showed critical thinking can involve verbal discussion of personal issues.
  • Process:
    1. A student describes a recent, disturbing personal incident.
    2. Classmates discuss to identify precise reasons for the disturbance and assumptions the student made.
    3. The original student uses the discussion results to frame a research essay topic.
  • Example: A student told of being snubbed by a store clerk. Through discussion, classmates identified the underlying assumption—suspicion of racial profiling based on skin color. The student then wrote a research essay on "racial profiling in retail stores."
  • This approach both stimulated critical thinking and relied on students' prior critical thinking skills simultaneously.

🎓 Teaching critical thinking: key debates

🔀 Infusion vs. free-standing approaches

ApproachDescriptionPotential advantageRisk
InfusionIntegrate critical thinking into existing coursesIntegrates into students' entire educationMay dilute understanding because critical thinking takes different forms in each context; details vary among courses and teachers
Free-standingTeach through separate units or coursesBetter chance of being understood clearly and coherentlyMay obscure how it relates to other courses, tasks, and activities
  • This dilemma relates to the issue of transfer (how learning applies across contexts).
  • Research does not settle which approach is better.
  • Either can work as long as it is implemented thoroughly and teachers are committed to the value of critical thinking.

👥 Who should learn critical thinking?

  • The democratic view: All students should learn critical thinking skills.
  • The bias found in surveys: Teachers sometimes favor teaching critical thinking only to high-advantage students—those who already achieve well, come from high-income families, or (in high school) take university entrance courses.
  • Rationale for the bias: High-advantage students can benefit and/or understand critical thinking better.
  • The evidence: Little research supports this idea, even if it were not ethically questionable.
  • Example from research: The Hawkins (2006) study showed critical thinking was successfully fostered even with students considered low-advantage.

🎨 Creative thinking

🌟 What creativity means

Creativity: the ability to make or do something new that is also useful or valued by others.

  • The "something" can be:
    • An object (like an essay or painting).
    • A skill (like playing an instrument).
    • An action (like using a familiar tool in a new way).
  • Two requirements:
    1. It must be new (not simply bizarre or strange).
    2. It must be useful or valued (not just the result of accident).
  • Don't confuse: Creativity is not randomness or accident.
  • Example: If a person types letters at random that form a poem by chance, the result may be beautiful, but it would not be creative—it lacks intentionality and skill.

🌍 Creativity as widespread experience

  • Creativity includes a wide range of human experience that many people, if not everyone, have had at some time.
  • The experience is not restricted to a narrow group or elite.
49

Critical thinking

Critical thinking

🧭 Overview

🧠 One-sentence thesis

Critical thinking is one of several forms of thinking that teachers must choose among when designing instructional strategies to facilitate student learning.

📌 Key points (3–5)

  • What critical thinking is: one of multiple forms of thinking teachers can target, alongside creative thinking and problem-solving.
  • How it fits into teaching decisions: the choice of instructional strategies depends partly on whether the goal is critical thinking, creative thinking, or problem-solving.
  • Common confusion: critical thinking is not the only form of complex thinking—teachers must distinguish it from creative thinking and problem-solving when selecting strategies.
  • Why it matters: identifying the intended form of thinking (critical, creative, or problem-solving) guides the selection of appropriate instructional strategies.

🎯 Forms of thinking in instruction

🎯 Critical thinking as one option

The excerpt does not provide an explicit definition of critical thinking, but positions it as one of several "forms of thinking intended for students."

  • Critical thinking is listed alongside creative thinking and problem-solving as distinct goals.
  • Teachers must decide which form of thinking they want students to develop.
  • The choice of form shapes which instructional strategies will be most effective.

🔀 Distinguishing forms of thinking

The excerpt identifies three parallel forms of thinking without detailed definitions:

Form of thinkingRole in instruction
Critical thinkingOne possible goal for student learning
Creative thinkingAnother possible goal for student learning
Problem-solvingAnother possible goal for student learning
  • Don't confuse: these are presented as separate categories, not synonyms or overlapping concepts.
  • The excerpt emphasizes that "the choice of strategies depends partly on the forms of thinking intended"—implying that each form requires different approaches.

🧩 How thinking goals shape strategy choices

🧩 The decision-making process

  • Teachers face a "fundamental decision" about how much to emphasize teacher-directed instruction versus student-centered models.
  • This decision is influenced by the intended form of thinking (critical, creative, or problem-solving).
  • The excerpt states that "teaching is often a matter of combining different strategies appropriately and creatively."

🛠️ Strategy categories mentioned

The excerpt lists two broad categories of instructional strategies without linking them explicitly to critical thinking:

Teacher-directed strategies:

  • Lectures and readings (expository teaching)
  • Mastery learning
  • Scripted or direct instruction
  • Complex approaches such as Madeline Hunter's effective teaching model

Student-centered models:

  • Independent study
  • Student self-reflection
  • Inquiry learning
  • Various forms of cooperative or collaborative learning

🔗 Context-dependent choices

  • "Curriculum content and learning goals may lend themselves toward one particular type of instruction" for some students.
  • The excerpt does not specify which strategies best support critical thinking specifically.
  • Example: A teacher aiming for critical thinking must first identify that goal, then select from teacher-directed or student-centered strategies (or a combination) based on content and student needs.

📚 Resources and support

📚 Finding instructional strategies

The excerpt mentions external resources for teachers seeking strategies:

  • One web page lists "over 900 instructional strategies—about ten times as many as in this chapter."
  • Another resource describes "about 200" strategies "organized according to major categories or types."
  • These resources help teachers who "have a general idea of what sort of strategy you are looking for, but are not sure of precisely which one."

❓ The guiding question

The excerpt frames the teacher's challenge:

"How do I find or devise goals for my teaching and for my students' learning? And assuming that I can determine the goals, where can I find resources that help students to meet them?"

  • This question precedes the discussion of critical thinking, creative thinking, and problem-solving.
  • It emphasizes that identifying the form of thinking (the goal) comes before selecting strategies (the resources).
50

Creative thinking

Creative thinking

🧭 Overview

🧠 One-sentence thesis

Creativity is the ability to produce something new and useful, and teachers can stimulate creative thinking in students through strategies like encouraging divergent thinking and balancing content mastery with experimentation.

📌 Key points (3–5)

  • What creativity is: making or doing something new that is also useful or valued by others—not just bizarre or accidental.
  • Creative thinking vs divergent thinking: creative thinking generates new, useful ideas; divergent thinking is open-ended reasoning that leads in many directions.
  • Common confusion: divergent vs convergent thinking—divergent is open-ended and exploratory; convergent is focused, logical reasoning toward specific answers; both support each other.
  • How teachers can help: ask open-ended questions, allow time for experimentation, and encourage intrinsic focus on the activity itself rather than external evaluation.
  • Why content matters: creative thinking depends partly on already having knowledge about the subject; mastery of content indirectly facilitates creativity.

🎨 What creativity means

🎨 Definition and scope

Creativity is the ability to make or do something new that is also useful or valued by others.

  • The "something" can be an object (essay, painting), a skill (playing an instrument), or an action (using a tool in a new way).
  • It cannot be simply bizarre, strange, or accidental—it must be both new and useful/valued.
  • Example: if random typing accidentally forms a beautiful poem, the result is not creative because it was not intentional.
  • Creativity is a wide range of human experience that many people have had, not restricted to geniuses or specific fields like art or music.

🧠 Creative thinking as a key form

  • An important form of creativity is creative thinking: the generation of ideas that are new as well as useful, productive, and appropriate.
  • For teachers, this is especially important because creative thinking can be stimulated by teaching efforts.

🌀 Divergent vs convergent thinking

🌀 Divergent thinking

Divergent thinking: ideas that are open-ended and that lead in many directions.

  • Teachers can stimulate divergent thinking by asking open-ended questions—questions with many possible answers.
  • Examples from the excerpt:
    • "How many uses can you think of for a cup?"
    • "Draw a picture that somehow incorporates all of these words: cat, fire engine, and banana."
    • "What is the most unusual use you can think of for a shoe?"
  • Answering these questions creatively depends partly on already having knowledge about the objects.

🎯 Convergent thinking

Convergent thinking: focused, logical reasoning about ideas and experiences that lead to specific answers.

  • Divergent thinking depends partly on convergent thinking.
  • Up to a point, developing students' convergent thinking—as schoolwork often does by emphasizing mastery of content—facilitates divergent thinking indirectly, and hence also creativity.
  • Don't confuse: convergent thinking supports creativity by building knowledge; it is not opposed to creativity unless carried to extremes.

⚖️ The balance

TypeWhat it doesRole in creativity
DivergentOpen-ended, many directionsDirectly generates creative ideas
ConvergentFocused, logical, specific answersBuilds knowledge base needed for divergent thinking
  • Excessive emphasis on convergent thinking may discourage creativity.
  • Both can find a place in teaching; one activity can often support the other.

🏫 How teachers can encourage creativity

🏫 Focus on intrinsic reward

  • Creativity flourishes best when the creative activity is its own intrinsic reward.
  • A person should be relatively unconcerned with what others think of the results.
  • Whatever the activity—composing a song, writing an essay, organizing a party—it is more likely to be creative if the creator focuses on and enjoys the activity itself, and thinks relatively little about how others may evaluate it.

🚧 The challenge for teachers

  • Encouraging students to ignore others' responses can pose a challenge for teachers.
  • Teachers must evaluate students' learning of particular ideas or skills within restricted time limits.
  • Don't confuse: assessment and creativity are not mutually exclusive—assessment does not have to happen constantly.

🎲 Making room for experimentation

  • There can be times to encourage experimentation alongside assessment.
  • Example: if students must be assessed on vocabulary understanding, testing may limit creative thinking because students focus on "right" answers. But there can also be times to encourage experimentation with vocabulary through writing poems, making word games, or other thought-provoking ways.
  • These activities are all potentially creative.
  • Learning content and experimenting with content can both find a place; one often supports the other.

🔗 Relationship to problem-solving

🔗 Problem-solving defined

Problem solving: the analysis and solution of tasks or situations that are complex or ambiguous and that pose difficulties or obstacles of some kind.

  • Problem solving is somewhat less open-ended than creative thinking.
  • It is needed when tasks are complex and solutions are not straightforward or obvious.
  • Examples from the excerpt:
    • A physician analyzing a chest X-ray (deciding which foggy blobs to ignore and which to interpret as real structures).
    • A grocery store manager deciding how to improve product sales (lower price, increase publicity, or both?).

🔗 Problem-solving in classrooms

  • Problem solving happens when teachers present tasks or challenges that are deliberately complex.
  • Finding a solution is not straightforward or obvious.
  • The excerpt introduces an example (connecting dots with four straight lines) to illustrate problem-solving strategies, showing how students must re-frame assumptions and experiment with alternative approaches.
51

Problem-Solving

Problem-Solving

🧭 Overview

🧠 One-sentence thesis

Problem-solving is the analysis and solution of complex or ambiguous tasks that pose difficulties, and success depends on how problems are represented, whether they are well-structured or ill-structured, and which strategies are used to overcome mental obstacles.

📌 Key points (3–5)

  • What problem-solving is: analyzing and solving tasks that are complex, ambiguous, or pose obstacles—not straightforward situations with obvious answers.
  • Structure matters: well-structured problems provide most needed information and clear procedures (algorithms work); ill-structured problems lack complete information and require flexible strategies (heuristics).
  • Common obstacles: functional fixedness (seeing objects/ideas as having only one fixed purpose) and response set (repeating the same approach even when inappropriate) block correct problem representation.
  • How to distinguish algorithms vs heuristics: algorithms are step-by-step procedures that guarantee solutions for well-defined problems; heuristics are general "rules of thumb" that often work but don't guarantee success, useful for ambiguous problems.
  • Key strategies: problem analysis (breaking into subproblems) and working backward (starting from the goal) help overcome obstacles and manage complexity.

🧩 What problem-solving means

🧩 Definition and nature

Problem solving: the analysis and solution of tasks or situations that are complex or ambiguous and that pose difficulties or obstacles of some kind.

  • It is not about straightforward tasks with obvious answers.
  • It involves situations where finding a solution requires skill, experience, and resourcefulness.
  • Example: A physician analyzing a chest X-ray must decide which unclear areas to ignore and which to interpret as real medical concerns; a store manager deciding whether to lower prices or increase publicity to improve sales.

🎓 Problem-solving in classrooms

  • Happens when teachers present tasks that are deliberately complex.
  • Solutions are not straightforward or obvious.
  • The excerpt illustrates this with the nine-dot problem: "Connect all dots using only four straight lines."
  • Initial attempts failed because students made hidden assumptions about the constraints.

🏗️ Problem structure and solution methods

🏗️ Well-structured problems

Well-structured problem: provides much of the information needed and can in principle be solved using relatively few clearly understood rules.

  • Most necessary information is contained within the problem statement.
  • Solution procedures are relatively clear and precise.
  • Example: Classic math word problems—everything you need is stated, and procedures are well-defined.
  • The nine-dot problem is relatively well-structured but not completely (students had to consider lines longer than implied).

🌫️ Ill-structured problems

Ill-structured problem: the information is not necessarily within the problem, solution procedures are potentially quite numerous, and multiple solutions are likely.

  • Lacks complete information within the problem statement.
  • Many possible solution procedures exist.
  • Multiple correct solutions are likely.
  • Example: "How can the world achieve lasting peace?" or "How can teachers ensure that students learn?"

⚙️ Algorithms

Algorithm: a well-defined procedure for solving a particular kind of problem.

  • Step-by-step procedures that pretty much guarantee a correct solution.
  • Only effective when a problem is very well-structured.
  • Require no question about whether the algorithm is appropriate for the problem.
  • Example: Procedures for multiplying or dividing two numbers, or instructions for using a computer.
  • Don't confuse: Algorithms don't work well with ill-structured problems where there are ambiguities about how to proceed.

🧭 Heuristics

Heuristics: general strategies—"rules of thumb"—that do not always work, but often do, or that provide at least partial solutions.

  • More effective for ill-structured problems with ambiguities.
  • Do not guarantee success but work enough of the time to be worth trying.
  • Example: When beginning research for a term paper, scanning the library catalogue for relevant-looking titles—no guarantee of finding the best books, but the strategy works often enough.
  • In the nine-dot problem, Willem used a heuristic: from experience, he knew to suspect a deception or trick in how the problem was originally stated.
FeatureWell-structured problemsIll-structured problems
Information providedMost or all needed information is givenInformation not necessarily within the problem
Solution proceduresFew, clearly understood rulesPotentially quite numerous procedures
Number of solutionsTypically one correct solutionMultiple solutions likely
Best approachAlgorithms (guarantee solution)Heuristics (general strategies)

🚧 Common obstacles to problem-solving

🔒 Functional fixedness

Functional fixedness: a tendency to regard the functions of objects and ideas as fixed.

  • Over time, we become so used to one particular purpose that we overlook other uses.
  • Example: Thinking of a dictionary only as something to verify spellings and definitions, overlooking that it can also function as a gift, doorstop, or footstool.
  • In the nine-dot problem: Students initially saw "drawing" a line as fixed—connecting dots but not extending lines beyond the dots.
  • This is an obstacle in problem representation (how a person understands and organizes information provided in a problem).

🔁 Response set

Response set: the tendency for a person to frame or think about each problem in a series in the same way as the previous problem, even when doing so is not appropriate to later problems.

  • Sometimes also called functional fixedness.
  • Repeating the same approach even when it doesn't work.
  • Example: In the nine-dot matrix, students tried one solution after another, but each was constrained by not extending any line beyond the matrix.
  • Don't confuse: Response set is about repeating the same problem-solving approach across multiple attempts; functional fixedness is about seeing objects/ideas as having only one fixed purpose.

🗺️ Problem representation

Problem representation: the way that a person understands and organizes information provided in a problem.

  • If information is misunderstood or used inappropriately, mistakes are likely—or the problem cannot be solved at all.
  • Example: In the nine-dot problem, construing "draw four lines" as meaning "draw four lines entirely within the matrix" made the problem unsolvable.
  • Irrelevant information can distract: "The number of water lilies on a lake doubles each day. Each water lily covers exactly one square foot. If it takes 100 days for the lilies to cover the lake exactly, how many days does it take for the lilies to cover exactly half of the lake?"
    • Lily size information is not relevant to the solution—only serves to distract.
    • The crucial information is that lilies double their coverage each day.
    • Answer: The lake is half covered in 99 days (one day before full coverage).

🛠️ Strategies to assist problem-solving

🔍 Problem analysis

Problem analysis: identifying the parts of the problem and working on each part separately.

  • Especially useful when a problem is ill-structured.
  • Breaking into component subproblems makes each part more manageable.
  • Each subproblem solution contributes to the whole solution (though is not equivalent to a complete solution).
  • Example: "Devise a plan to improve bicycle transportation in the city."
    • Subproblems: (1) installing bicycle lanes on busy streets, (2) educating cyclists and motorists to ride safely, (3) fixing potholes on streets used by cyclists, (4) revising traffic laws that interfere with cycling.
    • Each separate subproblem is more manageable than the original general problem.

⏪ Working backward

Working backward: starting from a final solution and moving back to the originally stated problem.

  • Especially helpful when a problem is well-structured but has distracting or misleading elements when approached in a forward direction.
  • Encourages reframing the problem.
  • Example: The water lily problem—starting with Day 100 (when all the lake is covered), ask what day it would be half covered; by the terms of the problem, it would have to be the day before (Day 99).
  • Working backward helps avoid being misled by irrelevant details.

📖 Illustrated example: the nine-dot problem

📖 The problem and initial failures

  • Teacher's instructions: "Can you connect all of the dots using only four straight lines?"
  • The problem seemed very clear: experiment with different arrangements of four lines.
  • Multiple students tried but were unsuccessful.
  • They were stuck because of hidden assumptions about how long the lines ought to be.

💡 Breaking through: Alicia's approach

  • Teacher prompted: "Think about how you've set up the problem in your mind—about what you believe the problem is about. Have you made any assumptions about how long the lines ought to be?"
  • Alicia initially assumed: "The lines need to be no longer than the distance across the square."
  • After the teacher's repeated hint, Alicia realized: "You didn't actually say that the lines could be no longer than the matrix! Why not make them longer?"
  • She experimented with oversized lines and discovered a solution.
  • This shows overcoming functional fixedness by questioning initial assumptions.

🧩 Willem's heuristic approach

  • Willem loved puzzles and had ample experience with them (but had not seen this particular problem).
  • He thought: "It must be a trick," because problems posed this way often were not what they first appeared to be.
  • He used a heuristic: "Think outside the box"—a general strategy from experience.
  • This hint led him to draw lines outside the box (longer than the matrix) and find a solution.
  • This illustrates using a heuristic based on prior experience with similar problem types.

🎯 Rachel's prior knowledge

  • Rachel took one look and knew the answer immediately—she had seen this problem before.
  • She had also seen other drawing-related puzzles and knew their solution always depended on making lines longer, shorter, or differently angled than first expected.
  • She drew a solution faster than Alicia or Willem (identical to Willem's solution).
  • This shows how prior experience with the same or similar problems provides immediate problem representation.
52

Broad instructional strategies that stimulate complex thinking

Broad instructional strategies that stimulate complex thinking

🧭 Overview

🧠 One-sentence thesis

Educators have identified a range of instructional strategies—from teacher-directed methods like lectures to student-centered approaches—that can be organized by how much they are teacher-directed versus student-initiated and by whether they emphasize individual or group work.

📌 Key points (3–5)

  • Framework for strategies: instructional strategies can be grouped along two dimensions—how much they are teacher-directed versus student-initiated, and how much they emphasize groups versus individuals.
  • Teacher-directed instruction: includes methods where the teacher organizes and presents information (lectures, readings, advance organizers), aiming to transmit knowledge clearly and efficiently.
  • Advance organizers: brief overviews or introductions given before new material help students know where to "put" new information as they learn it in detail.
  • Common confusion: physical quietness during lectures or reading does not mean students are passive mentally—listening and reading are intrinsically quiet activities, not signs of student disengagement.
  • Relating prior knowledge: encouraging students to connect new material to familiar knowledge improves learning (e.g., noticing similarities between a foreign language and one's native language).

🗂️ Framework for instructional strategies

🗂️ Two dimensions for organizing strategies

The excerpt presents a table (Table 24) that groups instructional strategies along two dimensions:

  1. Teacher-directed ↔ Student-initiated: how much the strategy is directed by the teacher versus initiated by students.
  2. Individual focus ↔ Group focus: how much the strategy emphasizes individual work versus group interaction.
  • The first dimension (teacher-directed vs. student-initiated) is described as the more important of the two.
  • The classification is not very precise, but it provides a useful framework for planning and implementing instruction.

📊 Examples from the table

The excerpt mentions several strategies positioned along these dimensions:

More teacher-directedMore student-initiated
Lectures, Direct instruction, Madeline Hunter's "Effective Teaching", Mastery learning, Textbook readings, Advance organizers, Outlining, Recalling/relating/elaboratingCooperative learning, Inquiry, Discovery learning, Self-reflection, Independent study, Concept maps
  • Group-oriented: Cooperative learning (student-initiated, group focus).
  • Individual-oriented: Lectures, readings (teacher-directed, individual focus); Independent study (student-initiated, individual focus).

🎓 Teacher-directed instruction

🎓 What teacher-directed instruction means

Teacher-directed instruction: any strategies initiated and guided primarily by the teacher.

  • The teacher organizes information on behalf of students, even if students are also expected to organize it further on their own.
  • These methods are sometimes thought of as transmitting knowledge from teacher to student as clearly and efficiently as possible.
  • They can involve passive reception (listening, reading) or more active responses (elaborating on new knowledge, relating it to prior knowledge).

📚 Lectures and readings

  • Classic examples: exposition (telling or explaining important information) and assigning reading from texts.
  • Strength: they pre-organize information so students theoretically only need to remember what was said or written to begin understanding it.
  • Limitation: the responses they require are ambiguous—listening and reading are quiet and stationary, so they do not in themselves show whether a student is comprehending or even paying attention.

🚫 Don't confuse quietness with passivity

  • Educators sometimes complain that "students are too passive" during lectures or reading.
  • Key clarification: physical quietness is intrinsic to these activities, not to the students who do them.
  • Example: a book just sits still unless a student makes an effort to read it; a lecture may not be heard unless a student makes the effort to listen.
  • Mental engagement is separate from physical activity.

🛠️ Strategies to improve teacher-directed instruction

🗺️ Advance organizers

Advance organizers: brief overviews or introductions to new material before the material itself is presented.

  • They partially organize the material on behalf of students, so students know "where to put it all" as they learn the details.
  • Forms:
    • In lectures: usually brief introductory remarks.
    • In texts: periodic overviews introducing new sections or chapters.
    • Sometimes diagrams showing relationships among key ideas.
  • Example: a textbook author inserts a short overview at the start of a chapter to preview the main concepts.

🔗 Recalling and relating prior knowledge

  • Another strategy is to encourage students to relate new material to prior familiar knowledge.
  • This approach turns part of the mental work over to students themselves.
  • Example: when learning a foreign language (French), a student notices similarities between French and English vocabulary—French image is spelled exactly like English "image," and French splendide is similar to English "splendid."
  • By connecting new words to familiar ones, the student makes the new material easier to understand and remember.

🧩 Other teacher-directed strategies mentioned

The excerpt defines several additional strategies (from Table 24):

  • Outlining: writing important points of a lecture or reading, usually in a hierarchical format.
  • Taking notes: writing important points, often organized according to the learning needs of an individual student.
  • Concept maps: graphic depiction of relationships among a set of concepts, terms, or ideas; usually organized by the student, but not always.
  • Madeline Hunter's "Effective Teaching": a set of strategies emphasizing clear presentation of goals, explanation and modeling of tasks, and careful monitoring of students' progress.

🧠 Context: analogical thinking and problem-solving

🧠 Analogical thinking

The excerpt briefly mentions analogical thinking as a helpful strategy for problem-solving:

Analogical thinking: using knowledge or experiences with similar features or structures to help solve the problem at hand.

  • Example: devising a plan to improve bicycling in a city by analogy to cars—improving conditions for both vehicles requires many of the same measures (improving roadways, educating drivers).
  • Example: a first-grade student decoding an unfamiliar word (screen) by noting that part of it looks similar to words already known (seen, green), and deriving a clue from this observation.
  • Teachers can assist by suggesting reasonable, helpful analogies for students to consider.

🔍 Distinguishing relevant from irrelevant information

  • The excerpt also mentions that students sometimes treat extra information in a problem (e.g., the size of each water lily) as merely distracting, not as crucial to a solution.
  • This is part of problem-solving: identifying what information is relevant and what is not.
53

Teacher-Directed Instruction

Teacher-Directed instruction

🧭 Overview

🧠 One-sentence thesis

Teacher-directed instruction encompasses strategies where the teacher primarily organizes and guides learning—ranging from lectures and readings to highly structured approaches like mastery learning and direct instruction—though all still require active mental work from students.

📌 Key points (3–5)

  • Core idea: Teacher-directed methods involve the teacher organizing information on behalf of students, even when students are expected to do further organizing themselves.
  • Range of approaches: Includes passive-seeming methods (lectures, readings) and active ones (elaboration, relating prior knowledge, concept mapping).
  • Common confusion: "Teacher-directed" does not mean students are passive; physical quietness (listening, reading) does not equal mental passivity—students must still make effort to comprehend.
  • Structured programs: Mastery learning and direct instruction are systematic approaches that organize curriculum into small units with high standards for all students, though they differ in scripting and group interaction.
  • Limitations: Requires well-organized materials in advance; some critics argue it may encourage passivity if students wait for information rather than seeking it actively.

📚 Traditional methods and their challenges

📖 Lectures and assigned readings

Lecture: Telling or explaining previously organized information—usually to a group.

Assigned reading: Reading, usually individually, of previously organized information.

  • What they do well: Pre-organize information so students theoretically only need to remember what was said or written to begin understanding.
  • The ambiguity problem: Listening and reading are quiet and stationary by nature, so they do not indicate whether a student is comprehending or even paying attention.
  • Don't confuse: "Students are too passive" is a complaint about the activities themselves, not the students—a book sits still unless a student makes effort to read it; a lecture may not be heard unless a student makes effort to listen.

🗺️ Advance organizers

Advance organizers: Brief overview, either verbally or graphically, of material about to be covered in a lecture or text.

  • Purpose: Introduce new material before presenting it in detail; partially organize material so students "know where to put it all" as they learn.
  • Forms: Brief introductory remarks in lectures, or diagrams showing relationships among key ideas.
  • Example: Textbook authors insert periodic advance organizers to introduce new sections or chapters.

🔗 Strategies that activate student thinking

🧠 Recalling and relating prior knowledge

  • How it works: Encourage students to connect new material to familiar knowledge they already have.
  • Example: When learning French, noticing that image is spelled exactly like English "picture," or splendide is almost the same as "splendid."
  • Developmental note: As children gain academic experience, they relate new to prior information more automatically, but teachers can facilitate this by modeling the strategy.
  • Teacher moves: Say "This is another example of…, which we studied before" or ask "What do you already know about this topic?"
  • Why it helps: Connecting new with prior knowledge is easier with help from someone more knowledgeable; makes learning less arbitrary.

🌱 Elaborating information

Elaborating new information: asking questions about the new material, inferring ideas and relationships among the new concepts.

  • What it does: Enriches new information and connects it to other knowledge, making learning more meaningful.
  • Teacher modeling: Interrupt explanations to ask how an idea relates to others, or speculate where a concept may lead.
  • Student practice: Hold back from offering all examples; ask students to think of additional examples themselves.
  • Example: After giving examples of a concept, instruct students to find or make up their own additional examples.

✍️ Organizing new information

📝 Outlining and note-taking

Outlining: Writing important points of a lecture or reading, usually in a hierarchical format.

Taking notes: Writing important points of a lecture or reading, often organized according to the learning needs of an individual student.

  • Research finding: Quantity of notes matters more than precise style or content—more detail is usually better than less.
  • Why it works: Ensures students think about material while writing it down and again when reading notes later.
  • When most helpful: For students relatively inexperienced at school learning in general, or inexperienced about a specific topic.
  • Teacher support: Provide note-taking guides that specify what and how to write notes (the excerpt shows examples for science experiments and literature).

🗺️ Concept maps

Concept maps: Graphic depiction of relationships among a set of concepts, terms, or ideas; usually organized by the student, but not always.

  • Visual strategy: Diagrams showing connections among concepts or ideas.
  • Example: The excerpt describes two concept maps of "child development"—one by a classroom teacher (emphasizing practical concerns like classroom learning and child abuse) and one by a university professor (emphasizing theoretical concerns like Erikson and Piaget).
  • What differences reveal: The two maps suggest these people may have something different in mind when using the same term, with potential to create misunderstandings; also suggest what each might need to learn to understand the other's thinking.

🎯 Structured instructional programs

📊 Mastery learning

Mastery learning: An instructional approach in which all students learn material to an identically high level, even if some students require more time than others to do so.

How it works:

  1. Teacher introduces a few new concepts through brief lecture or demonstration.
  2. Gives an ungraded assignment or test immediately to assess learning and identify who needs help.
  3. Students who have learned the unit receive enrichment activities.
  4. Students needing more help receive individual tutoring or additional self-guiding materials.
  5. Students work until they have mastered the content.
  6. Students take another test to show they have learned to the expected high standard.
  7. When working well, all students end up with high scores, though some take longer.

Two challenges:

ChallengeDescriptionHow to address
EthicalIs it fair to give enrichment only to faster students and remediation only to slower students? Risk of continually providing fast students interesting education while slow students get boring, repetitious material.Make all materials interesting, whether enrichment or remedial; ensure basic learning goals are truly important for everyone.
PracticalStrong demands for detailed, highly organized curriculum.Teacher must locate, write, or assemble suitable materials—small units plus ample enrichment and remedial materials. Some subjects (like mathematics) lend themselves well to this; commercial publishers have produced curricula already organized for mastery learning.

📜 Direct instruction

Direct instruction: A version of mastery learning that is highly scripted, meaning it not only organizes curriculum into small modules but also dictates how teachers should teach and sometimes even the words they should speak.

Theoretical basis:

  • Mix of behaviorism and cognitive theories.
  • From behaviorism: Teacher praises students immediately and explicitly for correct answers.
  • From cognitive theory: State learning objectives in advance, provide frequent reviews, check deliberately on learning.

Key features:

  • Introduces material in small, logical steps.
  • Provides plenty of time for practice.
  • Relies on small-group interaction more heavily than other mastery learning programs.
  • Uses self-guiding materials less.

Benefits and limits:

AspectDetails
Works especially wellYounger students (kindergarten through third grade) who may have limited skills at working alone for extended periods.
ChallengeReliance on small-group interaction can make it impractical to use with an entire class or for an entire school day.
Research supportVery effective in teaching basic skills such as early reading and arithmetic.

🎓 Madeline Hunter's Effective Teaching Model

Madeline Hunter's "Effective Teaching": A set of strategies that emphasizes clear presentation of goals, the explanation and modeling of tasks to students, and careful monitoring of students' progress toward the goals.

Also called mastery teaching (not to be confused with mastery learning).

Requirements before lessons begin:

  • Curricula and learning goals that are tightly organized and divisible into small parts, ideas, or skills.
  • Analysis of curriculum at appropriate level for students.
  • Example: Teaching photosynthesis to advanced students involves complex chemical reactions; for first-graders, expressed simply as parts of a process like breathing.

Four main phases:

🎬 Prepare students to learn

  • Make good use of time at the beginning when attention is best.
  • Direct students' attention to what lies ahead (e.g., advance organizers).
  • Explain lesson objectives explicitly.
  • Create an anticipatory set: activity that focuses or orients attention to upcoming content.
  • Example: Before teaching fruit vs. vegetable differences, ask "If you are making a salad strictly of fruit, which would be OK: apple, tomato, cucumber, or orange?"

📢 Present information clearly and explicitly

  • Set a basic structure to the lesson and stay with it throughout.
  • Use familiar terms and examples.
  • Be concise.
  • Offer information in short, logical pieces.
  • Examples should be plentiful and varied.
  • Caution with models/analogies: Can help explain but may mislead if not used thoughtfully—they may contain features that differ from original concepts.
  • Example: Saying "Think of a fruit as a 'decoration' on the plant" helps but may cause students to overlook fruit's role in reproduction or think lettuce is a fruit.

✅ Check for understanding and give guided practice

  • Ask questions that everyone responds to (e.g., "Raise your hand if you think the answer is X").
  • Invite choral responses (e.g., "Is this correct or not?").
  • Sample individuals' understanding (e.g., "Barry, what's your example of X?").
  • Use non-verbal signals like raising hands to indicate answers.
  • Supplement with questions addressed to individuals or brief written responses.
  • Note: Some students may hide ignorance by letting knowledgeable classmates respond, but general quality of response gives rough idea of understanding.

🏋️ Provide for independent practice

  • Work through the first few exercises or problems together.
  • Keep independent practice periods brief and intersperse with discussions offering feedback.
  • Purpose: Not to explore new material but to consolidate or strengthen recent learning.
  • Example: After a lesson on long division, provide additional similar problems; work one or two with students, then turn the rest over to them.
  • Important: Even "independent" practice requires frequent checking of understanding—break long sets into small subsets with periodic feedback.

⚖️ Limitations and criticisms

🚧 Practical limits

  • Requires well-organized units of instruction in advance of when students are to learn.
  • Such units may not always be available.
  • May not be realistic to expect busy teachers to devise their own.

🤔 Concerns about student passivity

  • Criticism: Organizing material on behalf of students may encourage them to be passive.
  • The argument: When curriculum is constructed by a teacher or authority, some students may think they should not seek information actively but wait for it to arrive on its own.
  • Supporting evidence: Direct instruction approaches sometimes contradict their own premises by requiring students to do cognitive organizational work independently (e.g., enrichment material for faster students where teacher is minimally involved).
  • Don't confuse: Research supports usefulness of well-designed, properly implemented teacher-directed instruction for various contexts; teachers themselves tend to support the approach in principle.

🔄 The overlap with student-centered approaches

  • Teacher-directed and student-centered approaches may overlap in practice.
  • Example: Independent study may be student-centered (learning a personally interesting exotic language) or teacher-directed (learning a basic subject to earn a missing credit)—either way, student will probably need teacher guidance, support, and help.
  • Example: Self-reflection (thinking about beliefs and experiences to clarify personal meaning) can be practiced through teacher-assigned methods like keeping diaries, retelling stories, or creating concept maps.
  • Key point: Student-centered does not mean teacher gives up organizational and leadership responsibilities completely—only a relative shift toward more emphasis on guiding students' self-chosen directions; teacher is still the most knowledgeable member and has opportunity and responsibility to guide learning productively.
54

Student-Centered Models of Learning

Student-Centered models of learning

🧭 Overview

🧠 One-sentence thesis

Student-centered models shift more responsibility for directing and organizing learning to students themselves, though teachers still retain essential guidance roles and these approaches overlap significantly with teacher-directed instruction in practice.

📌 Key points (3–5)

  • What the shift means: student-centered learning transfers some (not all) organizational responsibility from teacher to student, with teachers still guiding self-chosen directions.
  • Common confusion: student-centered does not mean teachers abandon all leadership—they remain the most knowledgeable member and must guide learning productively; similarly, teacher-directed approaches never remove all student responsibility.
  • Two main approaches discussed: inquiry learning (students investigate questions rather than receive organized knowledge) and cooperative learning (students work together with indirect teacher guidance).
  • Key limitation of pure student direction: strategies like independent study and self-reflection work best when they involve teacher or peer interaction, not when students work in complete isolation.
  • Why it matters: these models solve certain problems of teacher-directed instruction but introduce their own challenges.

🔄 The Teacher-Student Responsibility Spectrum

🔄 What "student-centered" actually means

Student-centered models of learning: approaches that shift some of the responsibility for directing and organizing learning from the teacher to the student.

  • This is a relative shift, not an absolute handover of all control.
  • The teacher moves toward "more emphasis on guiding students' self-chosen directions."
  • The teacher remains "the most knowledgeable member of the class" with both opportunity and responsibility to guide learning productively.

⚖️ Why pure extremes don't exist

The excerpt emphasizes that teacher-directed and student-centered approaches overlap in practice:

Approach typeStudent responsibilityTeacher responsibilityReality
Teacher-directedStudents still must work and expend effort to comprehendTeacher structures and directsNever takes over learning completely
Student-centeredStudents direct and organize moreTeacher guides self-chosen directionsNever hands over all organizational work
  • Don't confuse: "student-centered" with "teacher-absent"—guidance is still essential.
  • Don't confuse: "teacher-directed" with "student-passive"—effort is still required.

🔍 Two Examples of the Overlap

📚 Independent study

Independent study: a student works alone a good deal of the time, consulting with a teacher only occasionally.

Why it seems student-centered:

  • Student works alone most of the time.
  • May be learning a personally interesting topic (e.g., an exotic foreign language).

Why it still needs teacher direction:

  • The topic might actually be teacher-assigned (e.g., a basic subject for which the student is missing a credit).
  • The student will "probably need guidance, support, and help from a teacher."
  • Even independent study "always contains elements of teacher-direction."

Example: A student learning an exotic language on their own still requires occasional teacher consultation to progress effectively.

🪞 Self-reflection

Self-reflection: thinking about beliefs and experiences in order to clarify their personal meaning and importance.

Common forms in school:

  • Keeping diaries or logs of learning or reading.
  • Retelling stories of important experiences or incidents.
  • Creating concept maps.

Why it seems student-centered:

  • By definition happens inside a single student's mind.
  • Always directed by the student in this sense.

Why it needs interaction:

  • Research finds self-reflection "only works well when it involves and generates responses and interaction with other students or with a teacher."
  • Students need access to more than their existing knowledge base—more than what they already know.

Research evidence:

  • One study on students' self-reflections of cultural and racial prejudices found students reflected in "relatively shallow ways" when working alone.
  • Writing in a journal no one else reads was not particularly effective.
  • Class discussions where neither teacher nor classmates commented or challenged beliefs were also ineffective.
  • Much more effective: teacher responding thoughtfully to students' reflective comments.

Don't confuse: self-reflection as purely internal work—it requires external interaction to be successful.

🔎 Inquiry Learning

🔎 Core concept

Inquiry learning: instead of presenting well-organized knowledge to students, the teacher (or sometimes fellow students) pose thoughtful questions intended to stimulate discussion and investigation by students.

Other names for the same approach:

  • Inquiry method
  • Discovery learning
  • Progressive education

How it reverses traditional teaching:

  • "Stands the usual advice about expository (lecture-style) teaching on its head."
  • Instead of organized knowledge presentation → thoughtful questions that stimulate investigation.

❓ How inquiry learning works

Question sources:

  • Questions may be posed by the teacher OR by students themselves.
  • Content depends on the subject area and students' expressed interests.

Examples of starting questions:

  • Elementary science: "Why do leaves fall off trees when winter comes?"
  • High school social studies: "Why do nations get into conflict?"

Teacher's role:

  • Avoids answering questions directly, even if asked.
  • Encourages students to investigate questions themselves.
  • Elaborates on students' ideas.
  • Asks further questions based on students' initial comments.
  • The approach is "by nature flexible" because students' comments cannot be predicted precisely.

🎯 The investigation process

How initial questioning leads to investigation:

  • Helps students create and clarify questions they consider worthy of further investigation.
  • Example: Discussing why leaves fall can prompt students to observe trees in autumn or locate books about tree biology.
  • Example: Questions about why nations conflict can lead to investigating the history of past wars and peace-keeping efforts.

Teacher's guidance role:

  • The specific direction is "influenced heavily by students."
  • But teacher provides "assistance to insure that the students' initiatives are productive."

🎁 Two benefits when inquiry works well

  1. Knowledge acquisition: Students learn new knowledge from their investigations.
  2. Learning process skills: Students practice "a constructive, motivating way of learning, one applicable to a variety of problems and tasks, both in school and out."

🤝 Cooperative Learning

🤝 Core concept

Cooperative learning (sometimes also called [text cuts off]

Key feature:

  • Students work together "somewhat independently."
  • They rely on teacher's guidance "only indirectly."

Relationship to inquiry learning:

  • Even though inquiry-oriented discussion benefits when it involves the teacher, it can also be useful for students to work with peers.
  • Working with peers is a major feature of cooperative learning.

Note: The excerpt ends abruptly, so further details about cooperative learning are not available in this source.

⚠️ Limits of Teacher-Directed Instruction (Context)

📋 Practical limits

  • Requires well-organized units of instruction prepared in advance.
  • Such units "may not always be available."
  • May not be realistic to expect busy teachers to devise their own.

🧠 Learning-nature limits

The passivity criticism:

  • Some critics argue that organizing material on behalf of students "encourages students to be passive."
  • This would be "an ironic and undesirable result if true."
  • The criticism: when curriculum is constructed by a teacher or authority, some students think they should not seek information actively on their own but wait for it to arrive.

Internal contradiction:

  • Direct instruction approaches "sometimes contradict their own premises by requiring students to do a bit of cognitive organizational work of their own."
  • Example: When a mastery learning program provides enrichment material to faster students to work on independently, "the teacher may be involved in the enrichment activities only minimally."

Why this matters:

  • These criticisms have led to the development of student-centered approaches.
  • Student-centered models "do solve certain problems of teacher-directed instruction, but they also have problems of their own."
55

Inquiry Learning

Inquiry learning

🧭 Overview

🧠 One-sentence thesis

Inquiry learning reverses traditional teaching by having teachers pose thoughtful questions that stimulate student-led discussion and investigation, helping students both learn new knowledge and practice a constructive, motivating approach applicable to many problems.

📌 Key points (3–5)

  • What inquiry learning does: instead of presenting organized knowledge, teachers pose questions to stimulate student discussion and investigation.
  • How it works: teachers avoid answering directly; they encourage students to investigate themselves through elaboration and further questioning.
  • What students gain: new knowledge from investigations and practice in a constructive, motivating way of learning applicable in and out of school.
  • Common confusion: inquiry learning is flexible by nature—the direction is influenced heavily by students, but the teacher assists to ensure initiatives are productive (not purely student-directed, not purely teacher-directed).
  • Alternative names: also called inquiry method, discovery learning, or progressive education.

🔄 How inquiry learning reverses traditional teaching

🔄 The core reversal

Inquiry learning stands the usual advice about expository (lecture-style) teaching on its head: instead of presenting well-organized knowledge to students, the teacher (or sometimes fellow students) pose thoughtful questions intended to stimulate discussion and investigation by students.

  • Traditional expository teaching: teacher presents organized knowledge directly.
  • Inquiry learning: teacher poses questions; students discuss and investigate.
  • The approach has been described and used for decades under various names.

🏷️ Alternative names

TermContext
Inquiry methodUsed in educational literature
Discovery learningAnother common label
Progressive educationHistorical term for similar approaches

❓ How inquiry learning works in practice

❓ Starting with questions

  • Questions may be posed by the teacher or by students themselves.
  • Content depends on the subject area and students' expressed interests.
  • Example: In elementary science, "Why do leaves fall off trees when winter comes?" In high school social studies, "Why do nations get into conflict?"

🚫 The teacher's role: not answering directly

  • The teacher avoids answering questions directly, even if asked.
  • Instead, the teacher encourages students to investigate themselves.
  • Methods include:
    • Elaborating on students' ideas.
    • Asking further questions based on students' initial comments.
  • Because students' comments cannot be predicted precisely, the approach is flexible by nature.

🔍 Investigation phase

  • Initial questioning helps students create and clarify questions worthy of further investigation.
  • Example: Discussing why leaves fall can prompt students to observe trees in autumn or locate books on tree biology.
  • Example: Questions about why nations conflict can lead to investigating the history of past wars and peace-keeping efforts.
  • Don't confuse: inquiry is not limited to particular grade levels or topics—it applies broadly.

🤝 The balance of direction

  • The specific direction of investigations is influenced heavily by students.
  • The teacher provides assistance to ensure students' initiatives are productive.
  • This is neither purely student-directed nor purely teacher-directed—it is a guided exploration.

🎯 What students gain from inquiry learning

📚 Dual benefits

When all goes well, inquiry benefits students in two ways:

  1. New knowledge: Students learn new knowledge from their investigations (the content outcome).
  2. Learning process: Students practice a constructive, motivating way of learning applicable to a variety of problems and tasks, both in school and out (the skill outcome).

🌐 Applicability

  • The approach is not just for acquiring facts; it teaches a method.
  • The method is useful for many problems and tasks beyond the classroom.
  • This makes inquiry learning a tool for lifelong learning, not just immediate academic goals.

🔗 Connection to self-reflection and cooperative learning

🔗 Context: student-directed learning

  • Inquiry learning is presented as one alternative for emphasizing students' responsibility for directing and organizing their own learning.
  • The excerpt notes that even self-reflection (which happens inside a single student's mind) works best when it involves interaction with others—teachers or peers.
  • Similarly, inquiry-oriented discussion and investigation benefits when it involves the teacher, but can also be useful for students to work together somewhat independently.

🤝 Transition to cooperative learning

  • The excerpt mentions that inquiry can lead into cooperative learning (also called collaborative learning).
  • In cooperative learning, students work on tasks in groups and are often rewarded for the group's success.
  • This approach uses peer collaboration systematically to facilitate learning of academic curriculum goals.
  • Don't confuse: cooperative learning is a related but distinct strategy—it emphasizes group work and shared rewards, while inquiry learning emphasizes question-driven investigation (though they can overlap).
56

Cooperative Learning

Cooperative learning

🧭 Overview

🧠 One-sentence thesis

Cooperative learning systematically uses group work to facilitate academic learning, but it requires careful design and teacher support to ensure all students contribute meaningfully and benefit from collaboration.

📌 Key points (3–5)

  • What cooperative learning is: students work on tasks in groups and are rewarded partially or completely based on the group's overall success.
  • Why it needs structure: without proper design, problems like freeloading (some members not doing their share) or overspecialization (members working separately instead of together) can occur.
  • Key conditions for success: students need time and space to work together, skills at collaboration, assessment that holds both the group and individuals accountable, and belief in the value of cooperation.
  • Common confusion: not all group tasks are cooperative—tasks where everyone does the same thing (e.g., the same arithmetic problems) lead to failure; effective tasks require diverse skills (called "rich group work tasks").
  • How it differs from traditional approaches: traditional individual assessment can create competition over grades, whereas cooperative learning rewards collective success.

🎯 What cooperative learning involves

🎯 Core definition and structure

Cooperative learning (sometimes also called collaborative learning): an approach where students work on a task in groups and are often rewarded either partially or completely for the success of the group as a whole.

  • It is not entirely new—cooperation has always been part of activities like school sports teams or student newspapers.
  • What is newer is using cooperative activities systematically to facilitate learning across a range of academic curriculum goals.
  • The approach involves working with peers somewhat independently, relying on teacher guidance only indirectly.

🔄 Relationship to inquiry learning

  • The excerpt places cooperative learning after discussing inquiry-oriented discussion and investigation.
  • While inquiry benefits from teacher involvement, cooperative learning emphasizes students working together with less direct teacher participation.
  • Both approaches can complement each other in the classroom.

🚧 Challenges and barriers

🚧 Why cooperation doesn't happen automatically

Traditional school circumstances can reduce students' incentives to cooperate:

  • Individual assessment: the traditional practice of assessing students individually can set the stage for competition over grades.
  • Diversity barriers: cultural and other forms of diversity can sometimes inhibit individuals from helping each other spontaneously.
  • Social prejudices: biases from wider society (racial bias, gender sexism) can creep into cooperative groups, causing some members to be ignored unfairly while others are overvalued.

⚠️ Two major pitfalls

ProblemWhat happensWhy it occurs
FreeloadingSome members do not do their share of work but are rewarded more than they deserve; others are rewarded less than they deserveAssessment goes only to the group as a whole, with no individual accountability
OverspecializationIndividuals have no real incentive to work together; cooperation deteriorates into a set of smaller individual projectsAssessment goes only to each member's individual contribution, with no group accountability

Don't confuse: both extremes (only group grades or only individual grades) create problems; effective assessment must hold both the group and individuals accountable.

🔑 Four essential conditions for success

🕐 Time and space to collaborate

  • Students need time and a place to talk and work together.
  • This may sound obvious, but it can be overlooked if class time becomes crowded with other tasks, activities, or interruptions (like assemblies).
  • It is never enough simply to tell students to work together, only to leave them wondering how or when they are to do so.

🛠️ Skills at working together

  • As an adult, you may feel relatively able to work with a variety of partners on a group task, but the same assumption cannot be made about younger individuals (teenagers or children).
  • Some students may get along with a variety of partners, but others may not.
  • Many will benefit from advice and coaching about how to focus on the tasks at hand, rather than on the personalities of their partners.

⚖️ Balanced assessment

  • Assessment of activities should hold both the group and the individuals accountable for success.
  • This prevents both freeloading (when only group grades exist) and overspecialization (when only individual grades exist).
  • The balance ensures students have incentive to both collaborate and contribute individually.

💡 Belief in cooperation's value

  • Students need to believe in the value and necessity of cooperation.
  • Collaboration will not occur if students privately assume that their partners have little to contribute to their personal success.
  • Teachers can help reduce these problems in two ways:
    • First, by pointing out and explaining that a diversity of talents is necessary for success on a group project.
    • Second, by pointing out to the group how undervalued individuals are contributing to the overall project.

📋 Designing effective cooperative tasks

📋 What makes a task cooperative

Not all group activities are truly cooperative. Some activities may not lend themselves to cooperative work, particularly if every member of the group is doing essentially the same task.

Example of a poor cooperative task:

  • Giving everyone in a group the same set of arithmetic problems to work on collaboratively is a formula for cooperative failure.
  • Result: either the most skilled students do the work for others (freeloading) or members simply divide up the problems among themselves to reduce their overall work (overspecialization).

🎨 Rich group work tasks

Rich group work task: a task that clearly requires a diversity of skills.

Example of a good cooperative task:

  • Preparing a presentation about medieval castles might require:
    • (a) writing skill to create a report
    • (b) dramatic skill to put on a skit
    • (c) artistic talent to create a poster
  • Although a few students may have all of these skills, more are likely to have only one.
  • Therefore, they are likely to need and want their fellow group members' participation.

The key difference: diverse skill requirements create genuine interdependence among group members.

🔧 Implementation strategies

🔧 Variety of approaches

Although the requirements for cooperative learning may sound somewhat precise, there are actually a variety of ways to implement it in practice. The excerpt mentions that strategies vary in:

  • The number of students they involve
  • The prior organization or planning provided by the teacher
  • The amount of class time they normally require

📊 Specific strategies mentioned

The excerpt references several cooperative learning strategies:

StrategyGroup structureTeacher roleStudent process
Think-pair-sharePairs of students, sometimes linked to one other pairPoses initial problem or questionFirst, think individually; second, share with partner; third, partnership shares with another partnership
Jigsaw classroom, version #15-6 students per group, and 5-6 groups overallAssigns students to groups and assigns one aspect of a complex problem to each groupStudents become experts in their aspect; later expert groups disband and form new groups containing one student from each former expert group
Jigsaw classroom, version #24-5 students per group, and 4-5 groups overallAssigns students to groups and assigns each group to study the same entire complex problemInitially work in groups on entire problem; later disband and reform as expert groups focusing on selected aspects; still later reform original groups to share expert knowledge
STAD (Student-Teams-Achievement Divisions)4-5 students per group(Details cut off in excerpt)(Details cut off in excerpt)

👨‍🏫 Teacher's ongoing role

As these comments imply, cooperative learning does not happen automatically and requires monitoring and support by the teacher. The teacher must:

  • Provide structure and organization
  • Monitor group dynamics
  • Address social prejudices and ensure fair participation
  • Coach students on collaboration skills
  • Design tasks that require genuine cooperation
57

Examples of cooperative and collaborative learning

Examples of cooperative and collaborative learning

🧭 Overview

🧠 One-sentence thesis

Cooperative learning requires careful design—including shared accountability, diverse tasks, and teacher monitoring—to prevent freeloading and overspecialization while ensuring all students contribute meaningfully.

📌 Key points (3–5)

  • Accountability balance: Grading only the group enables freeloading; grading only individuals causes overspecialization—both must be held accountable.
  • Belief in cooperation: Students must value their partners' contributions; social prejudices can undermine collaboration if not addressed.
  • Task design matters: Effective cooperative tasks require diverse skills (rich group work tasks), not identical work that can be divided or dominated by one person.
  • Common confusion: Not all group work is cooperative—giving everyone the same arithmetic problems fails because it lacks interdependence.
  • Multiple implementation strategies: Cooperative learning can take many forms, from simple think-pair-share to complex jigsaw classrooms and project-based learning.

⚖️ Accountability and grading challenges

⚖️ The freeloading problem

Freeloading: when a final mark goes only to the group as a whole, some members may not do their share of the work and may be rewarded more than they deserve, while others may be rewarded less than they deserve.

  • If only the group receives a grade, individual effort becomes invisible.
  • Some students can coast on others' work without penalty.
  • High-contributing members are under-rewarded for their actual effort.

🔀 The overspecialization problem

Overspecialization: when a final grade goes only to each member's individual contribution to a group project, individuals have no real incentive to work together, and cooperation may deteriorate into a set of smaller individual projects.

  • Grading only individual contributions removes the incentive to collaborate.
  • Students split the work into separate pieces rather than truly cooperating.
  • The group becomes a collection of solo projects, not a collaborative effort.

🎯 The solution: dual accountability

  • Both the group and the individuals must be held accountable for success.
  • This balance prevents both freeloading and overspecialization.
  • Example: A group presentation grade might include both a team score and individual contribution assessments.

🤝 Building belief in cooperation

🤝 Why students must value collaboration

  • Collaboration will not occur if students privately assume their partners have little to contribute to their personal success.
  • Students need to believe in the value and necessity of cooperation for the work to succeed.

🚫 Social prejudices in groups

  • Social prejudices from wider society—like racial bias or gender sexism—can creep into cooperative groups.
  • These biases cause some members to be ignored unfairly while others are overvalued.
  • The result: talented students are sidelined, and collaboration breaks down.

🛠️ Teacher interventions

Teachers can help reduce these problems in two ways:

  1. Point out diverse talents: Explain that a diversity of talents is necessary for success on a group project.
  2. Highlight undervalued contributions: Point out to the group how undervalued individuals are contributing to the overall project.

Don't confuse: Simply forming groups does not create cooperation—it requires active teacher monitoring and support.

🎨 Designing effective cooperative tasks

🎨 What makes a task cooperative

Rich group work task: a task that clearly requires a diversity of skills.

  • Cooperative learning does not happen automatically.
  • Some activities may not lend themselves to cooperative work, particularly if every member is doing essentially the same task.

❌ Example of poor task design

Giving everyone in a group the same set of arithmetic problems is a formula for cooperative failure:

  • Either the most skilled students do the work for others (freeloading), or
  • Members simply divide up the problems among themselves to reduce their overall work (overspecialization).

✅ Example of good task design

Preparing a presentation about medieval castles might require:

Skill neededTask component
Writing skillCreate a report
Dramatic skillPut on a skit
Artistic talentCreate a poster
  • Although a few students may have all these skills, more are likely to have only one.
  • Students are therefore likely to need and want their fellow group members' participation.
  • True interdependence is built into the task structure.

📋 Implementation strategies

📋 Overview of strategies

The excerpt presents several cooperative learning strategies that vary in:

  • Number of students involved
  • Prior organization or planning provided by the teacher
  • Amount of class time required

👥 Think-pair-share

AspectDescription
Group typePairs of students, sometimes linked to one other pair
Teacher rolePoses initial problem or question
Student processFirst, think individually; second, share with partner; third, partnership shares with another partnership

🧩 Jigsaw classroom, version #1

AspectDescription
Group type5-6 students per group, and 5-6 groups overall
Teacher roleAssigns students to groups and assigns one aspect of a complex problem to each group
Student processStudents in each group become experts in their particular aspect; later expert groups disband and form new groups containing one student from each former expert group

🧩 Jigsaw classroom, version #2

AspectDescription
Group type4-5 students per group, and 4-5 groups overall
Teacher roleAssigns students to groups and assigns each group to study the same entire complex problem
Student processInitially work in groups to learn entire problem; later disband and reform as expert groups focusing on selected aspects; still later expert groups disband and original groups reform to integrate expert knowledge

Don't confuse: Version #1 starts with expert groups; version #2 starts with general groups, then forms expert groups, then returns to general groups.

📊 STAD (Student-Teams-Achievement Divisions)

AspectDescription
Group type4-5 students per team
Teacher rolePresents lesson to entire class, later tests them; grades individuals based partly on individuals' and the team's improvement, not just absolute performance level
Student processWork together to ensure teammates improve as much as possible; take tests as individuals
  • This strategy explicitly addresses the accountability balance: both individual and team performance matter.
  • Focus on improvement rather than absolute scores helps motivate all students.

🔬 Project-Based Learning

AspectDescription
Group typeVarious numbers, depending on complexity, up to and including the entire class
Teacher roleTeacher or students pose a question or problem of interest; teacher assists students to clarify interests and make plans
Student processWork together for extended periods to investigate the question; project leads eventually to a presentation, written report, or other product
  • Most flexible and open-ended of the strategies.
  • Students can take significant initiative in directing their own learning.
  • Requires extended time commitment.
58

Instructional strategies: an abundance of choices

Instructional strategies: an abundance of choices

🧭 Overview

🧠 One-sentence thesis

Choosing among the many instructional strategies depends on the forms of thinking you want to encourage, how much you need to organize ideas for students, and how much responsibility students should take for directing their own learning.

📌 Key points (3–5)

  • Abundance of choices: Instructional strategies are numerous, and selection depends on the particular teaching situation—its students, grade-level, content, and purposes.
  • Key decision factors: Choice depends on the forms of thinking intended (critical, creative, problem-solving), the extent to which ideas need teacher organization, and the extent to which students direct their own learning.
  • Teacher-directed vs student-centered: A fundamental decision is how much to emphasize teacher-directed instruction (lectures, mastery learning, direct instruction) versus student-centered models (independent study, inquiry learning, cooperative learning).
  • Common confusion: Personal preferences exist, but the choice must be guided by the uniqueness of each teaching situation rather than by preference alone.
  • Combining strategies: Teaching is often a matter of combining different strategies appropriately and creatively rather than relying on a single approach.

🎯 The fundamental choice: teacher-directed vs student-centered

🎓 Teacher-directed strategies

Teacher-directed instruction: strategies where the teacher organizes and presents information to students.

The excerpt lists several teacher-directed approaches:

  • Lectures and readings (expository teaching)
  • Mastery learning
  • Scripted or direct instruction
  • Complex teacher-directed approaches such as Madeline Hunter's effective teaching model

These strategies emphasize the teacher's role in structuring and delivering content.

🧑‍🎓 Student-centered models

Student-centered models of learning: strategies where students take more initiative in organizing their own learning.

The excerpt lists several student-centered approaches:

  • Independent study
  • Student self-reflection
  • Inquiry learning
  • Various forms of cooperative or collaborative learning

These strategies emphasize student responsibility and initiative.

⚖️ Don't confuse: preference vs situation

  • You may have personal preferences among possible instructional strategies.
  • However, the choice will also be guided by the uniqueness of each situation of teaching.
  • The particular students, grade-level, content, and purposes should guide the decision, not just personal preference.

🧩 Matching strategies to thinking goals

🧠 Forms of thinking

The excerpt emphasizes that strategy choice depends partly on the forms of thinking intended for students:

  • Critical thinking
  • Creative thinking
  • Problem solving

Example: If you need to develop students' problem-solving skills, there are strategies especially well suited for this purpose (the chapter describes some in a section called "Problem solving strategies").

📊 Organization needs

Another factor is "the extent to which ideas or skills need to be organized by you to be understood by students."

  • If you need to organize complex information so that students do not become confused by it, there are effective ways of doing so.
  • This suggests teacher-directed approaches may be more appropriate when content is complex and requires careful structuring.

🎯 Student initiative

A third factor is "the extent to which students need to take responsibility for directing their own learning."

  • If you want the students to take as much initiative as possible in organizing their own learning, this too can be done.
  • This suggests student-centered approaches may be more appropriate when developing student autonomy is a priority.

🤝 Cooperative and collaborative learning examples

👥 Team-based improvement

The excerpt provides a table showing one cooperative learning approach:

  • Teacher's role: Presents a lesson or unit to the entire class, and later tests them on it.
  • Student role: Work together to ensure that teammates improve their performance as much as possible.
  • Assessment: Grades individuals based partly on individuals' and the team's improvement, not just on absolute level of performance.
  • Students take tests as individuals.

This approach combines individual accountability with team support for improvement.

🔬 Project-Based Learning

The excerpt describes Project-Based Learning (attributed to Katz, 2000):

  • Group size: Various numbers of students, depending on the complexity of the project, up to and including the entire class.
  • Teacher's role: Teacher or students pose a question or problem of interest to other students; teacher assists students to clarify their interests and to make plans to investigate the question further.
  • Student role: Students work together for extended periods to investigate the original question or problem.
  • Outcome: Project leads eventually to a presentation, written report, or other product.

This approach emphasizes sustained inquiry and student interest.

🔄 Combining strategies creatively

🎨 The reality of teaching

The excerpt states:

"Although for some students, curriculum content and learning goals may lend themselves toward one particular type of instruction, teaching is often a matter of combining different strategies appropriately and creatively."

This means:

  • No single strategy is always best.
  • Different situations call for different approaches.
  • Effective teaching involves skillful combination of multiple strategies.

❓ What's still needed

The excerpt acknowledges that knowing about instructional strategies is not enough:

"Yet having this knowledge is still not enough to teach well. What is still needed are ideas or principles for deciding what to teach."

The excerpt identifies two remaining questions:

  1. How do I find or devise goals for my teaching and for my students' learning?
  2. Where can I find resources that help students to meet them?

These questions point to the need for curriculum planning beyond strategy selection.

59

Selecting General Learning Goals

Selecting general learning goals

🧭 Overview

🧠 One-sentence thesis

Teachers must transform broad educational goals into specific, actionable objectives by using standards, frameworks, and guides, choosing either a cognitive (general-to-specific) or behavioral (specific-to-general) approach to planning instruction.

📌 Key points (3–5)

  • Why planning matters: knowing precisely what students should learn helps teachers use class time effectively, helps students focus their efforts, and makes assessments fairer.
  • Hierarchy of planning documents: general educational goals → national/state standards → curriculum frameworks (scope and sequence) → curriculum guides (detailed activities).
  • Two approaches to formulating objectives: cognitive approach starts with general goals and identifies behavioral indicators; behavioral approach starts with specific observable behaviors.
  • Common confusion: curriculum frameworks vs. curriculum guides—frameworks break standards into specific skills but remain abstract; guides provide graphic activity descriptions ready for classroom use.
  • The planning challenge: general philosophical goals like "developing individuals to their fullest potential" are hard to translate into tomorrow's lesson without intermediate steps.

📚 The planning hierarchy

📚 Why instructional planning is essential

Instructional planning: the systematic selection of educational goals and objectives and their design for use in the classroom.

  • Without clear goals, students may end up learning something unintended ("someplace else").
  • Benefits occur throughout all teaching phases, not just before instruction begins.
  • When students know what to learn: they focus attention and effort more effectively.
  • When teachers know what students should learn: they make better use of class time and design fairer, more valid assessments.

🎯 The problem with general goals

  • At the most abstract level, educational goals include ideas like "developing individuals to their fullest potential" and "preparing students to be productive members of society."
  • Few teachers disagree with these in principle, but they are hard to translate into specific lesson plans.
  • Example: Does "develop an individual to fullest potential" mean a language arts teacher should ask students to write about personal interests, or help them write well on any topic, even uninteresting ones?
  • Answers to such questions are needed for effective planning, but are not obvious from examining general goal statements alone.

🗂️ Standards and frameworks

🗂️ National and state learning standards

National standards: summaries of what students can reasonably be expected to learn at particular grade levels and in particular subject areas, proposed by broad organizations representing educators and subject experts.

State standards: similar summaries created by state governments expressing what students in the state should learn at all grade levels and in all subjects.

  • Standards are more specific than broad philosophical goals because they focus on grade levels and subject areas.
  • State standards tend to be more comprehensive than national standards in coverage of grade levels and subjects, reflecting states' broad responsibility for public education in the United States.
  • National organizations usually assume responsibility only for a particular subject or student group.
  • Standards provide a first step toward transforming grand purposes into practical classroom activities, but only a first step.
  • Most standards do not make numerous or detailed suggestions of actual activities, though some include brief classroom examples to clarify meaning.
Document typePurposeLevel of detail
General educational goalsExpress broad philosophical purposesVery abstract; hard to use directly
National/state standardsDefine expectations by grade and subjectMore specific; organized by grade level
Curriculum frameworksExplain how standards are organized; break into specific skillsConcrete; names observable behaviors
Curriculum guidesProvide graphic activity descriptionsVery detailed; ready for classroom use

🗂️ Curriculum frameworks

Curriculum framework: a document that explains how content standards can or should be organized for a particular subject and at various grade levels.

  • Sometimes called the scope and sequence for a curriculum.
  • Differs from standards statements by analyzing each general standard into more specific skills—often a dozen or more per standard.
  • Uses more concrete terminology than standards: more likely to name behaviors of students (things a teacher might see them do or hear them say).
  • May suggest ways to assess whether students have acquired each listed skill.
  • Does not lay out detailed daily activity plans despite naming observable behaviors.
  • Example: The California framework breaks the standard "students speak and write with command of English conventions" into nine specific skills like "punctuate dates, city and state, and titles of books correctly" and "use commas in dates, locations, and addresses and for items in a series."

🗂️ Curriculum guides

Curriculum guide: a document devoted to graphic descriptions of activities that foster or encourage the specific skills explained in a curriculum framework.

  • Meets teachers' need for detailed activity suggestions.
  • Descriptions may specify:
    • Materials needed
    • Time requirements
    • Requirements for grouping students
    • Drawings or diagrams of key equipment
    • Suggestions for what to say to students at different points
  • Descriptions resemble lesson plans in their level of detail.
  • Activities often support more than one specific skill, so they may be organized differently than framework documents.
  • May be grouped by dominant purpose ("Activities that encourage practice of math facts") or by dominant material ("Ten activities with tin cans") rather than by single standards.
  • Example: An "Autumn Leaves" kindergarten activity meets several objectives at once—tracing shapes, knowledge of leaves and colors, descriptive language skill—each potentially reflecting a different curriculum standard.

Don't confuse: Frameworks provide the "what" (specific skills broken down from standards) while guides provide the "how" (actual classroom activities with materials and procedures).

🧠 Two approaches to formulating objectives

🧠 The cognitive approach: general to specific

  • Starting point: Teachers have long-term, general goals for students.
  • Key assumption: Each student works toward general goals along different pathways and using different styles of learning.
  • Method: Name indicators, which are examples of specific behaviors by which students might show success at reaching a general learning goal.
  • Important: The list of indicators need not be complete—only representative.

Example from middle-school biology:

  • Goal: The student will understand the nature and purpose of photosynthesis.
  • Indicators:
    1. Explains the purpose of photosynthesis and steps in the process
    2. Diagrams steps in the chemical process
    3. Describes how plant photosynthesis affects the animal world
    4. Writes a plan for how to test leaves for presence of photosynthesis
    5. Makes an oral presentation and explains how the experiment was conducted

🧠 The teacher's two-part job (cognitive approach)

  1. First: Identify, find, or choose a manageable number of general goals (perhaps just half a dozen). These can sometimes be taken or adapted from curriculum framework documents.
  2. Second: Think of a handful of specific examples or behavioral indicators for each goal (just half a dozen or so). These clarify the meaning of the general goal but are not meant to be the only way students might show success.

🧠 When the cognitive approach works best

  • Works especially well for long-term learning goals—goals that take many lessons, days, or weeks to reach.
  • During such long periods, it is impossible to specify the exact, detailed behaviors that every student can or should display to prove reaching a general goal.
  • It is possible to specify general directions toward which all students should focus their learning and to explain the nature of goals with a sample of well-chosen indicators.
  • This approach probably describes how many teachers think about their instructional planning.

🧠 Criticism of the cognitive approach

  • Critics argue that indicators used as examples may not clarify the general goal enough.
  • Result: students end up unexpectedly "someplace else" (unintended learning outcomes).
  • Example concern: Given the general goal of understanding photosynthesis with five indicators, how do we know whether those five adequately represent the goal?

Don't confuse: Indicators are representative examples, not an exhaustive checklist—the cognitive approach assumes multiple valid pathways to demonstrating understanding, not one fixed set of behaviors.

60

Formulating learning objectives

Formulating learning objectives

🧭 Overview

🧠 One-sentence thesis

Teachers can formulate learning objectives either by starting with general goals and specifying indicators (cognitive approach) or by starting with specific observable behaviors and building toward general outcomes (behavioral approach), and most teachers combine both approaches to balance clarity with flexibility.

📌 Key points (3–5)

  • Two main approaches: cognitive (general-to-specific) vs. behavioral (specific-to-general) approaches to writing objectives.
  • Cognitive approach uses indicators: general goals are illustrated with representative examples of student success, not exhaustive lists.
  • Behavioral objectives require three features: observable behavior, conditions of performance, and minimum acceptable level.
  • Common confusion: indicators are samples of possible outcomes; behavioral objectives are meant to be complete lists of all intended outcomes.
  • Best practice combines both: teachers benefit from thinking about long-term general goals and short-term specific objectives together.

🎯 The cognitive approach: from general to specific

🎯 How it works

The cognitive approach assumes teachers have long-term, general goals and that students reach those goals along different pathways using different learning styles.

Indicators: examples of specific behaviors by which students might show success at reaching a general learning goal.

  • Indicators are representative, not exhaustive—they clarify the goal but are not the only way students can show success.
  • The teacher's job has two parts: (1) identify a manageable number of general goals (perhaps half a dozen), and (2) think of a handful of behavioral indicators for each goal.

🧬 Example: middle-school biology

Goal: The student will understand the nature and purpose of photosynthesis.

Indicators:

  1. Explains the purpose and steps of photosynthesis
  2. Diagrams steps in the chemical process
  3. Describes how plant photosynthesis affects the animal world
  4. Writes a plan to test leaves for presence of photosynthesis
  5. Makes an oral presentation explaining how the experiment was conducted
  • These five indicators are not the only ways to show understanding—they are examples that clarify what "understanding photosynthesis" means.

✅ When this approach works best

  • Works especially well for long-term goals that take many lessons, days, or weeks to reach.
  • During long teaching periods, it is impossible to specify exact, detailed behaviors for every student.
  • It is possible to specify general directions and explain the goals with well-chosen sample indicators.

⚠️ Criticism of the cognitive approach

Critics argue that indicators may not clarify the general goal enough—students may end up "someplace else."

  • How do we know whether the five indicators listed really capture the full meaning of "understanding photosynthesis"?
  • How else might a student show understanding, and how does a teacher know a student's achievement is legitimate?
  • To some educators, grasping goal meaning from indicators is prone to misunderstanding—the solution is to start with specific behaviors instead.

🎬 The behavioral approach: from specific to general

🎬 How it works

The behavioral approach reverses the planning steps: instead of starting with general goals, it starts with identifying specific behaviors—concrete actions or words—that students should perform as a result of instruction.

  • The specific behaviors are not a mere sampling of possible outcomes.
  • They represent all the intended specific outcomes.
  • Collectively, the specific behaviors may describe a more general educational goal.

🛼 Example: learning to use roller blade skates (beginning level)

Objectives:

  1. Student ties boots on correctly.
  2. Student puts on safety gear correctly, including helmet, knee and elbow pads.
  3. Student skates 15 meters on level ground without falling.
  4. Student stops on demand within a three meter distance, without falling.
  • These are not merely representative samples—they are behaviors every student should acquire.
  • There are no other ways to display learning of this goal; getting 100% on a written test about roller blading would not qualify.
  • Adding other skating behaviors (skating backwards, skating in circles) might not qualify because they could be about advanced-level skating.

🔑 Three features of good behavioral objectives (Mager's approach)

🔑 Feature 1: Observable behavior

The objective should specify a behavior that can actually be observed—something a student does or says, not thinks or feels.

✅ Behavioral objective❌ Not behavioral objective
The student will make a list of animal species that live in the water but breathe air and a separate list of species that live in the water but do not require air to breathe.The student will understand the difference between fish and mammals that live in the water.

🔑 Feature 2: Conditions of performance

The objective should describe the special circumstances provided when the student performs the behavior.

✅ Condition specified❌ Condition not specified
Given a list of 50 species, the student will circle those that live in water but breathe air and underline those that live in water but do not breathe air.After three days of instruction, the student will identify species that live in water but breathe air, as well as species that live in water but do not breathe air.
  • "Three days of instruction" describes what the teacher will do (instruct), not something specific to students' performance.

🔑 Feature 3: Minimum level of acceptable performance

The objective should specify a minimum level or degree of acceptable performance.

✅ Minimum level specified❌ Minimum level not specified
Given a list of 50 species, the student will circle all of those that live in water but breathe air and underline all of those that live in water but do not breathe air. The student will do so within fifteen minutes.The student will circle names of species that live in water but breathe air and underline those that live in water but do not breathe air.

✅ When this approach works best

  • Behavioral objectives have obvious advantages because of their clarity and precision.
  • Well suited for learning that can be spelled out explicitly and fully: driving a car, using safety equipment in a science laboratory, installing and running a computer program.
  • These goals tend to have relatively short learning cycles—learned as a result of just one lesson or activity, or a short series at most.

⚠️ Limitations of the behavioral approach

When it comes to large or major goals, behavioral objectives can seem unwieldy.

  • How can you spell out all the behaviors involved in a general goal like "becoming a good citizen"?
  • How could you name in advance the numerous conditions under which good citizenship might be displayed?
  • What is the minimum acceptable level of good citizenship expected in each condition?
  • Specifying these features seems impractical at best, and at times even undesirable ethically or philosophically. (Would we really want any students to become "minimum citizens"?)

🤝 Finding the best in both approaches

🤝 Compromise features

Many teachers find it sensible to compromise between the cognitive and behavioral approaches.

🤝 Think about both long-term and short-term

When planning, think about both long-term, general goals and short-term, immediate objectives.

  • A thorough, balanced look at most school curricula shows they are concerned with the general as well as the specific.
  • Example: In teaching elementary math, you may want students to learn general problem-solving strategies (general goal) and specific math facts (specific objective).
  • Example: In teaching Shakespeare's plays in high school, you may want students to compare the plays critically (general goal), but doing so may require that they learn details about the characters and plots (specific objective).
  • Since general goals usually take longer to reach than specific objectives, instructional planning has to include both time frames.

🤝 Plan for what students do, not what the teacher does

This idea may seem obvious, but it is easy to overlook when devising lesson plans.

❌ Describes teacher actions✅ Describes student actions
"Summarize the plot of each play to students" or "Write and hand out to students an outline of the plays""Students will write a summary, from memory, of each of the major plays of Shakespeare"
  • The first version describes only what the teacher does and assumes (often unwarranted) that students will remember what the teacher says or puts in writing.
  • The better version focuses on the actions of students instead of the teacher.
  • (Of course you may still have to devise activities that help students reach the objective, such as providing guided practice in writing summaries.)

🤝 Use a systematic classification scheme

To insure diversity of goals and objectives when planning, consider organizing them using a systematic classification scheme of educational objectives.

  • There is a need for goals and objectives that refer to a variety of cognitive processes and that have varying degrees of specificity or generality.
  • One widely used classification scheme is the taxonomy of objectives proposed by Benjamin Bloom (1956) and revised recently by his associates (Anderson & Krathwohl, 2001).

📚 Taxonomies of educational objectives

📚 Three domains of psychological functioning

When educators have proposed taxonomies of educational objectives, they have tended to focus on one of three areas:

  1. Cognition (thought)
  2. Affect (feelings and emotions)
  3. Psychomotor abilities (physical skills)

Of these three areas, educators have tended to focus the most attention on cognition.

🧠 Bloom's Taxonomy: cognitive domain (original)

Bloom's Taxonomy: a classification of forms of cognition or thinking, divided into six levels.

The levels form a loose hierarchy from simple to complex thinking, at least when applied to some subjects and topics.

LevelDefinitionSimple example (Goldilocks)Classroom example
KnowledgeRecall of information, whether simple or complex"Name three things that Goldilocks did in the house of the three bears.""List all of the planets of the solar system." "State five key features of life in the middle ages."
ComprehensionGrasping the meaning of information, by interpreting it or translating it from one form to another"Explain why Goldilocks preferred the little bear's chair.""Convert the following arithmetic word problem to a mathematical equation." "Describe how plants contribute to the welfare of animal life."
ApplicationUsing information in new, concrete situations"Predict some of the things Goldilocks might have used if she had entered your house.""Illustrate how positive reinforcement might affect the behavior of a pet dog." "Use examples from the plot to illustrate the theme of novel."
AnalysisBreaking information into its components to understand its structure"Select the part of Goldilocks and the Three Bears where you think Goldilocks felt most comfortable.""Compare the behavior of domestic dogs with the behavior of wolves." "Diagram the effects of weather patterns on plant metabolism."
SynthesisPutting parts of information together into a coherent whole"Tell how the story would have been different if it had been three fishes.""Design an experiment to test the effects of gravity on root growth." "Write an account of how humans would be different if life had originated on Mars instead of Earth."
EvaluationJudging the value of information for a particular purpose"Justify this statement: Goldilocks was a bad girl.""Appraise the relevance of the novel for modern life." "Assess the value of information processing theory for planning instruction."

🧠 When to use the hierarchy

  • When planning for certain subjects, it can be helpful for insuring diversity among learning objectives and for sequencing materials.
  • Example: In learning about geography, it may sometimes make sense to begin with information about specific places (knowledge and comprehension), and work gradually toward comparisons and assessments (analysis and synthesis).
  • Don't confuse: Such a sequence does not work well for all possible topics or subjects. In certain mathematics topics, students may sometimes need to start with general ideas ("What does it mean to multiply?") rather than specific facts ("How much is 4 x 6?").
  • Whatever the case, a taxonomy can help remind teachers to set a variety of objectives and avoid relying excessively on just one level, such as simple recall of factual knowledge.

🔄 Bloom's Taxonomy revised (Anderson & Krathwohl, 2001)

Two of Benjamin Bloom's original colleagues revised his taxonomy to clarify its terms and make it more complete.

Changes made:

  • Several categories of objectives have been renamed.
  • A second dimension added that describes the kind of thinking or cognitive processing that may occur.
  • The result is a much richer taxonomy: every level of the objectives can now take four different forms.
Original term (1956)Revised term (2001)New dimension: types of knowledge learned
KnowledgeRemembering• Factual knowledge<br>• Conceptual knowledge<br>• Procedural knowledge<br>• Metacognitive knowledge
ComprehensionUnderstanding
ApplicationApplying
AnalysisAnalyzing
EvaluationEvaluating
SynthesisCreating

🔄 Example: Remembering combined with types of knowledge

Remembering can refer to four different kinds of memory:

  1. Memory for facts: recalling the names of each part of a living cell
  2. Memory for concepts: recalling the functions of each part of a living cell
  3. Memory for procedures: recalling how to view a cell under a microscope
  4. Memory for metacognition: recalling not the names of the parts, but a technique for remembering the names of the parts of a living cell
  • According to the revised version, any type of knowledge (right-hand column) can, in principle, occur with any type of cognitive processing (left-hand column).

💖 Affective domain taxonomy

Taxonomies related to affect (feelings and emotions of students) are used less commonly than cognitive taxonomies for planning instruction.

One widely known taxonomy classifies affect according to how committed a student feels toward what he is learning (Krathwohl, Bloom, & Masia, 1964/1999).

LevelDescription
ReceivingWillingness to attend to particular experience
RespondingWillingness to participate actively in an experience
ValuingPerception of experience as worthwhile
OrganizationCoordination of valued experiences into partially coherent wholes
Characterization by a value complexCoordination of valued experiences and of organized sets of experiences into a single comprehensive value hierarchy
  • The lowest level (receiving) simply involves willingness to experience new knowledge or activities.
  • Higher levels involve embracing or adopting experiences in ways that are increasingly organized and that represent increasingly stable forms of commitment.

🤸 Psychomotor domain taxonomy

Taxonomies related to abilities and skills that are physical (psychomotor) have also been used less widely than affective taxonomies, with the notable exception of physical education.

Taxonomic categories of motor skills extend from simple, brief actions to complex, extended action sequences that combine simpler, previously learned skills smoothly and automatically.

LevelDescription
ImitationRepeating a simple action that has been demonstrated
ManipulationPractice of an action that has been imitated but only learned partially
PrecisionQuick, smooth execution of an action that has been practiced
ArticulationExecution of an action not only with precision, but also with modifications appropriate to new circumstances
NaturalizationIncorporation of an action into the motor repertoire, along with experimentation with new motor actions

🤸 Examples beyond physical education

Many examples of psychomotor skills also exist outside the realm of physical education:

  • In a science course, a student might need to learn to operate laboratory equipment that requires using delicate, fine movements.
  • In art classes, students might learn to draw.
  • In music, students might learn to play an instrument (both are partly motor skills).
  • Most first graders are challenged by the motor skills of learning to write.
  • For students with certain physical disabilities, motor skill development is an important priority for the student's entire education.
61

Students as a Source of Instructional Goals

Students as a source of instructional goals

🧭 Overview

🧠 One-sentence thesis

Instructional planning can and sometimes should build on goals expressed by students themselves or their cultural communities, rather than relying solely on predetermined curriculum objectives set by educators.

📌 Key points (3–5)

  • The traditional assumption problem: planning goals for students rather than by students creates burdens on curriculum writers, teachers, and students—especially with young learners and culturally diverse classrooms.
  • Emergent curriculum: builds instruction around interests students actually express, requiring teachers to observe continuously and respond flexibly rather than follow preset plans.
  • Multicultural education: takes cultural differences into account through content integration, equity pedagogy, knowledge construction awareness, prejudice reduction, and empowering school structures.
  • Common confusion: emergent curriculum is not chaos—it requires careful observation, curriculum webbing, and responsive planning, not abandoning structure entirely.
  • When student-centered approaches matter most: youngest students (who lack patience for others' agendas) and culturally diverse classrooms (where families hold legitimate but unconventional expectations).

⚠️ Problems with educator-only goal setting

🎯 Three burdens created

When educators alone choose goals and objectives, three groups face significant challenges:

  • Curriculum writers: must ensure specified standards/goals/objectives are truly important (e.g., does it really matter if science students learn the periodic table?).
  • Teachers: must motivate students to learn goals they did not choose and may not initially care about.
  • Students: must master pre-set objectives even when they would not have chosen them personally.

👶 Two contexts where problems are most visible

ContextWhy it's problematic
Youngest studentsMay especially lack patience with an educational agenda set by others
Culturally diverse classroomsStudents and families may hold a variety of legitimate but unconventional expectations about what they should learn

🌱 Emergent curriculum approach

🔍 What emergent curriculum means

Emergent curriculum: one that explicitly builds on interests expressed by students, rather than goals set by curriculum writers, curriculum documents, or teachers.

  • Instructional planning does not have the same meaning as traditional planning.
  • The curriculum unfolds spontaneously and flexibly.
  • Students' interests may be predictable, but usually not very far in advance.
  • Activities happen because the children want them, not because a curriculum document recommends them.

📖 How it works in practice

Example scenario from the excerpt:

  • A first-grade teacher plans a Halloween unit and reads a Halloween book.
  • Students become more interested in a moon illustration than in Halloween content.
  • They ask: why is the moon full sometimes but not other times? Why does it rise in different places? Do clouds move or does the moon move behind them?
  • The teacher encourages their questions and arranges new activities: finds moon books, invites an amateur astronomer, students build paper maché moon models, some find space shuttle books, others make a moonscape mural.
  • Original Halloween goals are set aside or forgotten in favor of something more immediately interesting and motivating.

Don't confuse: The teacher doesn't reject planning—she responds flexibly and sensitively as students' interests become known and explicit.

🛠️ Two key practices that make it work

👀 Careful, continuous observation

  • The teacher watches and listens.
  • May keep informal written records of students' comments and activities.
  • This information allows more effective response to expressed interests.
  • It also provides a type of assessment—information about what students are actually learning.

🕸️ Curriculum webbing

Curriculum webbing: a process of brainstorming connections among initiatives suggested by students and ideas suggested by the teacher.

Three ways to create webs:

  • Jointly with students by brainstorming where their current interests may lead.
  • Independently by the teacher's own reflections.
  • Jointly with fellow teachers or teacher assistants (works especially well in preschool, kindergartens, or special education classrooms with multiple adults).

✅ Where emergent curriculum succeeds

  • Has often proved quite successful, particularly in early childhood education and earliest grade levels of elementary school.
  • Something akin to emergent curriculum is possible even with older students.
  • Example from the excerpt: a high school program where students began with personally relevant problems, discussed them with classmates to formulate research problems, then studied them formally and systematically—creating an emergent curriculum analogous to ones for young children.

🌍 Multicultural and anti-bias education

🏛️ What culture means in this context

Culture: an all-encompassing set of values, beliefs, practices and customs of a group or community—its total way of life.

  • May be shared widely (by much or all of a nation) or by relatively few (a small community within a large city).
  • Sometimes applied to an individual family or specialized group (e.g., "culture of schooling" shared by teachers).
  • Touches on all aspects of living, so it affects students' perspectives about school, ways of learning, and motivations to learn.

👁️ Subtle cultural differences that affect schooling

The excerpt emphasizes differences go beyond obvious things like holidays, language, or food:

Cultural dimensionExample variation
Eye contactSome cultures: keep good eye contact while speaking and expect the same. Other cultures: avoiding eye contact is more respectful; direct eye contact is intrusive or overly aggressive.
PunctualitySome cultures: punctuality is expected. Other cultures: punctuality is overly compulsive; a more casual approach to time is the norm.

Students bring differences like these to school, where they combine with teacher/staff expectations and contribute indirectly to differences in achievement and satisfaction.

🎓 Two overlapping terms

Multicultural education and anti-bias education: two terms referring to planning that takes into account diversity in students' cultural backgrounds and works deliberately to reduce social biases and prejudices.

Generally:

  • Multicultural education: has somewhat more to do with understanding the differences among cultures.
  • Anti-bias education: has more to do with overcoming social prejudices and biases resulting from cultural differences.

The excerpt uses "multicultural education" to refer to both understanding differences and overcoming prejudices.

🧩 Five features of fully effective multicultural education

📚 Content integration

Content integration: the curriculum uses examples and information from different cultures to illustrate various concepts or ideas already contained in the curriculum.

Examples from the excerpt:

  • Elementary school studying holidays: includes activities and information about Kwanzaa as well as Christmas, Hanukkah, or other holidays happening at about the same time.
  • Middle-years studying US Civil War: includes material written from the perspective of African-American slaves and Southern landowners.
  • Language arts: students learn basic vocabulary of any non-English languages spoken by some members of the class.

🎨 Equity pedagogy

Equity pedagogy: an effort to allow or even encourage a variety of learning styles—styles at which students may have become skillful because of their cultural backgrounds.

Examples from the excerpt:

  • Story telling in elementary language arts: Is there more than one "best" way? Should a student necessarily tell it alone and standing in front of the whole class, or might the student tell it jointly with a friend or in a smaller group?
  • Story writing: Should a written story necessarily begin with a topic sentence that announces what the story is about, or can it save a statement of topic for the ending or even leave it out altogether to stimulate readers to think?

The best choice is related partly to the nature and purpose of the story, but partly also to differences in cultural expectations about story telling.

🔬 Knowledge construction process

Knowledge construction process: the unstated, unconscious process by which a cultural group creates knowledge or information.

  • A fully multicultural curriculum finds ways to call attention to how knowledge is constructed.
  • Example from the excerpt: popular media often portray Hispanic-Americans in ways that are stereotypical (either subtly or blatantly). The curriculum engages students in thinking about how and why the images oversimplify reality.

🤝 Prejudice reduction

Prejudice reduction: activities, discussions and readings that identify students' negative evaluations of cultural groups.

Two approaches:

  • Philosophical approach: examining how students feel in general, what experiences they remember having involving prejudice, and the like.
  • Indirect and subtle approach: a teacher periodically speaks in a student's native language as a public sign of respect for the student.

🏫 Empowering the school and social structure

Empowering the school and social structure: all teachers and staff members find ways to convey respect for cultural differences, including even during extra-curricular and sports activities.

  • A sports team or debate club should not be limited to students from one cultural background and exclude those from another.
  • More subtly: should not accept everyone but give the more desirable roles only to individuals with particular social backgrounds.
  • To the extent that cultural respect and inclusion are school-wide, teaching and learning both become easier and more successful, and instructional planning in particular becomes more relevant to students' needs.
62

Enhancing student learning through a variety of resources

Enhancing student learning through a variety of resources

🧭 Overview

🧠 One-sentence thesis

Teachers can significantly enhance student learning by drawing on diverse resources—including the Internet, local experts, field trips, and service learning—that supplement traditional textbooks and connect curriculum goals to students' lived experiences.

📌 Key points (3–5)

  • Why variety matters: Students are more likely to achieve instructional goals when teachers use materials and experiences beyond traditional textbooks.
  • Internet as double-edged tool: Offers vast information but poses challenges of overwhelming volume and unequal access across communities and income groups.
  • Real-world connections: Local experts, field trips, and service learning make learning more vivid, immediate, and relevant to students' actual communities.
  • Common confusion: Service learning vs. simple community service—true service learning requires reflection, analysis, and understanding of significance, not just performing tasks.
  • Access inequity: Resources like Internet connections are distributed unevenly, with well-funded urban schools typically having more access than rural or less well-off schools.

🌐 The Internet as a learning resource

📚 What the Internet offers

  • Functions as a virtual library many times larger than the largest physical libraries.
  • Provides information on virtually any topic, school subject, and grade level from kindergarten through university.
  • At the time of writing (2007), about two-thirds of US and Canadian households had some Internet access, and virtually 100% of public and private schools had some access.

⚠️ The volume problem

  • The sheer amount of information can make searching overwhelming and inefficient.
  • Example: Searching "photosynthesis" returns over six million web pages—which ones are actually helpful for teaching a unit or writing an essay?
  • Newer search engines like Google help but do not completely solve this problem.
  • Choosing among web pages requires a specialized form of computer literacy that benefits from teacher or peer assistance, not just trial-and-error.

📊 Inequity of access

DimensionChallengeImpact
LanguageLarge majority of web pages are in EnglishPoses challenges for students still learning English
School resourcesWell-to-do and urban schools provide more access than less well-off or rural schoolsSome schools have connections in every classroom; others have only one for the entire school
Usage patternsLimited connections mean limited student usageTeachers must teach themselves Internet research and troubleshooting
  • Don't confuse: Having "some access" doesn't mean equal or adequate access—distribution is quite uneven across communities and income groups.

💡 Learning commons concept

Learning commons (also called information commons or teaching commons): A combination of a website and an actual physical place in a school or library that brings together information, students, and teachers so that both can learn.

Features include:

  • Online library catalogue and Internet service
  • Online information and advice about study skills
  • Access to peer tutors and support groups (online or in person)
  • Help with writing or assignment difficulties

Key requirement: Using a learning commons effectively sometimes requires reorganizing teaching and learning toward greater explicit collaboration among students and teachers.

🏫 Bringing the world to the classroom

👥 Local experts as visitors

Classroom visits by persons with key experience add vividness and relevance to curriculum subjects.

Examples from the excerpt:

  • A tenth-grade science class studying environmental issues invited the city forester, who explained stresses on trees in urban environments and described specific problems and solutions.
  • In a second-grade class with many Hispanic students, a teacher aide described her childhood memories in a Spanish-speaking community in New Mexico, then recruited older Hispanic friends and relatives to describe growing up in Central America (she also served as English-Spanish interpreter).

Why it works: Experts make learning more real and immediate, counteracting the tendency to equate school learning only with book-based knowledge.

⚠️ Potential risks

  • A visitor may not communicate well with children or young people (e.g., assuming too much prior knowledge or veering off topic).
  • These risks exist but the benefits often outweigh the challenges.

🚌 Taking the classroom to the world

🗺️ Field trips across grade levels

Field trips are not confined to any particular grade level and offer a more complete picture of context than hearing or reading alone.

Elementary example:

  • Learning about community helpers (police, firefighters, store owners)
  • Students can visit a police station, fire hall, or local retail store
  • Provides fuller context than just hearing representatives speak in class

Middle school example:

  • Biology class learning about water-borne diseases
  • Field trip to local water-treatment facility
  • Staff explained where town's water came from and how it was cleaned to become drinkable

💰 Practical challenges

ChallengeDescription
Additional fundsOften needed for admission fees or bus transportation
Adult supervisionRequires support from additional adults, often parents
Virtual alternativesComputer software or media can show places students cannot visit in person, but generally cannot compare with real trips in vividness
  • The excerpt notes that benefits of actual, in-person field trips or visitors often outweigh the challenges of arranging them.

🤝 Service learning as enhancement

🔍 What service learning is

Service learning: Activity that combines real community service with analysis and reflection on the significance of the service.

Key distinction: Service alone is not service learning.

Example from the excerpt:

  • Service only: Picking up trash in an urban stream bed
  • Service learning: Picking up trash AND noting/reflecting on the trash found AND talking/writing about the ecological environment of the stream and community AND making recommendations for improving the local environment

❌ What service learning should NOT be

  • Should not be sporadic
  • Should not be used as punishment (e.g., assigning trash pick-up as after-school detention)

🎯 Benefits under good conditions

Moral benefits:

  • Places students in the role of creating good for the community
  • Counteracts perception that being "good" simply means passively complying with teachers' or parents' rules

Intellectual benefits:

  • Places social and community issues in a vivid, lived context
  • Topics like environment, economic inequality, or race relations become problems people actually act upon, not just ideas people talk about

⚠️ Challenges to address

  • Lends itself well only to certain curriculum areas (e.g., community studies or social studies)
  • Some students may initially resist, wondering whether it benefits them personally as students
  • Some service projects may be invented only to benefit students, without adequate consultation from community members
    • Example: Bringing food hampers to low-income families may seem like a good idea to middle-class students, but some families may perceive this as charity and resent it

Don't confuse: Service learning with simple volunteer work—the reflection and analysis components are essential.

✅ Overall effectiveness

  • Evaluations generally find that service learning, when done well, increases students' sense of moral empowerment and their knowledge of social issues
  • Like many educational practices, success requires doing it well

🌉 The connection principle

The excerpt concludes by emphasizing that instructional plans require not only a variety of resources but also connections to students' prior experiences and knowledge. The text indicates that sometimes these connections can develop as a result of using the diverse resources described, but the excerpt ends before fully explaining this principle.

63

Creating bridges among curriculum goals and students' prior experiences

Creating bridges among curriculum goals and students’ prior experiences

🧭 Overview

🧠 One-sentence thesis

Teachers must actively connect curriculum goals to students' prior experiences through modeling, activating prior knowledge, anticipating misconceptions, and transitioning from guided to independent practice in order to make learning meaningful and effective.

📌 Key points (3–5)

  • Four main bridging techniques: modeling (as demonstration and representation), activating prior knowledge, anticipating preconceptions, and providing guided and independent practice including homework.
  • Modeling has two meanings: demonstrating desired behaviors (observational learning) and creating simplified representations of complex phenomena using familiar elements.
  • Prior knowledge is double-edged: activating what students already know helps learning, but teachers must anticipate and respectfully address misconceptions that students bring.
  • Common confusion: guided vs. independent practice—early learning requires close teacher support to prevent mistakes, but as students gain facility they need more self-regulated practice with less interruption.
  • Why bridging matters: connections transform abstract curriculum into vivid, lived experiences and help students transition from supervised to self-regulated learning.

🎭 Two forms of modeling

🎭 Modeling as behavioral demonstration

Modeling (as demonstration): performing or demonstrating a desired new behavior or skill so that students can observe and imitate it.

  • Also called observational learning.
  • Works through vicarious reinforcement: students watch others receive consequences (praise, attention, or being ignored) and adjust their own behavior accordingly.
  • Most effective when the model is:
    • Perceived as important (like the teacher)
    • Similar to the learner (like a best friend)
    • Has a warm, positive relationship with the learner

How it connects to experience:

  • Presents real, vivid examples that students can practice directly rather than merely talk about.
  • Little need to translate verbal instructions into action—especially helpful for students struggling with language and literacy.

Example: A teacher demonstrates polite behavior with students; classmates observe and see the teacher praise politeness, making them more likely to imitate it.

Warning: Negative behaviors can also be reinforced vicariously—if students observe that cursing, bullying, or vandalism leads to positive consequences (like peer attention), they may imitate those behaviors too.

🧩 Modeling as simplified representation

Model (as representation): a simplified representation of a phenomenon that incorporates the important properties of the phenomenon.

  • Uses objects or events already familiar to students to help them understand new, unfamiliar material.
  • Can be tangible (scale models of Spanish missions) or imaginary but based on familiar elements.

Example: To understand gas molecules under pressure, students imagine ping pong balls flying and colliding in a room—reducing the room size increases collisions (pressure); expanding it decreases collisions.

Applications:

  • Students can create models of unfamiliar animals, medieval castles, or ecological systems.
  • Two-dimensional models (drawings) work too: illustrating literature, historical events, or mapping neighborhoods.

Don't confuse: This is not about changing behavior (like the first meaning); it's about increasing understanding of ideas, theories, or phenomena.

🧠 Working with students' existing knowledge

🔓 Activating prior knowledge

Activating prior knowledge: encouraging students to recall what they already know about new material being learned.

How it works:

  • Makes students' existing knowledge conscious and therefore easier to link to new concepts.
  • Can be done orally (class discussion) or in writing (listing, diagramming, concept mapping).

Example: When introducing biological classification of species, a teacher invites students to discuss how they already classify plants and animals, then compares students' informal schemes to scientists' classification systems.

⚠️ Anticipating student preconceptions

The challenge:

  • Activating prior knowledge is a "mixed blessing" if some prior knowledge is misleading or wrong.
  • Misconceptions are common at all grade levels, not just among young students.

Common misconceptions (from the excerpt):

MisconceptionReality
The sun literally "rises" in the morningExpression vs. actual motion
The earth is flat because it looks flatAppearance vs. shape
Large objects fall faster than small onesMass doesn't affect fall rate (absent air resistance)
Heavy object dropped from moving car falls straight downObject travels laterally alongside car while falling
Stars appear in same place every nightPositions shift over weeks
Rivers always flow North to SouthMany rivers flow South to North

Two-part teacher task:

  1. Know or guess preconceptions in advance so learning activities can be designed to counteract and revise thinking.

    • Some are well-documented by research and can be anticipated.
    • Others are unique to particular students and discovered only through careful listening and observation.
    • Some may be deeply held and resistant to change (e.g., beliefs about gender and math/science ability).
  2. Treat students' beliefs with respect even when they include errors.

    • Most people have reasons for their beliefs, even when beliefs disagree with authorities.
    • Students appreciate having their beliefs respected.
    • Example: In biology class, some students may have religious reasons for not agreeing with Darwinian evolution—disagreement needs to be acknowledged respectfully, even if it feels awkward.

🎯 Transitioning from guided to independent practice

🤝 Guided practice

Guided practice: opportunities to work somewhat independently, but with a teacher or other expert close at hand to prevent or fix difficulties when they occur.

When it's needed:

  • When students first learn a new skill or set of ideas.
  • When learners are especially likely to encounter problems and make mistakes that interfere with learning itself.

Example: A student learning new software might unknowingly press a wrong button that prevents further functioning; a student translating Spanish sentences might misinterpret one word, causing many sentences to be translated incorrectly.

Who benefits:

  • All learners benefit, but especially those who are struggling.
  • Both struggling and proficient students make more mistakes in initial stages.

Key elements for successful guidance:

  • Focusing on the task at hand
  • Asking questions that break the task into manageable parts
  • Reframing or restating the task to make it more understandable
  • Giving frequent feedback about progress

The dual message:

  • It is important to learn new material well.
  • It is also important to become able to use learning without assistance, beyond the lesson and even beyond the classroom.

Connection to theory: Guided practice is much like Vygotsky's zone of proximal development (ZPD) and instructional scaffolding—the teacher creates a framework in which the student can accomplish more with partial knowledge than alone.

🚀 Independent practice

Independent practice: opportunities to review and repeat knowledge at one's own pace and with fewer interruptions, as students gain facility with new skills or knowledge.

When it's needed:

  • As students gain facility and need less guidance.
  • When students need time to consolidate (strengthen) their new knowledge with additional practice.
  • When students are less likely to encounter mistakes or problems.

The shift:

  • At this point, guided practice may feel less like help than like an interruption.
  • Example: A student who already knows how to use a new computer program may be frustrated waiting for the teacher to explain each step; a student skillful at translating Spanish may find it annoying when the teacher points out minor errors the student would catch herself.

The message:

  • It is now time to take more complete responsibility for own learning.
  • Independent practice is the eventual outcome of the ZPD created during guided practice: the student can now do alone what originally required assistance.
  • It encourages self-determination about learning—students must set their own direction and monitor their own success; no one can do this for them.

Don't confuse: Independent practice is not abandonment—it's a natural progression when students have gained sufficient facility. Providing guidance at this stage can actually hinder rather than help.

📚 Homework as independent practice

The controversy:

  • Homework encroaches on students' personal and family time.
  • Research finds no consistent benefits of doing homework.
  • Despite criticisms, parents and teachers tend to favor it for specific purposes.

Two main purposes that gain support:

  1. Review and practice material already introduced and practiced at school.

    • Classic example: a sheet of arithmetic problems.
    • Amount should be minimal in earliest grades (one expert recommends only 10 minutes per day in first grade at most).
    • Gradual increases as students get older.
  2. Convey the idea of schoolwork as the "job" of childhood and youth.

    • Like an adult job, students must complete tasks with minimal supervision and sometimes minimal training.
    • Completing tasks is a way to get ahead at school (like advancing in a workplace).

How children view homework (from research interviews):

  • Children regard homework as work, not "fun," despite teachers' efforts to make it fun.
  • They see homework tasks as jobs that need doing, much like household chores.
  • They view parents as the teachers' assistants—people carrying out the teacher's wishes.
  • Like any job, homework varies in stressfulness:
    • When required at appropriate amount and difficulty level
    • When children have good "bosses" (parents and teachers)
    • The job of homework can actually be satisfying, just as many adults' jobs can be satisfying when well-done.

🌉 The broader context: field trips and service learning

🚌 Field trips and classroom visitors

Benefits:

  • Offer a more complete picture of context than hearing and reading alone.
  • Make learning vivid and concrete.

Examples from the excerpt:

  • Elementary students visit police stations, fire halls, local retail stores to learn about community professionals.
  • Middle-school biology class visits local water-treatment facility to learn about water-borne diseases and how water is cleaned.

Risks and challenges:

  • Visitors may not communicate well with children (assume too much prior knowledge, veer off topic).
  • Field trips often require additional funds (admission fees, bus costs).
  • Require support from additional adults (often parents) to supervise students outside school.

Virtual alternatives:

  • "Virtual" field trips and "virtual" visitors use computer software or media to show places and activities students cannot visit in person.
  • Generally, a computer-based experience cannot compare with a real trip or visitor in vividness.
  • Benefits of actual, in-person field trips or visitors often outweigh the challenges of arranging them.

🤲 Service learning

Service learning: activity that combines real community service with analysis and reflection on the significance of the service.

What transforms service into service learning:

  • Not just performing the service (e.g., picking up trash in an urban stream bed).
  • Also requires: noting and reflecting on findings, talking and writing about the broader context (ecological environment, community), making recommendations for improvement.

Conditions for success:

  • Should not be sporadic.
  • Should not be used as punishment (e.g., trash pick-up as after-school detention).

Benefits when done well:

DimensionHow it enhances learning
MoralPlaces students in the role of creating good for the community; counteracts perception that being "good" simply means passively complying with rules
IntellectualPlaces social and community issues in a vivid, lived context; problems like environment, economic inequality, or race relations are no longer just ideas people talk about, but problems people actually act upon

Challenges:

  • Lends itself well only to certain curriculum areas (e.g., community studies, social studies).
  • Some students may initially resist, wondering whether it benefits them personally as students.
  • Some projects may be invented only to benefit students, without adequate consultation from community members.
    • Example: Bringing food hampers to low-income families may seem like a good idea to middle-class students, but some families may perceive this less as a benefit than as an act of charity which they resent.

Overall finding: Evaluations generally find that service learning, when done well, increases students' sense of moral empowerment as well as their knowledge of social issues. Like many educational practices, success requires doing it well.

Budget: 1000000 Used: 237609 Remaining: 762391

64

Planning for instruction as well as for learning

Planning for instruction as well as for learning

🧭 Overview

🧠 One-sentence thesis

Instructional planning must balance teacher-directed curriculum goals with student involvement in choosing their own learning goals and pathways, transforming planning from something done for students into something done by students as well.

📌 Key points (3–5)

  • Dual premise shift: The chapter begins with teachers locating and clarifying curriculum goals from authorities, but shifts to emphasizing that students themselves should influence or choose their own goals and methods.
  • Independent practice as self-regulation: Independent practice represents the outcome of the zone of proximal development—students can now do alone what previously required assistance—and conveys the message that students must take complete responsibility for their own learning.
  • Homework as "work": Research shows children regard homework not as fun but as a job that needs doing, similar to adult employment or household chores, and its success depends on appropriate amount, difficulty, and supportive "bosses" (parents and teachers).
  • Common confusion: Planning is not just about organizing teaching; it is equally about facilitating learning—instruction cannot be planned simply for students but also by students to some extent.
  • Balance strategies: Teachers can achieve reasonable balance between teacher and student influence through emergent curriculum, anti-bias curriculum, Internet use, local experts, field trips, service learning, and appropriate blends of guided and independent practice.

🎯 Independent practice and self-regulation

🎯 What independent practice means

Independent practice: providing more self-regulation of learning than guided practice, where students take complete responsibility for their own learning.

  • It is the eventual outcome of the zone of proximal development created during guided practice.
  • The student can now do on his or her own what originally required assistance from someone else.
  • It conveys a different message than guided practice: it is now time to take more complete responsibility.

🔑 Connection to self-determination

  • Independent practice is a way of encouraging self-determination about learning (as discussed in Chapter 6 of the source text).
  • By definition, no one can set direction or monitor success for the student—the student must do this themselves.
  • Example: A student who previously needed teacher guidance to solve math problems can now work through similar problems alone, choosing their approach and checking their own work.

📚 Homework as independent practice

📚 Purpose and controversy

  • Homework is a widespread practice for supplementing scarce class time and providing independent practice.
  • It has generated controversy throughout its history because:
    • It encroaches on students' personal and family-oriented time.
    • Research finds no consistent benefits of doing homework.
  • Despite criticisms, parents and teachers tend to favor homework for two main purposes.

✅ Two supported purposes

PurposeDescriptionGuidelines
Review and practiceReview and practice material already introduced and practiced at school (e.g., arithmetic problems)Minimal in earliest grades; one expert recommends only 10 minutes per day in first grade at most, with gradual increases as students get older
Schoolwork as "job"Convey the idea that schoolwork is the "job" of childhood and youthStudents must complete tasks with minimal supervision and sometimes minimal training; doing tasks is a way to get ahead

👶 Children's perspective on homework

  • Research involving interviews with children found that children do regard homework as work in the same way adults think of a job.
  • In children's minds, homework tasks were not "fun" despite teachers' efforts to make them fun.
  • Instead, homework was jobs that needed doing, much like household chores.
  • Children regarded parents as the teachers' assistants—people merely carrying out the wishes of the teacher.

😊 When homework can be satisfying

  • Like any job, the job of doing homework varied in stressfulness.
  • When required at an appropriate amount and level of difficulty, and when children reported having good "bosses" (parents and teachers), the job of homework could actually be satisfying.
  • This parallels how many adults' jobs can be satisfying when well-done.
  • Don't confuse: Homework satisfaction does not come from making it "fun" but from appropriate difficulty, amount, and supportive supervision—just like adult work satisfaction.

🔄 The dual premise of instructional planning

🔄 The premise shift

  • Starting premise: Teachers need to locate curriculum goals, usually from a state department of education or a publisher of curriculum document.
  • The chapter describes what these authorities provide for individual classroom teachers and how their documents can be clarified and rendered specific enough for classroom use.
  • Shifted premise (middle of chapter): Instruction cannot be planned simply for students; teachers also need to consider involving students themselves in influencing or even choosing their own goals and ways of reaching the goals.

🤝 Planning for vs. planning by students

Instructional planning should not be just for students, but also by students, at least to some extent.

  • This represents a fundamental shift in how planning is conceptualized.
  • Teachers must achieve a reasonable balance between teachers' and students' influence on their learning.
  • Example: Rather than only assigning a research topic, a teacher might allow students to choose topics within a broader theme, giving them ownership while maintaining curriculum alignment.

🛠️ Strategies for balanced planning

🛠️ Strong measures

  • Emergent curriculum: Allowing curriculum to emerge from student interests and input.
  • Anti-bias curriculum: Structuring learning to address and counter biases, involving students in examining their own perspectives.

🛠️ Moderate measures

The chapter describes several more moderate strategies for achieving balance:

  • Internet use: Leveraging online resources to give students more control over information access and exploration.
  • Local experts: Bringing in community members to provide diverse perspectives and connections to students' lives.
  • Field trips: Taking students outside the classroom to engage with real-world contexts.
  • Service learning: Connecting academic learning to community service, giving students agency in applying knowledge.
  • Guided and independent practice: Using an appropriate blend where guided practice scaffolds toward independent practice.

⚖️ The ultimate balance

  • All strategies considered, teachers' planning is not just about organizing teaching; it is also about facilitating learning.
  • This dual purpose is evident in many features of public education, including assessment of learning.
  • Don't confuse: Facilitating learning does not mean abandoning teacher responsibility—it means sharing responsibility appropriately with students to develop their self-regulation and self-determination.
65

Basic concepts

Basic concepts

🧭 Overview

🧠 One-sentence thesis

Assessment is an integrated process of gathering information about student learning and making value judgments about progress, and when used formatively during instruction, it enhances both teaching and learning rather than merely certifying competence after the fact.

📌 Key points (3–5)

  • Assessment vs measurement vs evaluation: assessment is the broad process of gaining information and making judgments; measurement assigns numbers; evaluation makes judgments about the information.
  • Assessment for learning vs assessment of learning: "for learning" is formative (during instruction, to improve teaching and learning); "of learning" is summative (after instruction, to certify competence and assign grades).
  • Formative can be informal or formal: informal = spontaneous observations; formal = pre-planned systematic data gathering.
  • Common confusion: formative vs summative timing and purpose—formative happens during instruction to adjust teaching; summative happens after to judge mastery.
  • Five-step process: clear goals, appropriate techniques, motivation/confidence, adjusting instruction, and communicating with parents.

📚 Core terminology

📚 Assessment

Assessment is an integrated process of gaining information about students' learning and making value judgments about their progress.

  • Not just testing; includes projects, portfolios, performances, observations, and tests.
  • Two components: gaining information and making value judgments.
  • Example: a teacher collects student work samples (information) and decides whether the student understands the concept (judgment).

📏 Measurement

Measurement answers the question, "How much?" and is used most commonly when the teacher scores a test or product and assigns numbers.

  • Assigns specific numbers or grades to student work.
  • Example: 28/30 on a biology test; 90/100 on a science project.
  • It is a subset of assessment—the quantification step.

⚖️ Evaluation

Evaluation is the process of making judgments about the assessment information.

  • Judgments can be about:
    • Individual students (e.g., should improvement be factored into a grade?)
    • The assessment method itself (e.g., does a multiple-choice test measure problem-solving?)
    • One's own teaching (e.g., did new methods improve student performance?)
  • Don't confuse: evaluation is the interpretation step, not the data-gathering step.

🔄 Two purposes of assessment

🌱 Assessment for learning (formative)

Assessment for learning: the priority is designing and using assessment strategies to enhance student learning and development.

  • Takes place during instruction.
  • Provides information teachers use to revise teaching and students use to improve learning.
  • Can be informal (spontaneous, unsystematic observations during Q&A or while students work) or formal (pre-planned, systematic data gathering).
  • Example: a teacher observes students struggling with an assignment and provides further explanation mid-lesson.

🎓 Assessment of learning (summative)

Assessment of learning: formal assessment that involves assessing students in order to certify their competence and fulfill accountability mandates.

  • Administered after instruction is completed.
  • Provides information about:
    • How well students mastered the material.
    • Whether students are ready for the next unit.
    • What grades should be given.
  • Example: a final examination in an educational psychology course.
  • Don't confuse: summative is about certifying what was learned; formative is about improving learning in progress.
DimensionAssessment for learning (formative)Assessment of learning (summative)
TimingDuring instructionAfter instruction
PurposeEnhance learning; adjust teachingCertify competence; assign grades
FormatInformal or formalFormal
UseTeachers revise teaching; students improveJudge mastery; accountability

🛠️ Five-step process for assessment for learning

🎯 Step 1: Clear instructional goals and communication

  • Teachers must think carefully about the purpose of each lesson and unit.
  • Vague goals (e.g., "Students will learn about the Civil War") are insufficient.
  • Clearer goals specify what students should learn: dates/battles, causes, differing perspectives, or soldiers' experiences.
  • Teachers must communicate goals clearly to students so they know what is important to learn.
  • Example: a middle school social studies teacher, Vanessa, cannot devise appropriate assessments until she clarifies whether she wants students to learn facts, causes, perspectives, or experiences.

🧰 Step 2: Selecting appropriate assessment techniques

  • Choose techniques appropriate for:
    • The goals of instruction.
    • The developmental level of students.
  • Teachers need to know characteristics of a wide variety of classroom assessment techniques and how to adapt them.
  • Must understand the role of reliability, validity, and absence of bias in choosing and using techniques.
  • Much of the chapter focuses on this step.

💪 Step 3: Enhancing motivation and confidence

  • The type of assessment and the feedback given influence students' motivation and confidence.
  • Example: a college student, Samantha, enjoys history lectures and readings focused on major themes, but becomes angry and loses confidence when assessments are only multiple-choice fact tests; she begins to spend less time on the material.
  • Contrast: students in educational psychology classes often work harder on case-study assessments than on traditional exams or essays.
  • Don't confuse: the content taught vs. the assessment format—misalignment demotivates students.

🔧 Step 4: Adjusting instruction based on information

  • An essential component of assessment for learning.
  • Adjustments occur:
    • During a lesson (e.g., students' responses indicate readiness for a new topic, or observations show they need further explanation).
    • After the lesson (e.g., reflecting on instruction and planning for the next day).
  • Example: a teacher decides mid-lesson that students understand enough to introduce a new topic, or that they do not understand the assignment and need more explanation.

📞 Step 5: Communicating with parents and guardians

  • Regular communication about children's performance enhances learning and development.
  • Methods: newsletters, telephone, email, school district websites, parent-teacher conferences.
  • Effective communication requires:
    • Clear explanation of the purpose and characteristics of the assessment.
    • Clear explanation of the meaning of students' performance.
    • Thorough knowledge of teacher-made and standardized assessments.
    • Clear communication skills.

🏆 High-quality assessments

✅ Validity

Validity is the evaluation of the "adequacy and appropriateness of the interpretations and uses of assessment results" for a given group of individuals.

  • Not about the test itself, but about the interpretation and use of results.
  • Key question: Is it appropriate to conclude X based on this assessment for this group?
  • Example: Is it appropriate to conclude that a mathematics test on fractions given to recent immigrants accurately represents their understanding of fractions? (Other interpretations are possible, e.g., language barriers.)
  • Example: Is it appropriate to conclude that a kindergarten student has Attention Deficit Disorder based on observations that she does not follow oral instructions? (Other interpretations are possible, e.g., hearing issues, language comprehension.)
  • Don't confuse: validity is about the interpretation, not the test design alone.

🔁 Reliability

  • (The excerpt mentions reliability as important but does not define or elaborate on it in the provided text.)

🚫 Absence of bias

  • (The excerpt mentions absence of bias as important but does not define or elaborate on it in the provided text.)
66

Assessment for Learning: An Overview of the Process

Assessment for learning: an overview of the process

🧭 Overview

🧠 One-sentence thesis

Assessment for learning is a multi-step process in which teachers use assessment information to adjust instruction, enhance student motivation, and communicate progress, requiring high-quality assessment techniques with good validity and reliability.

📌 Key points (3–5)

  • Five-step process: communicate goals, select appropriate assessments, enhance motivation, adjust instruction based on results, and communicate with parents.
  • Quality requirements: assessments must have validity (appropriate interpretation of results), reliability (consistency of measurement), and absence of bias.
  • Common confusion: validity applies to the interpretation and uses of assessment results, not to the assessment procedure itself—the same test can be valid in one context and invalid in another.
  • Adjustment is essential: teachers must use assessment information to modify instruction both during lessons and when planning future lessons.
  • Content validation tool: a Table of Specifications helps ensure assessment items cover all intended content areas appropriately, avoiding over-sampling or under-sampling.

📋 The five-step assessment process

📋 Step 1: Communicating goals

  • Teachers must clearly communicate learning goals to students so they know what is important to learn.
  • Without knowing what they are supposed to learn, students will not learn as much, no matter how thorough the teacher's planning.
  • Communication is so important that a specific chapter (Chapter 8) is devoted to it in the source material.

📋 Step 2: Selecting appropriate techniques

  • Teachers need to choose assessment techniques appropriate for both instructional goals and students' developmental levels.
  • Requires knowledge of:
    • Characteristics of a wide variety of classroom assessment techniques
    • How to adapt techniques for various content, skills, and student characteristics
    • The role of reliability, validity, and absence of bias in choosing and using assessments

📋 Step 3: Enhancing motivation and confidence

  • Students' motivation and confidence are influenced by both the type of assessment used and the feedback given about results.
  • Example: Samantha, a college student, initially enjoys history lectures and readings focused on major themes, but becomes angry and loses confidence when assessments are only multiple-choice tests about facts; she begins spending less time on the material.
  • Contrast: many students in educational psychology classes work harder on case study assessments than on traditional exams or essays.
  • The type of feedback provided to students is also important for maintaining motivation.

📋 Step 4: Adjusting instruction

  • Teachers must use information gained from assessment to adjust instruction—this is an essential component of assessment for learning.
  • During lessons: a teacher may decide students' responses indicate sufficient understanding to introduce a new topic, or that observations show students don't understand the assignment and need further explanation.
  • After lessons: adjustments occur when the teacher reflects on instruction and plans for the next day.

📋 Step 5: Communicating with parents

  • Students' learning and development is enhanced when teachers communicate regularly with parents about their children's performance.
  • Communication methods include: newsletters, telephone conversations, email, school district websites, and parent-teacher conferences.
  • Effective communication requires teachers to clearly explain:
    • The purpose and characteristics of the assessment
    • The meaning of students' performance
  • This requires thorough knowledge of both teacher-made and standardized assessments, plus clear communication skills.

🎯 Validity: interpreting assessment results appropriately

🎯 What validity means

Validity is the evaluation of the "adequacy and appropriateness of the interpretations and uses of assessment results" for a given group of individuals.

  • Validity is about making an overall judgment of the degree to which interpretations and uses of assessment results are justified.
  • It is a matter of degree (high, moderate, or low validity) rather than all-or-none (totally valid vs invalid).
  • Don't confuse: validity refers to the interpretation and uses made of the results of an assessment procedure, not of the assessment procedure itself.

🎯 Why the same assessment can be valid or invalid

  • Example 1: A mathematics test on fractions given to recent immigrants may not accurately represent their understanding of fractions if they have poor English skills rather than poor mathematics skills.
  • Example 2: Making judgments about results of the same fractions test may be valid if the students all understand English well.
  • Example 3: A teacher observing that kindergarten student Jasmine does not follow oral instructions might inappropriately conclude she has Attention Deficit Disorder, when she may actually be hearing impaired.
  • The same observation (Jasmine not following instructions) could be appropriate for concluding ADD if the student has been screened for hearing and other disorders (although ADD classification cannot be made by one teacher alone).

🎯 Three sources of validity evidence

Type of validityKey questionWhat it examines
Content validityHow well does the assessment include the content or tasks it is supposed to?Relevance and representativeness of assessment tasks
Construct validityDoes performance reflect the intended construct without irrelevant factors?Whether results measure the intended characteristic (e.g., mathematical reasoning) without interference from irrelevant factors
Criterion-related validityDoes the assessment predict future performance accurately?How well assessment results predict performance on another measure

📝 Content validity: ensuring comprehensive coverage

📝 What content validity requires

Content validity evidence is associated with the question: How well does the assessment include the content or tasks it is supposed to?

  • All items should be based on the correct subject matter.
    • Example: If an educational psychology instructor's mid-term test covers chapters one to seven, all items should be from educational psychology (not methods or cultural foundations classes) and should cover content from all seven chapters (not just chapters three to seven)—unless the instructor specifies certain chapters have priority.
  • Content validation determines the degree that assessment tasks are relevant and representative of the tasks judged by the teacher (or test developer) to represent their goals and objectives.
  • Teachers must be clear about their purposes and priorities for instruction before they can begin to gather evidence related to content validity.

📝 Table of Specifications tool

  • A Table of Specifications helps teachers think about content validation when devising assessment tasks.
  • It helps determine if some content areas or concepts are:
    • Over-sampled: too many items
    • Under-sampled: too few items

📝 Example structure (grade 3 geography)

The excerpt provides an example based on Pennsylvania's State standards for grade 3 geography, with a 20-item test:

Content areaInstructional objectivesDistribution
Geographic representations (maps, globe, diagrams, photographs)Identifies (3 items) + Uses or locates (3 items)6 items (30%)
Spatial information (sketch & thematic maps)Identifies (1) + Uses or locates (1)2 items (10%)
Mental mapsIdentifies (1) + Uses or locates (1)2 items (10%)
Physical features (lakes, continents)Identifies (1) + Uses or locates (2)3 items (15%)
Human features (countries, states, cities)Identifies (3) + Uses or locates (2)5 items (25%)
Regions with unifying characteristics (river basins)Identifies (1) + Uses or locates (1)2 items (10%)
  • The left column lists instructional content.
  • The second and third columns identify the number of items for each content area and each instructional objective.
  • In this example, the teacher decided that geographic representations should have the most items (six)—more than any other sub-area.

🧩 Construct validity: measuring the right thing

🧩 What constructs are

A construct is a characteristic of a person we assume exists to help explain behavior.

  • We use constructs to explain behavior even though we cannot directly observe them.
  • Examples from the excerpt:
    • Test anxiety: explains why some individuals have difficulty concentrating, have physiological reactions such as sweating, and perform poorly on tests but not in class assignments
    • Mathematical reasoning: a construct used to explain performance on an assessment
    • Reading comprehension: a construct used to explain performance on an assessment

🧩 What construct validation means

  • Construct validation is the process of determining the extent to which performance on an assessment can be interpreted in terms of the intended constructs and is not influenced by factors irrelevant to the construct.
  • The focus is on making broader judgments about students' performances than specific skills (such as doing fractions).

🧩 When construct validity is low

  • Example 1: Judgments about recent immigrants' performance on a mathematical reasoning test administered in English will have low construct validity if the results are influenced by English language skills that are irrelevant to mathematical problem solving.
  • Example 2: Construct validity of end-of-semester examinations is likely to be poor for students who are highly anxious when taking major tests but not during regular class periods or when doing assignments.

🧩 How to increase construct validity

Teachers can help increase construct validity by trying to reduce factors that influence performance but are irrelevant to the construct being assessed. These factors include:

  • Anxiety
  • English language skills
  • Reading speed

🎲 Criterion-related validity: predicting future performance

🎲 What criterion-related validity measures

  • This form of validity evidence examines how well an assessment predicts performance on another measure (the criterion).
  • It is about the predictive power of an assessment.

🎲 Examples of criterion-related validity in use

  • College admissions: Selective colleges in the USA use the ACT or SAT among other criteria to choose who will be admitted because these standardized tests help predict freshman grades (i.e., have high criterion-related validity).
  • K-12 schools: Some schools give students math or reading tests in the fall semester to predict:
    • Which students are likely to do well on the annual state tests administered in the spring semester
    • Which students are unlikely to pass the tests and will need additional assistance

🎲 Why it matters

  • If the tests administered in fall do not predict students' performances accurately, then the additional assistance may be given to the wrong students.
  • This illustrates the importance of criterion-related validity for making appropriate instructional decisions.

🔁 Reliability: consistency of measurement

🔁 What reliability means

Reliability refers to the consistency of the measurement.

  • Reliability is about whether an assessment produces similar results under different conditions.

🔁 Questions reliability addresses

The excerpt provides an example: Mr. Garcia is teaching a unit on food chemistry in his tenth grade class and gives an assessment at the end of the unit using test items from the teachers' guide. Reliability is related to questions such as:

  • How similar would the scores of the students be if they had taken the assessment on a Friday or Monday?
  • Would the scores have varied if Mr. Garcia had selected different test items?
  • Would the scores have varied if a different teacher had graded the test?

🔁 Why consistency matters

  • If an assessment is not reliable (i.e., produces inconsistent results), teachers cannot trust the information it provides for making instructional decisions.
  • Reliability is a prerequisite for validity—an assessment cannot provide valid interpretations if it does not measure consistently.
67

Selecting appropriate assessment techniques I: high quality assessments

Selecting appropriate assessment techniques I: high quality assessments

🧭 Overview

🧠 One-sentence thesis

High-quality assessments require three essential qualities—validity (measuring what you intend), reliability (consistency across occasions and raters), and absence of bias (fairness across student groups)—all of which teachers can strengthen through deliberate design choices.

📌 Key points (3–5)

  • Validity ensures the assessment measures what it is supposed to measure; three types are content validity (coverage of instructional content), construct validity (measuring the intended trait without irrelevant factors), and criterion-related validity (predicting future performance).
  • Reliability refers to consistency of measurement across different occasions, raters, or tasks; it can be increased by using more items, clearer directions, and explicit scoring criteria.
  • Common confusion: validity vs reliability—an assessment can be reliable (consistent) but not valid (measuring the wrong thing), or valid in intent but unreliable (inconsistent results).
  • Bias distorts performance based on personal characteristics (gender, ethnicity, social class) unrelated to what is being assessed.
  • Practical tools: tables of specifications help ensure balanced content sampling and prevent over- or under-representation of topics.

📋 Validity: measuring what you intend

📐 Content validity evidence

Content validity: the extent to which an assessment represents the intended content domain and instructional objectives.

  • Teachers must ensure the assessment covers the full range of content and skills taught, not just a narrow slice.
  • Table of specifications is a practical tool:
    • Lists content areas in rows and instructional objectives in columns.
    • Shows the number and percentage of items for each combination.
    • Helps identify over-sampled areas (too many items) and under-sampled areas (too few items).
  • Example: A grade 3 geography test uses a table showing 6 items (30%) for geographic representations, 3 items (15%) for physical features, and 5 items (25%) for human features, ensuring balanced coverage.

🧠 Construct validity evidence

Construct: a characteristic of a person we assume exists to help explain behavior (e.g., mathematical reasoning, reading comprehension, test anxiety).

Construct validation: the process of determining the extent to which performance on an assessment can be interpreted in terms of the intended constructs and is not influenced by factors irrelevant to the construct.

  • More complex than content validity because it involves broader traits, not just specific skills.
  • The core problem: irrelevant factors can distort results.
    • Example: A mathematical reasoning test given in English to recent immigrants may measure English language skills instead of math reasoning—low construct validity.
    • Example: End-of-semester exams may have poor construct validity for highly anxious students whose anxiety (not knowledge) affects performance.
  • How to increase construct validity: reduce irrelevant factors such as anxiety, language barriers, and reading speed.
  • Don't confuse: construct validity is about whether the test measures the intended trait, not whether students perform well.

🎯 Criterion-related validity evidence

Criterion-related validity: the extent to which assessment results predict future performance on a related criterion.

  • Used when the goal is prediction, not just measurement of current knowledge.
  • Example: Selective U.S. colleges use ACT or SAT scores to predict freshman grades; if the tests accurately predict grades, they have high criterion-related validity.
  • Example: K-12 schools give fall math or reading tests to predict which students will pass spring state tests and need extra help; if predictions are inaccurate, the wrong students receive assistance.
  • Why it matters: poor criterion-related validity leads to misallocation of resources and support.

🔁 Reliability: consistency of measurement

🔁 What reliability measures

Reliability: the consistency of the measurement.

  • Reliability asks: Would students get similar scores if tested on a different day, with different items from the same domain, or graded by a different rater?
  • Why consistency matters: Without reasonable consistency, results cannot be trusted to improve student learning.
  • Sources of inconsistency: students' memory, attention, fatigue, effort, and anxiety fluctuate; raters vary in grading; item wording and design influence performance.
  • Don't confuse: reliability is about consistency, not accuracy or correctness; an assessment can be reliably measuring the wrong thing.

📏 How to increase reliability

📏 Use more tasks or items

  • Assessments with more items typically have higher reliability.
  • Why: Chance factors have less influence on longer tests.
    • Example: On a 5-item test, one confusing item reduces the score by 20%; on a 50-item test, one confusing item reduces the score by only 2%.
  • Caution: This does not mean tests should be excessively long, but enough tasks should be included to reduce chance variation.

📝 Provide clear directions and tasks

  • Unclear directions or wording force students to guess what is meant, undermining accuracy.
  • Clarity reduces measurement error caused by misunderstanding the task itself.

✅ Use clear scoring criteria

  • Clear scoring criteria are crucial for high reliability, especially when raters are involved.
  • Even trained raters vary when grading essays, science projects, or oral presentations; explicit criteria reduce this variation.

⚖️ Absence of bias: fairness across groups

⚖️ What bias means in assessment

Bias: components in the assessment method or administration that distort the performance of the student because of their personal characteristics such as gender, ethnicity, or social class.

  • Bias occurs when personal characteristics unrelated to what is being assessed affect scores.
  • The key distinction: The distortion is due to the assessment design or administration, not the student's actual knowledge or skill in the target domain.
  • Example: An assessment that requires cultural knowledge irrelevant to the subject may disadvantage students from certain ethnic or social class backgrounds.
68

Reliability

Reliability

🧭 Overview

🧠 One-sentence thesis

The excerpt discusses grading systems and their characteristics but does not provide substantive content on reliability as an assessment concept.

📌 Key points (3–5)

  • Grading systems covered: letter grades, pass-fail, and objective checklists are three main approaches to reporting student performance.
  • Letter grades: convenient and simple but do not show which objectives were met or students' specific strengths and weaknesses.
  • Pass-fail systems: allow risk-taking and exploration but provide even less information about learning levels.
  • Objective checklists: communicate strengths and weaknesses clearly but can become difficult to understand if too many objectives are included.
  • Common confusion: the excerpt mentions "reliability" only as a key term at the end but provides no definition or explanation of the concept.

📝 Grading system types

📝 Letter grade system

  • Traditional approach using letters (A, B, C, D, F) for each subject.
  • Advantages:
    • Convenient
    • Simple
    • Can be averaged easily
  • Disadvantages:
    • Does not indicate which objectives the student has or has not met
    • Does not show students' specific strengths and weaknesses
  • Example: A student receives a "B" in a subject, but this does not reveal whether they struggled with one particular skill or performed moderately across all areas.

✅ Pass-fail system

  • Also called satisfactory-unsatisfactory system.
  • Commonly used in elementary schools; some high schools and colleges also use it.
  • Purpose in higher education: allows students to explore new areas and take risks on subjects where they have limited preparation or that are not part of their major.
  • Advantages:
    • Easy to use
  • Disadvantages:
    • Offers even less information about students' level of learning than letter grades
  • Special case—mastery learning: under mastery-learning approaches, students must demonstrate mastery on all objectives to receive course credit; in this context, "pass" clearly means the student has demonstrated mastery of all objectives.

📋 Checklist of objectives

  • Some schools replace traditional letter grades with checklists of objectives in subject areas.
  • Students are rated on each objective using descriptors such as:
    • Proficient
    • Partially Proficient
    • Needs Improvement
  • Example: A fourth grade class in California may include four types of writing required by state content standards: writing narratives, writing responses to literature, writing information reports, and writing summaries.
  • Advantages:
    • Communicates students' strengths and weaknesses clearly
    • Reminds students and parents of the objectives of the school
  • Disadvantages:
    • If too many objectives are included, the lists can become so long that they are difficult to understand

⚖️ Fairness and competition issues

⚖️ Relative grading ("grading on the curve")

  • Students at the bottom get low grades, those in the middle get moderate grades, and those at the top get high grades.
  • Purpose: can be useful to compensate for an examination or assignment that students find much easier or harder than the teacher expected.
  • Fairness concern: comparisons are typically within one class, so an A in one class may not represent the level of performance of an A in another class.
  • Competition problem: relative grading systems may discourage students from helping each other improve because students are in competition for limited rewards.
  • Example: Bishop (1999) argues that grading on the curve gives students a personal interest in persuading each other not to study, as a serious student makes it more difficult for others to get good grades.

🔍 Note on reliability

🔍 Missing content

  • The excerpt lists "Reliability" as a key term at the end of the chapter.
  • No definition or explanation is provided in the excerpt itself.
  • The excerpt focuses on grading system descriptions and does not address reliability as an assessment quality or measurement concept.
  • Don't confuse: the title "Reliability" suggests the excerpt should explain this assessment concept, but the actual text covers grading systems instead.
69

Absence of bias

Absence of bias

🧭 Overview

🧠 One-sentence thesis

Absence of bias is a key term in classroom assessment, though the excerpt does not provide a definition or explanation of this concept.

📌 Key points (3–5)

  • What the excerpt provides: only a listing of "Absence of bias" as a key term in a chapter on teacher-made assessment strategies.
  • Context: the term appears alongside other assessment concepts like reliability, validity, formative assessment, and summative assessment.
  • Missing information: the excerpt does not define what absence of bias means, how to achieve it, or why it matters in assessment.

📋 What the excerpt contains

📋 Key term listing only

The excerpt lists "Absence of bias" under the "Key terms" section at the end of a chapter on teacher-made assessment strategies.

  • It appears in an alphabetical list with other assessment-related terms.
  • No definition, explanation, or discussion of the concept is provided in the visible text.
  • The excerpt focuses primarily on grading systems (relative vs. absolute, letter grades vs. pass-fail, objective checklists) rather than on bias in assessment.

🔍 Related context from the chapter

The chapter discusses:

  • Different grading approaches (grading on the curve, letter grades, pass-fail systems, objective checklists)
  • Assessment for learning vs. assessment of learning
  • Other key terms like reliability, validity, formative assessment, summative assessment, and authentic assessment

Note: None of these sections in the visible excerpt explain what "absence of bias" means or how it relates to the other concepts.

⚠️ Limitation of this excerpt

⚠️ Substantive content not available

The excerpt does not contain enough information to explain:

  • What "absence of bias" means in the context of classroom assessment
  • How teachers can ensure absence of bias in their assessments
  • Why absence of bias is important
  • How it differs from or relates to other assessment qualities like validity and reliability

To understand this concept, you would need to consult the full chapter text or other sections of the source material that define and discuss bias in assessment.

70

Selecting Appropriate Assessment Techniques II: Types of Teacher-Made Assessments

Selecting appropriate assessment techniques II: types of Teacher-Made assessments

🧭 Overview

🧠 One-sentence thesis

Teachers must select from a wide variety of informal and formal assessment techniques—ranging from spontaneous observation and questioning during instruction to planned selected-response tests—while ensuring validity, reliability, and freedom from bias that could penalize certain student groups.

📌 Key points (3–5)

  • Two types of assessment bias: offensiveness (negative stereotypes) and unfair penalization (differential background experiences not taught in class).
  • Informal vs formal assessment: informal techniques (observation, questioning) require instantaneous decisions during instruction; formal techniques are planned beforehand and allow reflective decisions.
  • Common confusion: unfair penalization does not occur simply because some students do poorly—it only occurs when items require background knowledge beyond what was taught that some groups are less likely to have.
  • Observation and questioning challenges: fast-paced classrooms, teacher subjectivity, selective sampling, and cultural differences all threaten validity and reliability.
  • Selected response items: objective formats (multiple choice, matching, true/false) are easy to score but hard to devise well, and must align with learning goals to maintain validity.

⚠️ Assessment bias

🚫 Offensiveness

An assessment is most likely to be offensive to a subgroup of students when negative stereotypes are included in the test.

  • What it is: items that portray groups in stereotypical ways (e.g., all doctors as men and all nurses as women; Latinos and Asians only as immigrants).
  • Why it matters: offended students may be distracted and unable to perform well on the assessment.
  • Example: a health class test showing only male doctors and female nurses may offend female students and harm their performance.

🎯 Unfair penalization

Unfair penalization occurs when items disadvantage one group not because they may be offensive but because of differential background experiences.

  • What it is: items that assume knowledge or experiences some groups are less likely to have.
  • Key distinction: the disadvantage comes from background knowledge not taught in class, not from content that was covered.
  • Example: a math problem assuming knowledge of American football may disadvantage recent immigrants unfamiliar with the sport.
  • Example: a teamwork assessment asking students to model a symphony orchestra is easier for affluent students who have attended performances.

🔍 What is NOT unfair penalization

  • Students doing poorly is not automatically unfair penalization.
  • Critical rule: if the assessment asks about content taught in class and does not require outside knowledge that some groups lack, it is fair.
  • Example: asking about a specific sport in physical education class is fair if the sport was discussed in class and questions do not require knowledge beyond what was taught.

🛠️ Strategies for multi-ethnic classrooms

  • New teachers in multi-ethnic classrooms must think seriously about students' differing backgrounds.
  • How to reduce bias:
    • Listen carefully to what students say.
    • Learn about students' backgrounds.
    • Devise interesting assessments that do not penalize any group.

👀 Informal assessment: observation and questioning

📖 Why informal assessment matters

  • During teaching, teachers must continuously monitor students' learning and motivation to decide if modifications are needed.
  • Beginning teachers find this harder than experienced teachers because it requires complex cognitive skills: improvising and responding to students while keeping lesson goals in mind.
  • The two main informal strategies are observation and questioning.

👁️ Observation

  • When it happens: from the moment students enter the classroom (e.g., greeting students at the door to observe mood and motivation).
  • What teachers observe:
    • Non-verbal behaviors (e.g., students looking out the window instead of watching a demonstration).
    • What students say (e.g., comments indicating they don't understand what to do).
  • What observation helps decide:
    • Which student to call on next.
    • Whether to speed up or slow down.
    • When more examples are needed.
    • Whether to begin or end an activity.
    • How well students are performing a physical activity.
    • Potential behavior problems.
  • Strategy: moving around the classroom helps teachers observe more students from multiple perspectives.
  • Challenge: the fast pace and complexity of classrooms make it difficult to gain as much information as desired.

❓ Questioning

  • Why teachers ask questions:
    • Keep students' attention on the lesson.
    • Highlight important points and ideas.
    • Promote critical thinking.
    • Allow students to learn from each other's answers.
    • Provide information about students' learning.
  • Why it's difficult: devising good questions and using responses to make effective instantaneous instructional decisions is very hard.
  • Strategies to improve questioning:
    • Plan and write down instructional questions in advance.
    • Allow sufficient wait time for students to respond.
    • Listen carefully to what students say, not just for expected answers.
    • Vary the types of questions asked.
    • Make sure some questions are higher level.
    • Ask follow-up questions.

⚠️ Problems with informal assessment

  • Informal assessment based on spontaneous observation and questioning is essential but has inherent problems with validity, reliability, and bias.
ProblemStrategies to alleviate problem
Teacher's lack of objectivityTry not to see only what you want to see. Teachers may look for positive interactions to feel good about instruction, or negative reactions to confirm beliefs about a student or class.
Focus on process rather than learningConcentrate on student learning, not just involvement. Students can be active and engaged but not developing new skills. Most observations focus on process (attention, facial expressions, posture).
Limited information and selective samplingObserve a variety of students—not just those who are typically very good or very bad. Walk around the room to observe more students up close and view from multiple perspectives. Call on a wide variety of students—not just those with hands up, skilled students, or those in particular seats.
Fast pace inhibits corroborative evidenceAsk a peer to visit and observe students' behaviors. One teacher cannot see much while also teaching in a complex, fast-paced classroom.
Cultural and individual differencesBe cautious in conclusions. Meaning and expectations of questions, wait time, social distance, and "small talk" vary across cultures. Some students are quiet because of personality, not because they are uninvolved, struggling, or depressed.

📝 Record keeping

  • Why keep records: improves reliability and can enhance understanding of one student, a group, or the whole class.
  • Sometimes requires help: Example: a beginning science teacher asks a colleague to observe and record her wait times during one class period. She learns her wait times are very short, so she practices silently counting to five after asking questions.

📋 Anecdotal records

Anecdotal records contain descriptions of incidents of a student's behavior, the time and place the incident takes place, and a tentative interpretation of the incident.

  • Example: Joseph, a second-grade student, falls asleep during math class on a Monday morning. Tentative interpretation: he did not get enough sleep over the weekend. Alternative explanations: he is sick or on medication that makes him drowsy.
  • Next steps: ask Joseph why he is sleepy; observe him over the next couple of weeks to see if he looks tired and sleepy.
  • Advantages: provide important information; better than relying on memory.
  • Challenges:
    • Take time to maintain.
    • Difficult for teachers to be objective (e.g., after seeing Joseph fall asleep, the teacher may now look for any signs of sleepiness and ignore days he is not sleepy).
    • Hard to sample a wide enough range of data for high reliability.

🎓 Formal observations

  • Teachers conduct more formal observations especially for students with special needs who have IEPs (Individualized Education Programs).
  • Example: In a preschool class with eight special needs students and four peer models, the teacher and aide observe and record whether a child meets specific objectives (e.g., "When given two picture or object choices, Mark will point to the appropriate object in 80 percent of the opportunities"). Daily records are summarized weekly; at the end of each month, the teacher calculates whether special needs children are meeting their IEP objectives.

📝 Formal assessment: selected response items

🧩 What are selected response items

In selected response items students have to select a response provided by the teacher or test developer rather than constructing a response in their own words or actions.

  • Common formats: multiple choice, matching, and true/false items.
  • Recognition vs recall: these items do not require students to recall information but rather recognize the correct answer.

🎯 Why they are called "objective"

Tests with these items are called objective because the results are not influenced by scorers' judgments or interpretations and so are often machine scored.

  • Eliminating potential errors in scoring increases the reliability of tests.

⚖️ Validity vs reliability trade-off

  • Risk: teachers who only use objective tests are liable to reduce the validity of their assessment because objective tests are not appropriate for all learning goals.
  • Key principle: effective assessment for learning as well as assessment of learning must be based on aligning the assessment technique to the learning goals and outcomes.
  • Example: if the goal is for students to conduct an experiment, they should be asked to do that rather than being asked about conducting an experiment.

⚠️ Common problems with selected response items

  • Easy to score but hard to devise: teachers often do not spend enough time constructing items.
  • Problem 1: Unclear wording in the items (the excerpt cuts off here, but this is listed as a common issue).
71

Selected Response Items

Selected response items

🧭 Overview

🧠 One-sentence thesis

Selected response items (multiple choice, matching, true/false) allow objective scoring and efficient testing but require careful construction to align with learning goals and avoid common design flaws that reduce validity.

📌 Key points (3–5)

  • What selected response items are: test formats where students select from provided answers rather than constructing their own responses; they test recognition, not recall.
  • Why they're called "objective": results are not influenced by scorers' judgments or interpretations and can be machine scored, increasing reliability.
  • Common confusion: objective tests increase reliability but can reduce validity if overused—assessment technique must align with learning goals (e.g., if the goal is to conduct an experiment, students should do it, not answer questions about it).
  • Hard to devise well: though easy to score, these items are difficult to construct; common errors include unclear wording, irrelevant cues, negatives, trivial questions, and lifting sentences out of context.
  • Each format has trade-offs: true/false is efficient but allows 50% guessing; matching suits factual knowledge but needs homogeneous lists; multiple choice can assess higher thinking but is hardest to write well.

🔍 Core concept: Recognition vs recall

🔍 What selected response items measure

Selected response items: test formats in which students select a response provided by the teacher or test developer rather than constructing a response in their own words or actions.

  • Students recognize the correct answer from options, not recall it from memory.
  • The excerpt contrasts this with constructed response items, where students must generate answers themselves.
  • Example: A student sees four options and picks the correct one (recognition) vs. filling in a blank with no hints (recall).

🎯 Why "objective" matters

  • Results are not influenced by scorers' judgments or interpretations.
  • Often machine scored, eliminating potential scoring errors.
  • This increases reliability (consistency of scoring).
  • Don't confuse: objective scoring ≠ valid assessment. The excerpt warns that using only objective tests can reduce validity because they are not appropriate for all learning goals.

⚖️ Reliability vs validity trade-off

⚖️ The alignment principle

  • Effective assessment (both for learning and of learning) must align the assessment technique to the learning goals and outcomes.
  • The excerpt gives a clear rule: "if the goal is for students to conduct an experiment then they should be asked to do that rather than being asked about conducting an experiment."
  • Objective tests increase reliability but teachers who only use them reduce validity.

🚫 Common construction errors (all formats)

🚫 Unclear wording

  • Problem: Items are confusing or ambiguous.
  • Example from the excerpt: "True or False: Although George Washington was born into a wealthy family, his father died when he was only 11, he worked as a youth as a surveyor of rural lands, and later stood on the balcony of Federal Hall in New York when he took his oath of office in 1789."
  • This item packs too many ideas into one sentence, making it hard to parse.

🚫 Irrelevant cues

  • Problem: Clues unrelated to the content help students guess the answer.
  • Common clue: all true statements (or correct alternatives) are longer than false statements (or incorrect alternatives).
  • Students can use these patterns to guess without knowing the content.

🚫 Using negatives or double negatives

  • Problem: Students often do not notice negative terms or find them confusing.
  • Poor item: "True or False: None of the steps made by the student was unnecessary."
  • Better item: "True or False: All of the steps were necessary."
  • Exception: Standardized tests often use negatives, so teachers sometimes deliberately include some to give students practice in that format.

🚫 Taking sentences directly from textbook or lecture notes

  • Problem: Removing words from context often makes them ambiguous or changes the meaning.
  • Example from the excerpt: "Similarly with jumping, throwing and catching: the large majority of children can do these things, though often a bit clumsily."
  • Out of context, this suggests all children are clumsy. The fuller quotation clarifies it refers specifically to 5-year-olds.

🚫 Trivial questions

  • Problem: Testing unimportant details.
  • Example: "Jean Piaget was born in what year? a) 1896 b) 1900 c) 1880 d) 1903"
  • The excerpt notes: while it's important to know approximately when Piaget made his contributions, the exact year of his birth (1880) is not important.

🟦 True/False items

🟦 Strengths

  • Appropriate for measuring factual knowledge: vocabulary, formulae, dates, proper names, technical terms.
  • Very efficient: simple structure, students understand easily, take little time to complete.
  • Easier to construct than multiple choice and matching items.

🟦 Weaknesses

  • Students have a 50% probability of getting the answer correct through guessing.
  • Difficult to interpret how much students actually know from test scores.

🟦 Common errors specific to true/false

Error typeDescriptionExample from excerpt
Statement not absolutely trueContains broad generalizations"T F The President of the United States is elected to that office." (Usually true but the Vice President can succeed the President.)
Opinion, not factBelief-based, not verifiable"T F Education for K-12 students is improved through policies that support charter schools." (Some believe this, some do not.)
Two ideas in one itemMakes it difficult to decide T or F"T F George H Bush the 40th president of the US was defeated by William Jefferson Clinton in 1992." (First idea is false; second is true.)
Irrelevant cuesPattern words give away answersTrue items contain "usually," "generally"; false items contain "always," "all," "never."

🔗 Matching items

🔗 What they measure

  • Most often used to measure lower-level knowledge: persons and their achievements, dates and historical events, terms and definitions, symbols and concepts, plants or animals and classifications.
  • Two parallel columns are presented; students match items in the first column with those in the second column.
  • Typically more items in the second column to make the task more difficult and ensure one error doesn't force another.

🔗 Example format

The excerpt provides this example:

  • Directions: On the line to the left of the Spanish word in Column A, write the letter of the English word in Column B that has the same meaning.
  • Column A: Spanish words (Casa, Bebé, Gata, Perro, Hermano)
  • Column B: English words (Aunt, Baby, Brother, Cat, Dog, Father, House)

🔗 Common errors specific to matching

Error typeDescriptionExample from excerpt
Columns not homogeneousMixing different types of informationColumn B contains both generals and dates for Civil War battles.
Too many items in each listMore than 10 is too confusingLists should be relatively short (4–7) in each column.
Responses not in logical orderWastes student time searchingShould be alphabetical or another logical order; if not, students spend too much time searching for the correct answer.

🔘 Multiple choice items

🔘 Why most commonly used

  • Can be adapted to assess higher-level thinking (application) as well as lower-level factual knowledge.
  • Students must recognize the correct answer, not just know the incorrect answer (as in true/false).
  • Guessing is reduced: four or five alternatives usually provided vs. two choices in true/false.
  • Do not need homogeneous material as matching items do.

🔘 Examples of different cognitive levels

Knowledge level (factual):

  • "Who is best known for their work on the development of the morality of justice? a) Erikson b) Vygotsky c) Maslow d) Kohlberg"

Application level (higher thinking):

  • "Which one of the following best illustrates the law of diminishing returns? a) A factory doubled its labor force and increased production by 50 per cent b) The demand for an electronic product increased faster than the supply of the product c) The population of a country increased faster than agricultural self-sufficiency d) A machine decreased in efficacy as its parts became worn out"

🔘 Three construction steps

  1. Formulating a clearly stated problem (the stem)
  2. Identifying plausible alternatives
  3. Removing irrelevant clues to the answer

🔘 Common errors specific to multiple choice

Error typeDescriptionExample from excerpt
Problem (stem) not clearly statedReally a series of true-false items"New Zealand a) Is the world's smallest continent b) Is home to the kangaroo c) Was settled mainly by colonists from Great Britain d) Is a dictatorship" — Better: "Much of New Zealand was settled by colonists from a) Great Britain b) Spain c) France d) Holland"
Alternatives not plausibleObviously wrong options"Who is best known for their work on the development of the morality of justice? 1. Gerald Ford 2. Vygotsky 3. Maslow 4. Kohlberg" — Gerald Ford is not a plausible alternative.
Irrelevant cuesPatterns help students guess1. Correct alternative is longer 2. Incorrect alternatives not grammatically correct with stem 3. Too many correct alternatives in position "b" or "c" — All options should be used approximately equally frequently.
Misuse of "All of the above"Students don't need to read all optionsIf a student reads the first response, marks it correct, and moves on, or reads the first two items and sees they are true, they don't need to read other alternatives to know to circle "all of the above."

🔘 Frustration factor

  • The excerpt notes that creating good multiple choice items is difficult.
  • Students (maybe including you) often become frustrated when taking a test with poor multiple choice items.

📝 Constructed response items (brief mention)

📝 The contrast

  • The excerpt introduces constructed response items as the alternative to selected response.
  • In constructed response, students are asked to recall information and create an answer—not just recognize if the answer is correct.
  • Guessing is reduced.
  • Two major kinds: completion or short answer (also called short response) and extended response.

📝 Completion and short answer basics

  • Can be answered in a word, phrase, number, or symbol.
  • Essentially the same, varying only in whether the problem is presented as a statement or a question.
  • Examples:
    • Completion: "The first traffic light in the US was invented by……………."
    • Short Answer: "Who invented the first traffic light in the US?"
  • Often used in mathematics tests (e.g., "3 + 10 = …………..?" or "If x = 6, what does x(x-1) =……….")
  • Advantage: easy to construct.
  • Disadvantages: unsuitable for measuring complex learning outcomes (apart from mathematics use); often difficult to score.
  • Sometimes called "objective tests" because the intent is one correct answer with no variability in scoring, but the excerpt cuts off before completing this thought.
72

Constructed Response Items

Constructed response items

🧭 Overview

🧠 One-sentence thesis

Constructed response items—ranging from short-answer to extended essays and performance tasks—require students to generate answers rather than select them, which reduces guessing and allows assessment of complex learning, but they demand careful design and consistent scoring to be reliable and fair.

📌 Key points (3–5)

  • What constructed responses are: items where students recall and create answers (not just recognize correct ones), including completion, short answer, extended response, and performance assessments.
  • Main advantage: they assess complex learning outcomes (integration, application, process) that selected-response items cannot measure well.
  • Main challenge: scoring is difficult and often unreliable unless teachers use clear rubrics and systematic procedures.
  • Common confusion: not all constructed responses are equally complex—short-answer items often measure only factual recall, while extended response and performance assessments can measure higher-order thinking.
  • How to improve quality: provide clear tasks, use scoring rubrics (holistic or analytical), share rubrics with students before assessment, and follow consistent grading procedures.

📝 Completion and short answer items

📝 What they are and when to use them

Completion and short answer items: questions that can be answered in a word, phrase, number, or symbol; completion items present a statement with a blank, short answer items present a question.

  • Example (completion): "The first traffic light in the US was invented by ……………."
  • Example (short answer): "Who invented the first traffic light in the US?"
  • These are essentially the same format, differing only in whether the problem is a statement or a question.
  • Commonly used in mathematics: "3 + 10 = …………..?" or "If x = 6, what does x(x-1) = ………."

✅ Advantages and limitations

Advantages:

  • Easy to construct.
  • Reduce guessing compared to selected-response items.

Limitations:

  • Unsuitable for measuring complex learning outcomes (except in mathematics).
  • Often difficult to score reliably.
  • Though sometimes called "objective tests" (implying one correct answer), poorly phrased questions often have multiple correct answers.

⚠️ Common errors

ErrorWhy it's a problemExample
More than one possible answerTeacher expects one answer but others are also correct"Where was President Lincoln born?" could be "in a log cabin," "on Sinking Spring Farm," "in Hardin County," or "in Kentucky"
Too many blanksItem becomes too difficult or doesn't make sense"In ….. theory, the first stage, ….. . is when infants process through their ……. and ….."
Clues from blank lengthStudents guess based on the length of the line rather than knowledge"Three states are contiguous to New Hampshire: . ….is to the West, ……is to the East and ………..…. is to the South" (longest blank suggests longest state name)

Don't confuse: "objective" with "always has one answer"—even completion items can have multiple correct responses if not carefully worded.

📄 Extended response items

📄 What they are and their purpose

Extended response items: questions requiring answers from a paragraph to several pages (often called essay questions).

  • Used across many content areas.
  • Most important advantage: they can measure complex learning outcomes—particularly integration and application—that other item types cannot assess well.
  • Also allow teachers to assess writing skills.

🎯 How to write clear tasks

Key principle: phrase the question so the student's task is clear.

Strategies the excerpt shows:

  • Use formatting (e.g., put the actual question in a box).
  • Provide planning notes or hints.
  • Break down what students should include.

Example 1 (third grade math):

  • Clear question in a box: "How many books could the principal give to each student and the school?"
  • Explicit instructions: "Show all your work… Explain in words how you found the answer. Tell why you took the steps you did."

Example 2 (fifth grade science):

  • Planning notes list what to include: prediction, materials, procedure with logical steps, controlled and manipulated variables, measurement details.

Example 3 (grades 9–11 English):

  • Prompt gives two positions and asks students to choose and explain.
  • Planning notes provide sentence starters: "I think cooking should be taught in ……… because………"

⚠️ Common errors in extended response

ErrorWhy it's a problemExample / explanation
Ambiguous questionsStudents interpret the question in many different ways; no guidance provided"Was the US Civil War avoidable?" could be answered "yes" or "no"; one student may discuss only political causes, another moral, political, and economic causes
Poor reliability in gradingTeacher doesn't use a scoring rubric, so scoring is inconsistent—especially for unexpected responses, irrelevant information, and grammatical errorsWithout a rubric, the same teacher may score identical responses differently on different occasions
Perception of student influences gradingTeacher's expectations of each student (formed by spring semester) bias the scoreUse numbers instead of names to reduce bias
Grading all questions on one paper before moving to the nextAnswers to question 1 influence how questions 2 and 3 are gradedTeachers should grade all students' answers to question 1, then all answers to question 2, etc.
Giving choices on the testSome answers are easier than others, so students aren't really taking the same test (equity problem)Testing experts recommend not giving choices

Don't confuse: ease of construction with quality—though extended response items seem easy to write, carefully worded items that assess complex learning are hard to devise.

🎯 Scoring extended responses reliably

🎯 Steps to improve reliability and validity

The excerpt emphasizes that reliable scoring is a major challenge. Teachers should:

  1. Write an outline of a model answer before grading—clarifies what students are expected to include.
  2. Read a sample of answers first—helps determine what students can actually do and identifies common misconceptions.
  3. Decide on policies for irrelevant information (ignore or penalize?) and mechanical errors (grammar, spelling).
  4. Use a systematic scoring method: point scoring or scoring rubrics.

📊 Point scoring vs. scoring rubrics

Point scoring:

  • Assign points to components of the answer.
  • Example: "What are the nature, symptoms, and risk factors of hyperthermia?"
    • Definition (nature): 2 pts
    • Symptoms (1 pt each): 5 pts
    • Risk factors (1 pt each): 5 pts
    • Writing: 3 pts
  • Provides some consistency but often focuses on facts (e.g., naming risk factors) rather than higher-level thinking, which can undermine validity if the purpose includes assessing complex reasoning.

Scoring rubrics:

Scoring rubric: a guide that describes the quality of the answer or performance at each level.

  • Better approach than point scoring for assessing complex learning.
  • Two types: holistic and analytical.

🔍 Holistic vs. analytical rubrics

FeatureHolistic rubricAnalytical rubric
What it doesGeneral descriptions of performance; single overall scoreDescriptions of performance levels on multiple separate characteristics
Example dimensionsOne overall judgment (e.g., "Advanced," "Proficient," "Partially Proficient," "Not Proficient")Multiple dimensions (e.g., ideas and content, organization, voice, word choice, sentence fluency, conventions)
AdvantagesFaster to develop; faster to use (only one dimension to examine)Provides detailed feedback on which aspects are strong and which need improvement
DisadvantagesDoes not tell students which aspects need improvement; less useful for assessment for learningTakes longer to develop and use

Example of holistic rubric (grade 2 language arts):

  • Four levels: Not Proficient (score 1), Partially Proficient (score 2), Proficient (score 3), Advanced (score 4).
  • Each level has a general description covering comprehension, description of story elements, logical arrangement, and use of supporting details.

Example of analytical rubric (science):

  • Separate dimensions: use of accurate scientific terminology, use of supporting details, synthesis of information, application of information.
  • Each dimension scored on a 0–4 scale with descriptions at each level.

🎓 Using rubrics as teaching tools

Important use: provide rubrics to students before the assessment so they know what knowledge and skills are expected.

Strategy for assessment for learning:

  1. Give students the rubric during instruction.
  2. Provide several example responses.
  3. Analyze these responses together using the rubric.

Example: For "use of accurate terminology" in science:

  • Discuss why accurate terminology is important for scientists.
  • Give examples of inaccurate and accurate terminology.
  • Provide that component of the rubric.
  • Distribute sample responses (maybe from former students).
  • Discuss how these would be classified.

This strategy is more effective when the teacher:

  • Emphasizes why the skill is important for learning (not just for grades).
  • Provides an exemplary response as a model.
  • Emphasizes that the goal is student improvement, not ranking.

🎭 Performance assessments

🎭 What they are

Performance assessments: assessments in which students complete a specific task while teachers observe the process or procedure (e.g., data collection in an experiment) as well as the product (e.g., completed report).

  • Tasks are complex, not simple.
  • Examples: playing a musical instrument, athletic skills, artistic creation, conversing in a foreign language, engaging in a debate, conducting an experiment, repairing a machine, writing a term paper, using interaction skills to play together.

Note: The term is used in various ways—the teacher may not observe all of the process (e.g., sees a draft but final product is written at home), and essay tests are sometimes classified as performance assessments. In some cases there may be no clear product (e.g., group interaction skills).

🔄 Related terms and distinctions

TermDefinitionHow it differs from performance assessment
Alternative assessmentTasks that are not pencil-and-paperMany performance assessments are not pencil-and-paper, but some are (e.g., writing a term paper, essay tests)
Authentic assessmentTasks similar to those in the "real world"Classroom tasks vary in level of authenticity; not all performance assessments are highly authentic

Authenticity continuum example (Japanese language class in Chicago):

  • Highly authentic: conversing in Japanese in Tokyo (only possible in study abroad).
  • Highly authentic: conversing with native Japanese speakers in Chicago.
  • Moderately authentic: conversing with the teacher in Japanese during class.
  • Much less authentic: matching test on English and Japanese words.

Language arts example:

  • Highly authentic: writing a letter to an editor or memo to the principal (common work products).
  • Less authentic: writing a five-paragraph paper (not used in the world of work, but still a complex task and typically classified as a performance assessment).

✅ Advantages of performance assessments

  1. Focus on complex learning outcomes that often cannot be measured by other methods.
  2. Assess process or procedure as well as product—e.g., observe if students use appropriate tools and procedures when repairing a machine, not just whether it works afterward.
  3. Communicate instructional goals and meaningful learning clearly to students—well-designed performance assessments are good instructional activities and have good content validity.

Example (fifth grade art, one-point perspective):

  • Performance assessment: draw a city scene that illustrates one-point perspective.
  • This is meaningful, clearly communicates the learning goal, and is a good instructional activity.

⚠️ Disadvantages and challenges

  1. Very time consuming for students and teachers—fewer assessments can be gathered, so if not carefully devised, fewer learning goals will be assessed, which can reduce content validity.
  2. Hard to assess reliably—can lead to inaccuracy and unfair evaluation; scoring rubrics are very important.

Strategy to address content validity: Use state curriculum guidelines to determine what should be included.

Example (high school dance in Tennessee):

  • State standards indicate highest-level students should demonstrate consistency and clarity in technical skills by:
    • Performing complex movement combinations to music in a variety of meters and styles.
    • Performing combinations and variations in a broad dynamic range.
    • Demonstrating improvement through self-evaluation.
    • Critiquing a live or taped dance production based on given criteria.
  • Teacher devises a performance task: groups of 4–6 perform a dance at least 5 minutes long, videotape rehearsals and document improvement through self-evaluation, view and critique another group's final performance.
  • Teacher would need to scaffold most steps: guidance in selecting an appropriate dance, constructive self-critique, effective teamwork, applying criteria to evaluate a dance.

🎯 Recommendations for creating good performance assessments

The excerpt recommends teachers should:

  1. Create assessments that require complex cognitive skills—sometimes teachers devise assessments that are interesting and enjoyable but don't require higher-level cognitive skills leading to significant learning. Focusing on high-level skills is particularly important because performance assessments are so time consuming.

  2. Ensure the task is clear to students—performance assessments typically require multiple steps, so students need prerequisite skills and knowledge as well as clear directions. Careful scaffolding is important.

  3. Specify expectations clearly by providing scoring rubrics during instruction—this helps students understand what is expected and guarantees teachers are clear about their expectations. Thinking this through while planning often leads to revisions of the assessment and directions, which is crucial.

📋 Scoring rubrics for performance assessments

Performance assessments may require multiple rubrics:

  • One for the product (e.g., completed dance performance, written report).
  • One for the process (e.g., group interaction, experimental procedure).

Example of a process rubric (group interaction):

  • Dimensions: time management, participation and performance in roles, shared involvement.
  • Scored 0–4, with descriptions at each level.
  • Score 0: group did not stay on task, did not assign roles, single individual did the task.
  • Score 4: group defined their own approach more effectively, defined and used roles not mentioned, made specific efforts to involve all members including reticent ones.
  • Originally devised for middle grade science but could be used in other subject areas.

In the dance example: Eric should have separate rubrics for performance skills, improvement based on self-evaluation, teamwork, and critique of the other group.

Don't confuse: interesting activities with high-quality assessments—an assessment can be engaging but still fail to require complex cognitive skills or significant learning.

73

Portfolios

Portfolios

🧭 Overview

🧠 One-sentence thesis

Portfolios are purposeful collections of student work that tell the story of achievement or growth, serving varied purposes from self-reflection to certification, but require enormous teacher time and careful design to be effective.

📌 Key points (3–5)

  • What portfolios are: meaningful, purposeful collections of student work—not just folders of everything a student does.
  • Four key dimensions: assessment for vs. of learning; current accomplishments vs. progress; best work showcase vs. documentation; finished vs. working portfolios.
  • Major advantages: document growth in nuanced ways, integrate into instruction, encourage student self-evaluation and ownership of learning.
  • Major disadvantages: require enormous teacher time for setup and evaluation; reliability and bias elimination are difficult (Vermont state-wide example showed poor inter-rater reliability).
  • Common confusion: portfolios serve multiple purposes, but teachers and students must be clear about which purpose(s) they are pursuing to avoid confusion and stress.

📂 What portfolios are and their dimensions

📂 Definition and purpose

"A portfolio is a meaningful collection of student work that tells the story of student achievement or growth."

  • Portfolios are purposeful, not comprehensive dumps of all student work.
  • The excerpt emphasizes that developing a portfolio system can be confusing unless teachers are clear on their purpose.
  • The varied purposes can be understood through four dimensions that help clarify design choices.

🎯 Assessment for learning vs. assessment of learning

DimensionFocusStudent roleExample use
Assessment for learningStudent self-reflection and responsibilityStudents select samples, reflect, and interpret their own workAid communication; students present and explain work to teachers and parents
Assessment of learningCertifying accomplishmentsStudents have less choice; some consistency neededClassroom grades, graduation requirements, state requirements (e.g., Kentucky writing portfolios)
  • Assessment for learning emphasizes the learning process and student agency.
  • Assessment of learning requires standardization for accountability purposes.
  • Example: Kentucky requires fourth and seventh graders to submit writing portfolios with a self-reflective statement and three types of writing (reflective, personal experience/literary, and transactive); students choose which pieces within each type.

📈 Progress vs. current accomplishments

  • Progress portfolios: document growth over time.
    • Example: audio tapes of English language learners collected over one year to show improvement.
    • May contain multiple versions of a single piece (notes, outline, first draft, peer/teacher comments, second draft, final product).
  • Current accomplishments portfolios: include only recent completed work samples.
  • Don't confuse: progress portfolios show the journey; current accomplishments portfolios show the destination.

🏆 Documentation vs. showcase

  • Documentation portfolios: inclusive, containing all work samples rather than focusing on special strengths.
  • Showcase portfolios: focus on best work, typically identified by students with feedback from teachers and peers.
    • One aim: students learn to identify products that demonstrate what they know and can do.
  • The distinction is about breadth (documentation) versus selectivity (showcase).

🔄 Working vs. finished

  • Working portfolios: include day-to-day work samples; evolve over time; not intended for assessment of learning.
    • Focus on developing ideas and skills.
    • Students should be allowed to make mistakes, freely comment, and respond to teacher feedback.
  • Finished portfolios: designed for a particular audience; products may be drawn from a working portfolio.
    • Example: a teacher education student may create one finished portfolio to demonstrate mastery of program competencies and another for job applications.

⚖️ Advantages and disadvantages

✅ Advantages

  • Nuanced documentation: provide a way of documenting and evaluating growth in much more detail than selected response tests.
  • Integration with instruction: can be easily integrated into instruction (used for assessment for learning).
  • Student ownership: encourage student self-evaluation, reflection, and ownership for learning.
  • Motivation: using classroom assessment to promote student motivation is an important component of assessment for learning.

❌ Disadvantages

⏰ Enormous time demands

  • Good portfolio assessment takes an enormous amount of teacher time and organization.
  • Time is needed to:
    • Help students understand the purpose and structure.
    • Decide which work samples to collect.
    • Support student self-reflection.
    • Conduct one-to-one conferences.
    • Review and evaluate portfolios outside of class time.
  • Teachers must weigh whether the time spent is worth the benefits.

📊 Reliability and bias challenges

  • Evaluating portfolios reliably and eliminating bias can be even more difficult than in constructed response assessments because products are more varied.
  • Vermont example: State-wide use of portfolios for writing and mathematics assessment in fourth and eighth graders showed serious reliability problems.
    • Teachers used the same analytic scoring rubric.
    • Year 1: poor inter-rater reliability for both mathematics and reading.
    • Year 2: improved agreement for mathematics but not reading; even with improvement, reliability was too low to use portfolios for individual student accountability.
    • When reliability is low, validity is also compromised because unstable results cannot be interpreted meaningfully.

🛠️ Implementation steps

🛠️ Eight-step process

The excerpt provides a detailed implementation guide for classroom portfolio programs:

  1. Student ownership: Talk to students about portfolio ideas, different purposes, and variety of work samples; if possible, have them help make decisions about the kind of portfolio to implement.

  2. Decide on purpose: Will the focus be on growth or current accomplishments? Best work showcase or documentation? Good portfolios can have multiple purposes, but teacher and students need to be clear.

  3. Decide what to collect: For example, in writing, is every assignment included? Are early drafts as well as final products included?

  4. Collect and store: Decide where work samples will be stored (e.g., file folder in cabinet, plastic tub on shelf).

  5. Select evaluation criteria: If possible, work with students to develop scoring rubrics; this may take considerable time as different rubrics may be needed for variety of work samples; if using existing rubrics, discuss possible modifications with students after at least one use.

  6. Teach self-evaluation: Help students learn to evaluate their own work using agreed-upon criteria.

    • Younger students: simple evaluations (strengths, weaknesses, ways to improve).
    • Older students: more analytic approach, including using the same scoring rubrics that teachers will use.
  7. Schedule conferences: Teacher-student conferences are time-consuming but essential for the portfolio process to significantly enhance learning; these conferences should aid students' self-evaluation and should take place frequently.

  8. Involve parents: Parents need to understand the portfolio process; encourage parents to review work samples; consider scheduling parent-teacher-student conferences in which students talk about their work samples.

⚠️ Important note

If the school or district has an existing portfolio system, these steps may have to be modified.

🎓 Assessment that enhances motivation

🎓 Testing and learning research

  • Studies from more than 20 years ago demonstrated that tests promote learning.
  • More frequent tests are more effective than less frequent tests.
  • Frequent smaller tests:
    • Encourage continuous effort rather than last-minute cramming.
    • May reduce test anxiety because the consequences of errors are reduced.
  • College students report preferring more frequent testing than infrequent testing.

🧠 Teachers' purposes and beliefs

  • Student motivation can be enhanced when the purpose of assessment is promoting student learning and this is clearly communicated by what teachers say and do.
  • This approach is associated with an incremental view of ability or intelligence.

📈 Incremental view of ability

  • Assumes that ability increases whenever an individual learns more.
  • Effort is valued because effort leads to knowing more and therefore having more ability.
  • Individuals with this view:
    • Ask for help when needed.
    • Respond well to constructive feedback.
    • Primary goal is increased learning and mastery.

🔒 Fixed view of ability

  • Assumes that some people have more ability than others and nothing much can be done to change that.
  • Individuals with this view:
    • View effort in opposition to ability ("Smart people don't have to study").
    • Do not try as hard.
    • Are less likely to ask for help (asking indicates they are not smart).

🎯 Teacher influence

  • While there are individual differences in students' beliefs about intelligence, teachers' beliefs and classroom practices influence students' perceptions and behaviors.
  • Teachers with an incremental view communicate that the goal of learning is mastering the material and figuring things out.
  • Assessment is used to support this learning-focused approach.
  • Don't confuse: individual student beliefs exist, but teachers can shape the classroom climate through their own beliefs and practices.
74

Assessment that enhances motivation and student confidence

Assessment that enhances motivation and student confidence

🧭 Overview

🧠 One-sentence thesis

Assessment enhances student motivation and confidence when teachers use it to promote learning rather than ranking, communicate that ability grows through effort, and provide clear criteria with constructive feedback.

📌 Key points (3–5)

  • Frequent testing promotes learning: more frequent, smaller tests encourage continuous effort and reduce anxiety by lowering the stakes of each test.
  • Teachers' beliefs shape assessment climate: an incremental view (ability grows with learning) versus a fixed view (ability is unchangeable) influences how teachers use assessment and what they communicate to students.
  • Purpose matters more than format: when assessment aims to promote learning rather than rank or catch students, motivation increases.
  • Common confusion: effort vs. ability—students with a fixed view see effort as evidence of low ability ("smart people don't have to study"), while an incremental view sees effort as the path to greater ability.
  • Clear criteria over competition: assessments with transparent, achievable criteria motivate more students than interpersonal competition, which creates few winners and many discouraged learners.

🧪 How testing frequency affects learning

📅 Frequent smaller tests

  • Research from over 20 years ago showed that tests promote learning and more frequent tests are more effective than infrequent ones.
  • Frequent smaller tests encourage continuous effort rather than last-minute cramming.
  • They may also reduce test anxiety because the consequences of errors on any single test are smaller.
  • College students report preferring more frequent testing over infrequent high-stakes exams.

🎯 Why frequency matters

  • Spreading assessment across many small occasions distributes the workload and lowers pressure.
  • Each test becomes a learning opportunity rather than a single make-or-break event.
  • Example: A teacher who gives weekly quizzes instead of one midterm allows students to adjust their study habits and recover from mistakes without catastrophic grade impact.

🧠 Teachers' beliefs about ability and intelligence

🌱 Incremental view of ability

Incremental view: the belief that ability increases whenever an individual learns more.

  • Effort is valued because effort leads to knowing more and therefore having more ability.
  • Individuals with this view ask for help when needed and respond well to constructive feedback because the primary goal is increased learning and mastery.
  • Teachers with an incremental view communicate that the goal of learning is mastering the material and figuring things out.
  • They say things like: "We are going to practice over and over again. That's how you get good. And you're going to make mistakes. That's how you learn."

🔒 Fixed view of ability

Fixed view: the belief that some people have more ability than others and nothing much can be done to change that.

  • Individuals with a fixed view often see effort in opposition to ability ("Smart people don't have to study").
  • They do not try as hard and are less likely to ask for help because asking for help indicates they are not smart.
  • Teachers with a fixed view are more likely to believe that the goal of learning is doing well on tests, especially outperforming others.
  • They say things like: "This test will determine what your math abilities are" or stress interpersonal competition: "The top person will compete against all the other district schools and last year the winner got a big award and their photo in the paper."

⚖️ Comparing the two views

AspectIncremental viewFixed view
What ability isGrows with learningUnchangeable trait
Role of effortValued; leads to more abilityOpposed to ability; sign of low talent
Asking for helpEncouraged; part of masteryAvoided; signals lack of smartness
Goal of learningMastering materialOutperforming others
Teacher language"Practice and mistakes help you learn""This test determines your abilities"

🚫 Don't confuse: individual vs. classroom influence

  • While individual students have their own beliefs about intelligence, teachers' beliefs and classroom practices influence students' perceptions and behaviors.
  • A teacher with an incremental view can shift students toward valuing effort and seeking help, even if students initially held a fixed view.

🎯 How assessment purpose shapes motivation

📚 Assessment for promoting learning

  • Student motivation is enhanced when the purpose of assessment is promoting student learning and this is clearly communicated by what teachers say and do.
  • Teachers use assessment to:
    • Understand what students know.
    • Decide whether to move to the next topic, re-teach the entire class, or provide remediation for a few students.
    • Help students understand their own learning and demonstrate their competence.
  • Example: A teacher reviews quiz results and realizes most students struggled with a concept, so she re-teaches it before moving on—students see assessment as a tool for their learning, not a judgment.

🏆 Assessment for ranking and competition

  • When teachers stress interpersonal competition, some students may be motivated, but there can only be a few winners, leaving many students who know they have no chance of winning.
  • Another problem: the focus can become winning rather than understanding the material.
  • Example: A teacher announces a speech competition with a big award and newspaper photo for the winner—students who don't expect to win may disengage, and even those competing may focus on performance tricks rather than deep understanding.

🔑 Key takeaway

  • Teachers who communicate that ability is incremental and that the goal of assessment is promoting learning (rather than ranking, awarding prizes, or catching inattentive students) are likely to enhance students' motivation.

📋 Choosing assessments that build confidence

✅ Clear criteria vs. interpersonal competition

  • Assessments with clear criteria that students understand and can meet enhance motivation more than assessments that pit students against each other in interpersonal competition.
  • This is consistent with focusing on enhancing learning for all students rather than ranking them.
  • Example: A rubric that specifies "includes three supporting details" and "uses correct grammar" allows every student to aim for success, whereas a curve that guarantees some students will fail discourages those who fall behind.

🎨 Meaningful assessment tasks

  • The excerpt mentions that meaningful assessment tasks enhance student [motivation/confidence], but the text cuts off before elaborating.
  • The implication is that tasks should connect to students' goals and real understanding, not arbitrary hoops.

🧭 Why choice of task matters

  • Assessment design signals what the teacher values: mastery and growth, or sorting and competition.
  • Clear, achievable criteria communicate that success is within reach for all students who put in effort.
75

Teachers' purposes and beliefs

Teachers’ purposes and beliefs

🧭 Overview

🧠 One-sentence thesis

Teachers who communicate that ability is incremental and that assessment aims to promote learning rather than rank students are more likely to enhance student motivation than teachers who emphasize fixed ability and interpersonal competition.

📌 Key points (3–5)

  • Two contrasting views: teachers with incremental views see assessment as understanding what students know to guide instruction and help students learn from mistakes; teachers with fixed views see assessment as ranking students and determining ability.
  • Impact of competition: stressing interpersonal competition may motivate a few winners but demotivates many students who have no chance of winning, and shifts focus from understanding to winning.
  • Assessment design matters: clear criteria, meaningful tasks, student choice, and appropriate challenge levels all enhance motivation.
  • Common confusion: assessment for learning (feedback to improve) vs assessment of learning (ranking/sorting)—the excerpt emphasizes the former as more motivating.
  • Feedback timing: constructive feedback should be given as soon as possible to prevent students from continuing with misconceptions.

🎯 Teacher beliefs about ability and assessment

🌱 Incremental view of ability

  • Teachers with this view believe ability can grow and improve.
  • They use assessment to:
    • Understand what students know
    • Decide whether to move forward, re-teach the whole class, or provide targeted remediation
    • Help students understand their own learning and demonstrate competence
  • Example language: "We are going to practice over and over again. That's how you get good. And you're going to make mistakes. That's how you learn."
  • The focus is on learning as a process, with mistakes as part of growth.

🔒 Fixed view of ability

  • Teachers with this view believe ability is stable and can be measured.
  • They are more likely to believe the goal of learning is doing well on tests, especially outperforming others.
  • Example language:
    • "This test will determine what your math abilities are" (implies ability is fixed and revealed by tests)
    • "We will have speech competition and the top person will compete against all the other district schools and last year the winner got a big award and their photo in the paper" (stresses interpersonal competition)
  • Don't confuse: this is not about whether tests exist, but about what teachers say tests are for—determining fixed ability vs guiding learning.

⚠️ Problems with interpersonal competition

  • Only a few students can win, so many students know they have no chance and lose motivation.
  • The focus can shift from understanding the material to winning the competition.
  • The excerpt contrasts this with assessment that promotes learning for all students rather than ranking or awarding prizes.

🛠️ Choosing assessments that enhance motivation

✅ Clear criteria vs competition

  • Assessments with clear criteria that students understand and can meet enhance motivation more than assessments that pit students against each other.
  • This aligns with focusing on learning for all rather than ranking.
  • Example: instead of "top three students get awards," use "all students who meet these criteria demonstrate competence."

🎨 Meaningful tasks

  • Students often want to know why they have to do something; teachers need meaningful answers.
  • Example: "You need to be able to calculate the area of a rectangle because if you want new carpet you need to know how much carpet is needed and how much it would cost."
  • Well-designed performance tasks are often more meaningful to students than selected-response tests, so students work harder to prepare.

🎭 Providing choices

  • Offering choices of assessment tasks can enhance student autonomy and motivation (according to self-determination theory).
  • Example: A middle school social studies teacher (Aaron) gives students a choice of performance tasks at the end of a unit on the US Bill of Rights—students must demonstrate specified key ideas but can do so by making a board game, presenting a play, composing a rap song, etc.
  • Aaron reports students work much harder on this assessment, which lets them use their strengths, than on previous traditional assignments without choice.
  • Caution: measurement experts warn that different tasks may not be equivalent, reducing scoring reliability, so well-designed scoring rubrics are especially important.

🎢 Appropriate challenge level

  • Assessment tasks should be challenging but achievable with reasonable effort.
  • Beginning teachers often struggle with this, giving tasks that are too easy or too hard, because they must learn to match assessment to student skills.

💬 Providing effective feedback

⏱️ Timing of feedback

When the goal is assessment for learning, providing constructive feedback that helps students know what they do and do not understand as well as encouraging them to learn from their errors is fundamental.

  • Effective feedback should be given as soon as possible.
  • The longer the delay between students' work and feedback, the longer students will continue to have misconceptions.
  • Don't confuse: this is about when feedback is given, not just whether it is given—delays reduce effectiveness.

🧭 Purpose of feedback

  • Constructive feedback should:
    • Help students know what they do and do not understand
    • Encourage them to learn from their errors
  • This aligns with the incremental view: mistakes are opportunities to learn, not evidence of fixed low ability.
76

Choosing assessments

Choosing assessments

🧭 Overview

🧠 One-sentence thesis

Well-designed assessments enhance student motivation and learning when they are meaningful, offer choices, match student skill levels, and provide timely, constructive feedback focused on task improvement rather than personal judgments.

📌 Key points (3–5)

  • Meaningfulness matters: Students work harder when they understand why an assessment is relevant to real life; performance tasks are often more meaningful than selected-response tests.
  • Choice enhances motivation: Allowing students to choose among assessment options increases autonomy and effort, though it requires careful rubric design to maintain scoring reliability.
  • Appropriate challenge level: Assessment tasks should be challenging but achievable with reasonable effort; beginning teachers often struggle to match task difficulty to student skills.
  • Feedback timing and content: Effective feedback must be timely (to prevent misconceptions from persisting), specific (not generic praise or criticism), and focused on the task and strategies rather than the person.
  • Common confusion: Praising students as "smart" seems positive but can backfire—if they later struggle, they conclude they are "not smart"; feedback should target effort and strategies instead.

🎯 Designing motivating assessments

🎯 Making assessments meaningful

  • Students often ask "why do we have to do this?" and teachers need meaningful answers.
  • Example: "You need to calculate the area of a rectangle because if you want new carpet you need to know how much carpet is needed and how much it would cost."
  • Well-designed performance tasks are often more meaningful to students than selected-response tests, so students work harder to prepare.
  • Why it works: When students see real-world relevance, their motivation increases.

🎨 Providing choices

  • Offering choices of assessment tasks enhances students' sense of autonomy and motivation (according to self-determination theory).
  • Example: A middle school social studies teacher (Aaron) gives students a choice of performance tasks for the US Bill of Rights unit—students can make a board game, present a brief play, compose a rap song, etc.
  • Students must demonstrate specified key ideas but can use their strengths.
  • Aaron reports students work much harder on this performance assessment than on traditional assignments without choices.
  • Caution from measurement experts: Giving choices means assessment tasks are no longer equivalent, reducing scoring reliability; well-designed scoring rubrics are particularly important.

⚖️ Setting appropriate challenge levels

Assessment tasks should be challenging but achievable with reasonable effort.

  • This is often hard for beginning teachers, who may give tasks that are too easy or too hard.
  • Teachers must learn to match assessment difficulty to their students' skills.
  • Don't confuse: "Challenging" does not mean "impossible"—the goal is reasonable effort, not frustration or boredom.

💬 Providing effective feedback

⏱️ Timing of feedback

  • Effective feedback should be given as soon as possible.
  • Why timing matters:
    • The longer the delay between students' work and feedback, the longer students continue to have misconceptions.
    • Delays reduce the relationship between performance and feedback because students forget what they were thinking during the assessment.

📝 Content of feedback

  • Effective feedback should inform students clearly what they did well and what needs modification.
  • Avoid generic comments: "Good work, A" or "needs improvement" do not help students understand how to improve.
  • Use scoring rubrics: Giving feedback using well-designed rubrics helps clearly communicate strengths and weaknesses.

🔒 Minimizing grade focus

  • Grades are often needed, but teachers can minimize their prominence:
    • Place the grade after the comments or on the last page of a paper.
    • Keep grades private when returning assignments (e.g., not using red ink on the top page).
    • Never ask students to read their scores aloud in class.
  • Students may choose to share their grades, but that should be their decision, not the teacher's.

🗣️ Communicating feedback constructively

😤 Managing teacher anger

  • When grading, teachers often become angry at student mistakes.
  • Example thought: "With all the effort I put into teaching, this student could not even be bothered to follow the directions or spell check!"
  • Many experienced teachers believe communicating anger is not helpful.
  • Better approach: Rephrase "How dare you turn in such shoddy work" as "I am disappointed that your work on this assignment does not meet the standards set."

🧠 Avoiding person-focused praise

  • Research evidence suggests comments like "You are so smart" for high-quality performance can be counterproductive.
  • Why it backfires: If students are told they are smart when they produce a good product, then if they do poorly on the next assignment, the conclusion must be they are "not smart."
  • More effective feedback:
    • Focus on positive aspects of the task (not the person).
    • Emphasize strategies and effort.
    • Relate feedback to the criteria set by the teacher and how improvements can be made.
Type of feedbackProblemBetter alternative
"You are so smart"Links success to fixed trait; failure implies "not smart"Focus on task, strategies, and effort
"Good work, A"Too generic; no guidance for improvementSpecific strengths and areas for modification
"How dare you turn in such shoddy work"Communicates anger; not constructive"Your work does not meet the standards set"
77

Providing feedback

Providing feedback

🧭 Overview

🧠 One-sentence thesis

Effective feedback should be timely, specific, criterion-based, and focused on task strategies rather than personal traits, with particular attention to building trust across cultural differences.

📌 Key points (3–5)

  • Timing matters: feedback should be given promptly so students remember their thinking during the assessment.
  • Specificity over generality: comments like "good work, A" or "needs improvement" do not help students understand how to improve; well-designed scoring rubrics communicate strengths and weaknesses clearly.
  • Focus on task, not person: praising intelligence ("You are so smart") can backfire; effective feedback addresses positive task aspects, strategies, and effort.
  • Common confusion: praise vs. effective feedback—telling students they are smart when they succeed implies they are "not smart" when they fail; focus on what they did and how to improve instead.
  • Cross-cultural trust: when teacher and student come from different racial/ethnic backgrounds, "wise" feedback requires positive comments, criticisms, and assurance that the teacher believes the student can reach higher standards.

⏱️ Timing and clarity of feedback

⏱️ Why timing matters

  • Delays reduce the relationship between students' performance and the feedback.
  • Students can forget what they were thinking during the assessment if feedback comes too late.
  • Prompt feedback helps students connect their thought processes to the results.

🎯 Specificity in comments

Effective feedback should inform students clearly what they did well and what needs modification.

  • General comments such as "good work, A" or "needs improvement" do not help students understand how to improve their learning.
  • Using scoring rubrics: well-designed rubrics help clearly communicate strengths and weaknesses.
  • Example: instead of "needs improvement," a rubric might specify "the argument lacks supporting evidence in paragraphs 2 and 3."

📝 Minimizing grade focus

📝 De-emphasizing grades

  • Grades are often needed, but teachers can minimize the focus by:
    • Placing the grade after the comments.
    • Placing the grade on the last page of a paper.
  • Keeping grades private:
    • When returning assignments, ensure the grade is not prominent (e.g., not using red ink on the top page).
    • Never ask students to read their scores aloud in class.
    • Some students choose to share their grades—but that should be their decision, not their teacher's.

🗣️ Language and tone in feedback

🗣️ Managing teacher emotions

  • Teachers often become angry at student mistakes and may think: "With all the effort I put into teaching, this student could not even be bothered to follow the directions or spell check!"
  • Many experienced teachers believe that communicating anger is not helpful.
  • Rephrasing criticism:
    • Instead of: "How dare you turn in such shoddy work"
    • Say: "I am disappointed that your work on this assignment does not meet the standards set."

🧠 Avoiding person-focused praise

  • Research evidence suggests that comments such as "You are so smart" for a high-quality performance can be counterproductive.
  • Why this backfires: if students are told they are smart when they produce a good product, then if they do poorly on the next assignment the conclusion must be they are "not smart."
  • More effective approach: focus on positive aspects of the task (not the person), as well as strategies and effort.
  • The focus of the feedback should relate to the criteria set by the teacher and how improvements can be made.

🌍 Cross-cultural feedback challenges

🌍 "Wise" feedback across racial/ethnic differences

  • When the teacher and student are from different racial/ethnic backgrounds, providing feedback that enhances motivation and confidence but also includes criticism can be particularly challenging.
  • Students of color have historical reasons to distrust negative comments from a white teacher.

🧩 Three components of "wise" feedback

Research by Cohen, Steele, and Ross (1999) indicates that "wise" feedback needs:

ComponentPurpose
Positive commentsAcknowledge strengths and build confidence
CriticismsIdentify areas for improvement
AssuranceTeacher believes the student can reach higher standards
  • All three components are necessary to build trust and motivation.
  • Example: "Your introduction is clear and engaging [positive]. The body paragraphs need more evidence to support your claims [criticism]. I know you can strengthen this argument with the skills you've shown [assurance]."

🔄 Self and peer assessment

🔄 Why self-assessment matters

In order to reach a learning goal, students need to understand the meaning of the goal, the steps necessary to achieve a goal, and if they are making satisfactory progress towards that goal.

  • This involves self-assessment.
  • Recent research has demonstrated that well-designed self-assessment can enhance student learning and motivation.

📋 Requirements for effective self-assessment

  • Students need explicit criteria such as those in an analytical scoring rubric.
  • These criteria are either:
    • Provided by the teacher, or
    • Developed by the teacher in collaboration with students.
  • Students seem to find it easier to understand criteria for assessment tasks if they can examine other students' work alongside their own, so self-assessment often involves peer assessment.

🚦 Traffic light strategy example

An example of a strategy used by teachers:

  • Students use "traffic lights" to indicate their confidence in their assignment or homework:
    • Red: unsure of their success.
    • Orange: partially unsure.
    • Green: confident of their success.
  • Students who labeled their own work as orange and green worked in mixed groups to evaluate their own work.
  • The teacher worked with the students who had chosen red.

⚠️ Classroom culture requirements

  • It is particularly important that teachers establish a classroom culture for assessment that is based on:
    • Incremental views of ability (ability can grow with effort).
    • Learning goals (focus on mastery, not competition).
  • Don't confuse: if the classroom atmosphere focuses on interpersonal competition, students have incentives in self and peer assessment to inflate their own evaluations (and perhaps those of their friends) because there are limited rewards for good work.
  • A competitive culture undermines the honesty needed for effective self and peer assessment.
78

Self and peer assessment

Self and peer assessment

🧭 Overview

🧠 One-sentence thesis

Self and peer assessment, when supported by explicit criteria and a classroom culture focused on learning goals rather than competition, helps students understand their progress and enhances both learning and motivation.

📌 Key points (3–5)

  • What students need to reach a goal: understanding the goal's meaning, the steps to achieve it, and whether they are making satisfactory progress (Sadler, 1989).
  • How to make self-assessment effective: provide explicit criteria (e.g., analytical scoring rubrics), either teacher-provided or co-developed with students.
  • Why peer assessment helps: students find it easier to understand assessment criteria when they examine other students' work alongside their own.
  • Common confusion: self and peer assessment can backfire in competitive classrooms—students may inflate evaluations when rewards are limited, so a learning-goal culture (incremental ability view) is essential.
  • Teacher use of assessment data: adjusting instruction "in the moment" and during planning, based on questioning, observation, and student work, reflects high teacher efficacy.

🎯 What self and peer assessment requires

🎯 Three elements students need

To reach a learning goal, students need to understand: (1) the meaning of the goal, (2) the steps necessary to achieve it, and (3) if they are making satisfactory progress towards that goal (Sadler, 1989).

  • Self-assessment is the process by which students evaluate their own progress against these three elements.
  • Recent research shows well-designed self-assessment enhances both learning and motivation (Black & Wiliam, 2006).
  • Without clarity on these three elements, students cannot accurately judge their own work.

📋 Explicit criteria

  • Students need explicit criteria such as those in an analytical scoring rubric.
  • These criteria can be:
    • Provided by the teacher, or
    • Developed collaboratively by teacher and students.
  • Explicit criteria make the standards visible and actionable.

👥 Why peer assessment is paired with self-assessment

  • Students find it easier to understand assessment criteria when they can examine other students' work alongside their own.
  • Peer assessment provides concrete examples of what different quality levels look like.
  • Example: A teacher uses "traffic lights" (red = unsure, orange = partially unsure, green = confident) so students self-label their homework; orange and green students work in mixed groups to evaluate their own work, while the teacher works with red students (Black & Wiliam, 2006).

🏫 Classroom culture and self/peer assessment

🌱 Incremental views of ability and learning goals

  • It is particularly important that teachers establish a classroom culture based on:
    • Incremental views of ability: belief that ability can grow with effort.
    • Learning goals: focus on mastery and improvement, not just performance.
  • This culture supports honest self and peer assessment.

⚠️ Risks of competitive classrooms

  • If the classroom atmosphere focuses on interpersonal competition, students have incentives to inflate their own evaluations (and perhaps those of their friends).
  • Reason: limited rewards for good work create a zero-sum environment.
  • Don't confuse: self-assessment in a learning-goal culture (honest feedback) vs. self-assessment in a competitive culture (strategic inflation).

🔄 Adjusting instruction based on assessment

🔄 Assessment for learning

Using assessment information to adjust instruction is fundamental to the concept of assessment for learning.

  • Teachers make adjustments in two time frames:
    1. "In the moment" during classroom instruction.
    2. During reflection and planning periods after class.

⚡ In-the-moment adjustments

  • Teachers use information from questioning and observation to adjust teaching during class.
  • If students cannot answer a question, the teacher may:
    • Rephrase the question,
    • Probe understanding of prior knowledge, or
    • Change the way the current idea is being considered.
  • Important skill: identify when only one or two students need individual help vs. when a large proportion of the class is struggling (whole-group intervention needed).

🧐 After-class reflection

  • Effective teachers spend time analyzing:
    • How well the lessons went,
    • What students did and did not seem to understand, and
    • What needs to be done the next day.
  • Evaluation of student work provides important information:
    • If many students are confused about a similar concept → re-teach it and consider new ways to help students understand.
    • If the majority of students complete tasks very quickly and well → the assessment may not have been challenging enough.
  • Teachers may become dissatisfied with their own assessments while grading (e.g., too much emphasis on lower-level learning, unclear directions, or rubric needing modification).

💪 Teacher efficacy

Belief typeWhat teachers thinkResult
High teacher efficacyAssessment data provides information about their own teaching; they can find ways to influence student learningTeachers believe they can make a difference in students' lives
Low teacher efficacyStudent performance is mostly due to fixed student characteristics or home environment (e.g., "no wonder she did so poorly considering what her home life is like")Teachers feel limited in their ability to help students
  • High teacher efficacy: teachers see assessment as feedback on their instruction and believe they can improve student outcomes.
  • Low teacher efficacy: teachers attribute student performance to unchangeable factors.
  • Reference: Tschannen-Moran, Woolfolk Hoy, & Hoy, 1998.
79

Adjusting Instruction Based on Assessment

Adjusting instruction based on assessment

🧭 Overview

🧠 One-sentence thesis

Teachers use assessment information to adjust their instruction both during lessons and in planning, and this continuous cycle of assessment, reflection, and adjustment is central to improving student learning.

📌 Key points (3–5)

  • Assessment for learning vs. assessment of learning: Assessment for learning focuses on using data to improve teaching and learning; assessment of learning focuses on summarizing achievement (e.g., report cards).
  • Adjusting in the moment and after: Teachers adjust during class (rephrasing questions, probing prior knowledge) and during reflection periods (analyzing what worked, planning re-teaching).
  • Teacher efficacy matters: Teachers who believe assessment data reflects their teaching effectiveness and that they can influence learning have high efficacy; those who attribute performance to fixed student traits have low efficacy.
  • Common confusion: Knowing when one or two students need individual help vs. when the whole class is struggling and needs group intervention.
  • Action research cycle: Teachers systematically study their own practice through planning, acting (collecting data), developing action plans, and reflecting—leading to new cycles of improvement.

📊 Using assessment to adjust instruction

🔄 Adjusting during classroom instruction

  • Teachers use information from questioning and observation to make real-time changes.
  • If students cannot answer a question, the teacher may:
    • Rephrase the question
    • Probe understanding of prior knowledge
    • Change the way the current idea is being presented
  • Key skill: Identifying whether only one or two students need individual help or whether a large proportion of the class is struggling (requiring whole-group intervention).

🧠 Adjusting during reflection and planning

  • After class, effective teachers analyze:
    • How well the lessons went
    • What students did and did not seem to understand
    • What needs to be done the next day
  • Evaluation of student work provides important information:
    • If many students are confused about a similar concept → re-teach it and consider new approaches
    • If the majority complete tasks very quickly and well → the assessment may not have been challenging enough
  • Teachers may become dissatisfied with assessments while grading (e.g., too much emphasis on lower-level learning, unclear directions, scoring rubric needs modification).

💪 Teacher efficacy

Teacher efficacy: Beliefs that teachers can make a difference in students' lives.

High teacher efficacyLow teacher efficacy
Believe assessment data provides information about their own teachingAttribute student performance mostly to fixed student characteristics or home environment
Believe they can find ways to influence student learningExample: "No wonder she did so poorly considering what her home life is like"
  • High efficacy teachers view assessment as feedback on their instruction.
  • Low efficacy teachers externalize responsibility for student performance.

👨‍👩‍👧 Communication with parents and guardians

📢 Clear communication about assessment

  • Beginning teachers often find this difficult but important.
  • Teachers need to explain:
    • The purpose of the assessment
    • Why they selected this assessment technique
    • What the criteria for success are

📧 Communication strategies

  • Newsletters: Sent home monthly or at the beginning of a major assessment task, explaining purpose, nature, support needed (materials, library visits), and due dates.
  • Explaining unfamiliar approaches: Some parents may not be familiar with performance assessments or self/peer assessment—teachers need to explain these carefully.
  • Websites: Many school districts use websites with:
    • Public information for all parents (curriculum and assessment details)
    • Restricted information for specific parents/guardians (attendance and grades)
  • Parents have immediate access to their child's performance and can talk to the child and teacher quickly when necessary.

💬 Type of feedback for parents

  • Focus on students' performance on the task: what was done well and what needs work.
  • Avoid general comments about how "smart" or "weak" the child is.
  • Focus on strategies the child uses well or needs to improve (e.g., reading test questions carefully, organization in a large project).
  • When the teacher is white and the student or parents are minority, trust can be an issue → use "wise" feedback.

🔬 Action research: studying yourself and your students

🔍 What is action research

Action research (teacher research): Studies conducted by teachers of their own students or their own work to improve teaching and learning.

  • Related to assessment for learning: devising and conducting assessment to improve teaching and learning.
  • Can lead to decisions that improve a teacher's own teaching or the teaching of colleagues.
  • Example from the excerpt: Kym identified a problem of poor student motivation and achievement, investigated solutions during a course on motivation, tried new approaches, and observed the resulting actions.

🔄 Cycles of planning, acting, and reflecting

Action research is a cyclical process with the following stages:

📋 Planning stage

Three components:

  1. Identifying and defining a problem: Problems may start with ill-defined unease; it takes time to clarify into a researchable question.
  2. Reviewing related literature: May occur in a class, workshop, on one's own, or in teacher study groups.
  3. Developing a research plan: What kind of data will be collected (e.g., student test scores, observation of students), how and when it will be collected (e.g., from files, in collaboration with colleagues, in spring or fall semester).

🎬 Acting stage

  • Teacher collects and analyzes data.
  • Data and analyses do not need to be complex—action research must be manageable to be effective.

🛠️ Developing an action plan

  • Teacher develops a plan to make changes and implements these changes.
  • This is the action component of action research.
  • Important to document actions carefully so they can be communicated to others.

💬 Communicating and reflection

  • Communication: Results can be shared with colleagues in the school or district, in an action research class at the local college, at conferences, or in journals for teachers.
  • Action research can involve students as active participants → communication may include students and parents.
  • Communicating with others helps refine ideas and aids reflection.
  • Reflection questions: "What did I learn?" "What should I have done differently?" "What should I do next?"
  • These questions often lead to a new cycle of action research.

🔒 Ethical issues—privacy, voluntary consent

  • Teachers routinely collect student data as part of teaching.
  • If data will be shared outside the school community → permission from parents (or guardians) and students must be obtained to protect privacy.
  • Informed consent form summarizes:
    • The research
    • Data that will be collected
    • That participation is voluntary
    • Guarantee of confidentiality or anonymity
  • Many large school districts have procedures and a person in the central office responsible for guidelines and application process.
  • If action research is supported by a college or university (e.g., through a class) → informed consent procedures of that institution must be followed.

⚠️ Common confusion: voluntary participation

  • For research studies: Students can choose not to participate.
  • This is contrary to regular classroom instruction where teachers tell students they have to do the work or complete the tasks.

📝 Grading and reporting

📊 Purpose and format of grades

  • Assigning grades is an important component of teaching.
  • Many school districts issue progress reports, interim reports, or mid-term grades as well as final semester grades.
  • Traditionally printed on paper and sent home or mailed; increasingly using web-based grade management systems that allow parents to access individual assessment grades, progress reports, and final grades.
  • Limitation: Report cards summarize a variety of assessments in brief format → cannot provide much information about students' strengths and weaknesses.
  • Report cards focus more on assessment of learning than assessment for learning.

⚖️ How are various assignments and assessments weighted?

  • Students complete a variety of assignments during a grading period (homework, quizzes, performance assessments, etc.).
  • Teachers must decide—preferably before the grading period begins—how each assignment will be weighted.
  • Example: A sixth grade math teacher may weight grades as:
    • Weekly quizzes: 35%
    • Homework: 15%
    • Performance Assessment: 30%
    • Class participation: 20%
  • Why it matters: Weighting communicates to students and parents what teachers believe is important and may influence how much effort students exert.
    • Example: "If homework is only worth 5%, it is not worth completing twice a week."

🤝 Should social skills or effort be included?

Social skills

  • Elementary teachers are more likely than middle or high school teachers to include social skills in report cards.
  • May be included as separate criteria or weighted into the grade for that subject.
    • Example: The grade for mathematics may include an assessment of group cooperation or self-regulation during mathematics lessons.
  • Arguments for: Developing social skills is important for young students; students need to learn to work with others and manage their own behaviors to be successful.
  • Arguments against: Grades in subject areas should be based on cognitive performances; assessments of social skills should be clearly separated from the subject grade on the report card.
  • If social skills are graded, clear criteria (e.g., analytical scoring rubrics) should be used.

Effort and improvement

  • Teachers often find it difficult to decide whether to include effort and improvement as a component of grades.
  • One approach: Students submit drafts of an assignment and make improvements based on feedback. The grade may include some combination of:
    • Score for the drafts
    • Final version
    • Amount of improvement based on feedback
  • More controversial approach: Basing grades on effort when students try really hard day after day but still cannot complete assignments well (e.g., students with identified special needs or recent immigrants with limited English skills).
  • Some school districts have guidelines for handling such cases.
  • Disadvantage of using improvement: The most competent students may do very well initially and have little room for improvement—unless teachers provide additional challenging assignments.

⚠️ "Hodgepodge grading"

  • Teachers often use a combination of achievement, effort, growth, attitude or class conduct, homework, and class participation.
  • A survey of over 8,500 middle and high school students in Virginia supported the hodgepodge practices commonly used by their teachers.

🧮 How should grades be calculated?

Two options are commonly used:

📏 Absolute grading

Absolute grading: Grades are assigned based on criteria the teacher has devised.

  • If an English teacher has established a level of proficiency needed to obtain an A and no student meets that level → no A's will be given.
  • If every student meets the established level → all students will get A's.
  • May use letter grades or pass/fail.

📈 Relative grading

Relative grading: The teacher ranks the performances of students from worst to best (or best to worst); those at the top get high grades, those in the middle moderate grades, and those at the bottom low grades.

  • Often described as "grading on the curve".
  • Advantage: Can be useful to compensate for an examination or assignment that students find much easier or harder than the teacher expected.
  • Disadvantages:
    • Can be unfair because comparisons are typically within one class → an A in one class may not represent the same level of performance as an A in another class.
    • May discourage students from helping each other improve, as students are in competition for limited rewards.
    • Gives students a personal interest in persuading each other not to study (a serious student makes it more difficult for others to get good grades).

🏷️ What kinds of grade descriptions should be used?

Grade systemDescriptionAdvantagesDisadvantages
Letter grade system (A, B, C, D, F)Traditional system for each subjectConvenient, simple, can be averaged easilyDoes not indicate what objectives the student has or has not met; does not show specific strengths and weaknesses
Pass-fail (satisfactory-unsatisfactory)Often used in elementary schools; some high schools and collegesEasy to use; allows students to explore new areas and take risks on subjects with limited preparation or outside their majorOffers even less information about students' level of learning
Pass-fail under mastery learningStudents expected to demonstrate mastery on all objectives to receive course creditClear that a pass means the student has demonstrated mastery of all objectives(Not specified in excerpt)
Checklist of objectivesStudents rated on each objective using descriptors (e.g., Proficient, Partially Proficient, Needs Improvement)Communicates students' strengths and weaknesses clearly; reminds students and parents of the objectives of the schoolIf too many objectives are included, lists can become so long that they are difficult to understand

📝 Example: Checklist for fourth grade English in California

The checklist may include the four types of writing required by state content standards:

  • Writing narratives
  • Writing responses to literature
  • Writing information reports
  • Writing summaries
80

Communication with parents and guardians

Communication with parents and guardians

🧭 Overview

🧠 One-sentence thesis

Clear communication with parents about classroom assessment requires teachers to explain purposes, methods, and criteria using the same effective feedback principles they apply with students, focusing on specific performance rather than general ability labels.

📌 Key points (3–5)

  • Why communication matters: Parents need to understand assessment purposes, techniques, and success criteria—but this is often difficult for beginning teachers.
  • What to communicate: Purpose of assessments, why specific techniques were chosen, criteria for success, and details about major tasks (materials, due dates).
  • How to communicate: Newsletters, websites with public curriculum information and private student-specific data (attendance, grades), and direct conversations.
  • Common confusion: Some parents are unfamiliar with performance assessments or peer/self-assessment, so teachers must explain these approaches carefully rather than assume understanding.
  • Feedback principles apply to parents too: Focus on task performance, what was done well, and what needs work—not general labels like "smart" or "weak"; use strategy-focused comments and "wise" feedback when trust may be an issue.

📢 What teachers need to explain to parents

📋 Core assessment information

Teachers must be able to communicate three key elements to parents:

  • Purpose: Why the assessment is being conducted.
  • Technique: Why this particular assessment method was selected.
  • Criteria: What the standards for success are.

These explanations require the same communication skills teachers use with students.

📰 Proactive communication methods

Teachers use several approaches to keep parents informed:

  • Monthly newsletters or updates at the start of major assessment tasks.
  • Task details: Explanation of purpose, nature of the task, additional support needed (materials, library visits), and due dates.
  • Example: Before a large project, a teacher sends home a newsletter explaining what students will do, why this assessment was chosen, what materials families should help gather, and when each phase is due.

🌐 Digital communication tools

Many school districts now use websites with two types of information:

  • Public information: Available to all parents in the class (curriculum details, assessment information).
  • Restricted information: Available only to specific students' parents or guardians (attendance records, grades).

Why this helps: Parents can access their child's performance immediately and, when necessary, quickly talk to both their child and the teacher.

🎓 Addressing unfamiliar assessment approaches

🤔 The familiarity gap

Some parents will not be familiar with performance assessments or the use of self and peer assessment.

  • Teachers cannot assume parents understand newer or alternative assessment methods.
  • What to do: Take time to explain these approaches carefully.
  • Example: If using peer assessment, a teacher might explain that students evaluate each other's work using a rubric, which helps them learn to identify quality work and reflect on their own performance—not just receive a grade from the teacher.

🔍 Why careful explanation matters

  • Parents' own school experience may have involved only traditional tests.
  • Without explanation, parents may question the validity or fairness of unfamiliar methods.
  • Clear communication builds trust and helps parents support their children's learning at home.

💬 Effective feedback principles for parent communication

🎯 Focus on performance, not labels

The recommendations for student feedback also apply when talking to parents:

DoDon't
Focus on performance on the taskMake general comments about how "smart" or "weak" the child is
Describe what was done wellUse ability labels
Explain what needs workMake vague judgments
  • The emphasis should be on specific task performance rather than fixed traits.
  • Example: Instead of "Your child is weak in math," say "Your child did well on addition problems but needs more practice with word problems that require identifying which operation to use."

🛠️ Strategy-focused comments

If possible, comments should focus on strategies that the child uses well or needs to improve.

  • Examples of strategy comments:
    • "Reading test questions carefully"
    • "Organization in a large project"
  • These comments give parents and students actionable information about how to improve.
  • Don't confuse: Strategy feedback tells how to improve; ability labels only describe a static state.

🤝 "Wise" feedback and trust

  • When to use: When the teacher is white and the student or parents are minority, trust can be an issue.
  • What "wise" feedback means (based on the excerpt's context): Using feedback approaches that build trust and show the teacher believes in the student's potential.
  • This approach helps bridge potential trust gaps and maintains focus on growth rather than stereotypes.
81

Action research: studying yourself and your students

Action research: studying yourself and your students

🧭 Overview

🧠 One-sentence thesis

Action research is a cyclical process in which teachers systematically study their own teaching and students to identify problems, test solutions, and improve practice through planning, data collection, action, and reflection.

📌 Key points (3–5)

  • What action research is: teachers conducting studies of their own students or work to improve teaching and learning, closely related to assessment for learning.
  • The cycle structure: planning (identify problem, review literature, develop research plan) → acting (collect and analyze data) → developing an action plan (implement changes) → communicating and reflecting (share results, ask what was learned).
  • Ethical requirements: when sharing data outside the school community, teachers must obtain informed consent from parents and students, guarantee confidentiality, and ensure participation is voluntary.
  • Common confusion: regular classroom work vs. research participation—in action research, students can choose not to participate, unlike typical classroom tasks where completion is required.
  • Why it matters: action research helps teachers make evidence-based decisions to improve their own teaching or support colleagues' improvement.

🔄 The action research cycle

🗺️ Planning stage

The planning stage has three components:

  1. Identifying and defining a problem

    • Problems often start as vague unease or a feeling that something is wrong.
    • It takes time to clarify the problem into a researchable question.
    • Example: A teacher notices poor student motivation and achievement (like Kym in the excerpt) and works to define this as a specific, researchable issue.
  2. Reviewing related literature

    • May occur within a class, workshop, teacher study groups, or independent exploration.
    • Helps teachers understand existing knowledge about the problem.
  3. Developing a research plan

    • Decide what kind of data will be collected (e.g., student test scores, observations of one or more students).
    • Decide how and when data will be collected (e.g., from files, in collaboration with colleagues, in spring or fall semester).

🎬 Acting stage

During this stage the teacher is collecting and analyzing data.

  • The data and analyses do not need to be complex.
  • Action research must be manageable to be effective.
  • Focus is on practical data collection that fits within a teacher's regular workload.

🛠️ Developing an action plan

  • The teacher creates a plan to make changes based on the data.
  • The teacher implements these changes—this is the "action" component of action research.
  • Important: Teachers must document their actions carefully so they can communicate them to others.
  • Example: After identifying motivation issues and reviewing solutions, a teacher tries new approaches and observes the results.

💬 Communicating and reflection

Communication channels:

  • Colleagues in the school or district
  • Action research classes at local colleges
  • Conferences or journals for teachers
  • Students and parents (if students are active participants)

Reflection questions:

  • "What did I learn?"
  • "What should I have done differently?"
  • "What should I do next?"

Why reflection matters:

  • Communicating with others helps refine ideas and aids reflection.
  • Reflection questions often lead to a new cycle of action research, beginning again with planning.

🔒 Ethical requirements

📋 When informed consent is needed

  • Teachers routinely collect student test scores, performance data, and behavior descriptions as part of teaching.
  • Key distinction: If teachers plan to share data outside the school community, they must obtain permission from parents (or guardians) and students to protect privacy.

📝 What informed consent includes

An informed consent form that summarizes the research, describes the data that will be collected, indicates that participation is voluntary, and provides a guarantee of confidentiality or anonymity.

Components:

  • Summary of the research
  • Description of data to be collected
  • Statement that participation is voluntary
  • Guarantee of confidentiality or anonymity

🏢 Institutional procedures

  • Many large school districts have established procedures for informed consent.
  • Districts often have a person in the central office responsible for guidelines and the application process.
  • If the action research is supported by a college or university (e.g., through a class), that institution's informed consent procedures must be followed.

⚠️ Common confusion: voluntary participation

Don't confuse: regular classroom work vs. research participation

Regular classroom instructionAction research
Teachers tell students they have to do the work or complete tasksStudents can choose not to participate
Completion is requiredParticipation is voluntary
  • This is a common area of confusion for teachers.
  • The voluntary nature of research participation is contrary to typical classroom expectations.
  • If data are being collected for a research study, students have the right to opt out.

🔗 Connection to assessment for learning

🎯 Relationship between action research and assessment

Assessment for learning emphasizes devising and conducting assessment data in order to improve teaching and learning and so is related to action research.

  • Both focus on using data to improve teaching and learning.
  • Action research provides a systematic framework for the continuous improvement emphasized in assessment for learning.
  • Example: Kym (mentioned in the excerpt) conducted action research by identifying a motivation problem, investigating solutions during a course on motivation, trying new approaches, and observing the results—all core elements of both action research and assessment for learning.
82

Grading and reporting

Grading and reporting

🧭 Overview

🧠 One-sentence thesis

Grading systems communicate what teachers value and require careful decisions about weighting, inclusion of non-cognitive factors, calculation methods, and grade descriptions to balance simplicity with meaningful information about student learning.

📌 Key points (3–5)

  • Core grading decisions: teachers must decide how to weight assignments, whether to include social skills or effort, how to calculate grades (absolute vs relative), and what grade descriptions to use.
  • Weighting communicates priorities: how assignments are weighted tells students and parents what the teacher believes is important and influences how much effort students will invest.
  • Absolute vs relative grading: absolute grading judges students against fixed criteria (everyone can get an A or no one can), while relative grading ranks students against each other ("grading on the curve").
  • Common confusion: letter grades vs checklists—letter grades are simple and convenient but provide little detail about what students actually learned, while objective checklists show strengths and weaknesses clearly but can become overwhelming if too long.
  • Trade-offs in grade descriptions: all grading systems balance ease of use against the amount of information they provide about student learning.

📊 Core grading decisions

⚖️ Weighting assignments and assessments

  • Teachers must decide—preferably before the grading period begins—how each assignment will be weighted.
  • Weighting decisions communicate to students and parents what teachers believe is important.
  • Weighting also influences how much effort students will exert.

Example: A sixth grade math teacher might weight grades as follows:

  • Weekly quizzes: 35%
  • Homework: 15%
  • Performance assessment: 30%
  • Class participation: 20%

Don't confuse: A low weight doesn't mean an assignment is unimportant for learning, but students may interpret it that way (e.g., "If homework is only worth 5 per cent, it is not worth completing twice a week").

🤝 Including social skills

  • Elementary school teachers are more likely than middle or high school teachers to include social skills in report cards.
  • Social skills may be included as separate criteria or weighted into the subject grade.

Example: The grade for mathematics may include an assessment of group cooperation or self-regulation during mathematics lessons.

Two perspectives:

  • Pro: Developing social skills is important for young students; students need to learn to work with others and manage their own behaviors to be successful.
  • Con: Grades in subject areas should be based on cognitive performances; if social skills are assessed, they should be clearly separated from the subject grade on the report card.

If social skills are graded, clear criteria such as those in analytical scoring rubrics should be used.

💪 Including effort and improvement

  • Teachers often find it difficult to decide whether effort and improvement should be components of grades.

Approaches mentioned:

  • Students submit drafts and make improvements based on feedback; the grade includes some combination of draft scores, the final version, and the amount of improvement.
  • Basing grades on effort when students try hard day after day but still cannot complete assignments well (e.g., students with identified special needs or recent immigrants with limited English skills).

Disadvantages of using improvement:

  • The most competent students may do very well initially and have little room for improvement—unless teachers provide additional challenging assignments.

"Hodgepodge grading": Teachers often use a combination of achievement, effort, growth, attitude or class conduct, homework, and class participation. A survey of over 8,500 middle and high school students in Virginia supported the hodgepodge practices commonly used by their teachers.

🧮 Calculation methods

📏 Absolute grading

Absolute grading: grades are assigned based on criteria the teacher has devised.

  • If no student meets the level of proficiency needed for an A, then no A's will be given.
  • If every student meets the established level, then all students will get A's.
  • Absolute grading systems may use letter grades or pass/fail.
  • This approach judges students against fixed standards, not against each other.

📈 Relative grading

Relative grading: the teacher ranks the performances of students from worst to best (or best to worst); those at the top get high grades, those in the middle moderate grades, and those at the bottom low grades.

  • Often described as "grading on the curve."
  • Can be useful to compensate for an examination or assignment that students find much easier or harder than the teacher expected.

Disadvantages:

  • Can be unfair because comparisons are typically within one class, so an A in one class may not represent the same level of performance as an A in another class.
  • May discourage students from helping each other improve, as students are in competition for limited rewards.
  • Gives students a personal interest in persuading each other not to study, as a serious student makes it more difficult for others to get good grades.

📝 Grade description systems

🔤 Letter grade system

  • Traditionally uses A, B, C, D, F for each subject.
AdvantagesDisadvantages
Convenient, simple, can be averaged easilyDo not indicate what objectives the student has or has not met
Do not show students' specific strengths and weaknesses

✅ Pass-fail system

  • Also called satisfactory-unsatisfactory.
  • Often used in elementary schools; some high schools and colleges use it as well.
  • In high school and college, allows students to explore new areas and take risks on subjects they may have limited preparation for or that are not part of their major.
  • Also used in classes taught under a mastery-learning approach, where students must demonstrate mastery on all objectives to receive course credit.
AdvantagesDisadvantages
Easy to useOffers even less information about students' level of learning than letter grades
Under mastery learning, a pass clearly means the student has demonstrated mastery of all objectives

📋 Checklist of objectives

  • Students are rated on each objective using descriptors such as Proficient, Partially Proficient, and Needs Improvement.
  • Replaces the traditional letter grade system in some schools.

Example: A fourth grade class in California might include the four types of writing required by state content standards:

  • Writing narratives
  • Writing responses to literature
  • Writing information reports
  • Writing summaries
AdvantagesDisadvantages
Communicates students' strengths and weaknesses clearlyIf too many objectives are included, lists can become so long that they are difficult to understand
Reminds students and parents of the objectives of the school

📢 Communication and context

📱 Modern reporting systems

  • Traditionally, reports were printed on paper and sent home with students or mailed to students' homes.
  • Increasingly, school districts use web-based grade management systems that allow parents to access their child's grades on each individual assessment as well as progress reports and final grades.
  • Many school districts issue progress reports, interim reports, or mid-term grades as well as final semester grades.

⚠️ Limitations of report cards

  • Report cards typically summarize in brief format a variety of assessments and cannot provide much information about students' strengths and weaknesses.
  • This means report cards focus more on assessment of learning than assessment for learning.
  • Grading can be frustrating for teachers as there are many factors to consider.
  • Schools often have detailed policies that teachers have to follow when assigning grades.
83

Basic Concepts of Standardized Testing

Basic concepts

🧭 Overview

🧠 One-sentence thesis

Standardized tests—administered uniformly and scored explicitly—serve multiple purposes including measuring student performance against criteria or norms, diagnosing learning needs, selecting students for programs, and holding schools accountable under policies like No Child Left Behind.

📌 Key points (3–5)

  • Two main reference types: criterion-referenced tests measure performance against specific standards (what students can/cannot do); norm-referenced tests compare students to a representative sample (relative standing).
  • High-stakes vs. low-stakes: tests with important consequences (graduation, school funding) are high-stakes; students may not try hard on tests that have no personal consequences.
  • Common confusion: a grade-equivalent score (e.g., 3.3) does not mean a student can do work at that grade level—it only reflects test performance relative to norms.
  • Multiple uses: the same standardized test may be used for assessing progress, diagnosing strengths/weaknesses, selecting students, planning instruction, and accountability.
  • Three test types by purpose: achievement tests assess learned content, diagnostic tests profile specific skill strengths/weaknesses, aptitude tests predict future performance based on general reasoning abilities.

📋 What Standardized Tests Are

📋 Definition and creation

Standardized tests are created by a team—usually test experts from a commercial testing company who consult classroom teachers and university faculty—and are administered in standardized ways.

  • Students respond to the same questions, receive the same directions, and have the same time limits.
  • Explicit scoring criteria are used.
  • Designed to be taken by many students within a state, province, nation, or across nations.

📖 Administration procedures

  • Teachers help administer some standardized tests using detailed test manuals.
  • Procedures may include:
    • Removing posters and charts from classroom walls
    • Reading directions aloud using a script
    • Responding to student questions in a specific manner
  • These strict procedures ensure consistency across all test-takers.

🎯 Criterion-Referenced vs. Norm-Referenced Tests

🎯 Criterion-referenced tests

Criterion referenced standardized tests measure student performance against a specific standard or criterion.

  • What they measure: what students can and cannot do relative to a defined standard.
  • Often tied to state content standards.
  • Example from the excerpt: Kentucky fourth-grade reading standard—"Students will identify and describe the characteristics of fiction, nonfiction, poetry or plays."
  • Reporting formats:
    • Number or percentage of items completed (e.g., 15 out of 20, i.e., 75%)
    • Descriptive categories (basic, proficient, advanced) based on mastery thresholds

📊 Norm-referenced tests

Norm referenced standardized tests report students' performance relative to others.

  • What they measure: how a student compares to a representative sample (norm group).
  • Example: scoring at the 72nd percentile means outperforming 72% of the norm group.
  • Norm groups: representative samples of students who completed the test during development; drawn from state (state tests) or nation (national tests).
  • Information about norm groups is in technical manuals, typically available from district testing coordinators, not individual teachers.

🔍 Key difference illustrated

Test TypeWhat Alisha's Report ShowsWhat It Means
Norm-referenced85th percentileShe scored better than 85% of the norm group
Criterion-referencedMastered 65% of problemsShe can solve 65% of grade-level problems
  • Don't confuse: relative standing (norm) vs. absolute mastery (criterion).
  • The norm-referenced report tells you Alisha's position compared to others; the criterion-referenced report describes what Alisha can actually do.

🧑‍🏫 Which is more useful for teachers?

  • Classroom teachers need to know what students can and cannot do for planning instruction.
  • Criterion-referenced tests are typically more useful for this purpose.
  • Under standards-based accountability and NCLB, criterion-based tests predominate.
  • Norm-referenced tests are now largely limited to diagnosis and placement of children with specific cognitive disabilities or exceptional abilities.
  • Some recent tests incorporate both criterion and norm elements: they report mastery of standards and the percentage of students who attained that level.

⚖️ High-Stakes vs. Low-Stakes Testing

⚖️ What makes a test high-stakes

Standardized tests can be high stakes, i.e., performance on the test has important consequences.

Consequences for students:

  • Passing a high school graduation test required for a diploma
  • Passing PRAXIS II required for a teacher license

Consequences for schools:

  • Under NCLB, an increasing percentage of students must reach proficiency in math and reading each year
  • Schools that fail to achieve gains face reduced funding and restructuring

⚠️ A critical problem

  • Under NCLB, consequences are designed for schools, not individual students.
  • Students may not try hard when tests have low stakes for them personally.
  • Test results may not accurately reflect what students know if they lack motivation to perform.

🛠️ Uses of Standardized Tests

🛠️ Assessing progress in a wider context

  • Well-designed teacher assessments provide crucial classroom information, but teachers vary in assessment types.
  • Teacher assessments do not usually show how students compare to external criteria.

Example from the excerpt:

  • Two eighth-grade students, Brian and Joshua, both received As in math class.
  • On the standardized norm-referenced math test: Brian scored at the 50th percentile, Joshua at the 90th percentile.
  • This information is important to students, parents, and school personnel.

Another example:

  • Two third-grade students both receive Cs in reading.
  • One passes 25% of items on the criterion-referenced state test; the other passes 65%.

🔎 Why performance may differ between teacher and standardized assessments

Students may score lower on standardized tests because:

  • Teachers have easy grading criteria
  • Poor alignment between taught content and test content
  • Unfamiliarity with standardized test item types
  • Test anxiety
  • Illness on test day

Students may score higher on standardized tests because:

  • Teachers have hard grading criteria
  • Student does not work consistently in class (e.g., doesn't turn in homework) but focuses on standardized tests
  • Student is adept at multiple-choice items but not at the variety of constructed-response and performance items teachers use

Important principle:

  • Always be very cautious about drawing inferences from one kind of assessment.

🏠 Use for home-schooled students

  • In some states, standardized achievement tests are required for home-schooled students.
  • Example from New York: home-schooled students must take approved standardized tests every other year in grades 4–8 and every year in grades 9–12.
  • Tests must be administered in a standardized manner; results filed with the local school district Superintendent.
  • If a student does not take the tests or scores below the 33rd percentile, the home-schooling program may be placed on probation.

🩺 Diagnosing strengths and weaknesses

  • Standardized tests, along with interviews, classroom observations, medical examinations, and school records, help diagnose students' strengths and weaknesses.
  • Often administered individually to determine if a child has a disability.

Example from the excerpt:

  • A kindergarten child has trouble with oral communication.
  • A standardized language development test assesses:
    • Understanding the meaning of words or sentence structures
    • Noticing sound differences in similar words
    • Articulating words correctly
  • Also important to determine: recent immigrant status, hearing impairment, or mental retardation.

Diagnosing learning disabilities typically involves:

  • An aptitude test to assess general cognitive functioning
  • An achievement test to assess knowledge of specific content areas

🎓 Selecting students for specific programs

  • SAT (Scholastic Assessment Test) and ACT (American College Test): norm-referenced tests used to help determine admission to selective colleges.
  • Norm-referenced tests (among other criteria) determine eligibility for special education or gifted and talented programs.
  • Criterion-referenced tests determine eligibility for promotion to the next grade or high school graduation.
  • Schools that place students in ability groups (high school college preparation, academic, or vocational programs) may use norm- or criterion-referenced tests.
  • When standardized tests are essential criteria for placement, they are high-stakes for students.

📚 Assisting teachers' planning

  • Norm- and criterion-referenced tests, among other information sources, help teachers make instructional decisions.
  • This is assessment for learning: data-based decision making.

Examples from the excerpt:

  • A social studies teacher learns most students did very well on a norm-referenced reading test administered early in the year → adapts instruction to use additional primary sources.
  • A reading teacher reviews poor end-of-year criterion-referenced reading test results → decides to modify techniques next year.
  • A biology teacher sees students scored poorly on the genetics section of the criterion-referenced science test → decides to spend more time on genetics.

Challenge for beginning teachers:

  • It can be difficult to learn to use standardized test information appropriately.
  • Test scores are important information, but remember there are multiple reasons for students' performance on a test.

📢 Accountability

  • Standardized test results are increasingly used to hold teachers and administrators accountable for students' learning.
  • Prior to 2002, many states required public dissemination of students' progress.
  • Under NCLB, all states must send report cards to parents and the public that include standardized test results for each school.
  • Newspapers began printing summaries of students' test results within school districts in the 1970s and 1980s.
  • Public accountability has been increasing in the US and many other countries.
  • This increased accountability impacts all teachers, including those teaching subjects or grade levels not being tested.

Example from the excerpt:

  • Erin, a middle school social studies teacher (a "non-testing" subject), spends substantial instructional time supporting standardized testing requirements:
    • Uses "word of the day" to define and incorporate terminology often used in tests (e.g., "compare," "oxymoron").
    • Uses test question formats similar to standardized tests in her own assessments (e.g., multiple-choice with double negatives, short answer, extended response).
    • Believes practice in test question formats will help students be more successful in assessed subjects.

Broader context:

  • Accountability and standardized testing are two components of Standards-Based Reform in Education (initiated in the USA in the 1980s).
  • The two other components are academic content standards and teacher quality.

📝 Types of Standardized Tests

📝 Achievement tests

Achievement tests are designed to assess what students have learned in a specific content area.

K-12 achievement tests include:

  • Tests specifically designed by states to assess mastery of state academic content standards
  • General tests: California Achievement Tests, Comprehensive Tests of Basic Skills, Iowa Tests of Basic Skills, Metropolitan Achievement Tests, Stanford Achievement Tests
  • General tests are designed for use across the nation and will not be as closely aligned with state content standards as specifically designed tests.
  • Some states and Canadian provinces use both specifically designed tests (for content standards) and general achievement tests (for normative information).

For young children:

  • Questions are presented orally.
  • Students may respond by pointing to pictures.
  • Subtests are often not timed.
  • Example: Iowa Test of Basic Skills vocabulary test for kindergarteners—teacher reads a word and a sentence containing the word; students choose one of three pictorial response options.

Professional licensure:

  • Achievement tests are used as one criterion for obtaining licenses in nursing, physical therapy, social work, accounting, and law.
  • Their use in teacher education is recent, part of increased accountability in public education.
  • Most states require teacher education students to take achievement tests to obtain a teaching license.
    • Middle/high school licensure: tests in the content area of the major or minor (e.g., mathematics, social studies).
    • Early childhood/elementary licensure: tests focus on knowledge needed to teach specific grade levels.

PRAXIS series (tests I and II) developed by Educational Testing Service:

Test TypeWhat It AssessesItem Types
Subject AssessmentsGeneral and subject-specific teaching skills and knowledgeMultiple-choice and constructed-response
Principles of Learning and Teaching (PLT) TestsGeneral pedagogical knowledge at four grade levels: Early Childhood, K-6, 5-9, 7-12Based on case studies; constructed-response and multiple-choice
Teaching Foundations TestsPedagogy in five areas: multi-subject (elementary), English Language Arts, Mathematics, Science, Social ScienceConstructed-response and multiple-choice
  • Scores needed to pass each test vary and are determined by each state.

🩺 Diagnostic tests

Some standardized tests are designed to diagnose strengths and weaknesses in skills, typically reading or mathematics skills.

Example from the excerpt:

  • An elementary school child has difficulty in reading.
  • One or more diagnostic tests provide detailed information about three components:
    1. Word recognition: phonological awareness (pronunciation), decoding, spelling
    2. Comprehension: vocabulary, reading and listening comprehension
    3. Fluency

Administration:

  • Often administered individually by school psychologists, following standardized procedures.
  • The examiner records not only results on each question but also observations of the child's behavior (e.g., distractibility, frustration).

Use in diagnosis:

  • Results from diagnostic standardized tests are used in conjunction with:
    • Classroom observations
    • School and medical records
    • Interviews with teachers, parents, and students
  • These produce a profile of the student's skills and abilities.
  • Where appropriate, they diagnose a learning disability.

🔮 Aptitude tests

Aptitude tests, like achievement tests, measure what students have learned, but rather than focusing on specific subject matter learned in school (e.g., math, science, English, or social studies), the test items focus on verbal, quantitative, problem-solving abilities that are learned in school or in the general culture.

Key characteristics:

  • Typically shorter than achievement tests.
  • Useful in predicting general school achievement.
  • If the purpose is to predict success in a specific subject (e.g., language arts), the best prediction is past achievement in that subject (use an achievement test).
  • When predictions are more general (e.g., success in college), aptitude tests are often used.

Examples:

  • ACT and SAT Reasoning tests (used to predict success in college): assess general educational development and reasoning, analysis, problem solving, as well as questions on mathematics, reading, and writing.
  • SAT Subject Tests (focus on mastery of specific subjects like English, history, mathematics, science, language): used by some colleges as entrance criteria; more appropriately classified as achievement tests even though they are used to predict the future.

🧠 Learning ability tests (formerly "intelligence tests")

  • Traditionally called Intelligence Tests, now often called:
    • Learning ability tests
    • Cognitive ability tests
    • Scholastic aptitude tests
    • School ability tests
  • Shift in terminology reflects:
    • Extensive controversy over the meaning of "intelligence"
    • Traditional use was associated with inherited capacity
    • More current terms emphasize that tests measure developed ability in learning, not innate capacity.

Examples:

  • Cognitive Abilities Test: assesses K-12 students' abilities to reason with words, quantitative concepts, and nonverbal (spatial) pictures.
  • Woodcock Johnson III: contains cognitive abilities tests as well as achievement tests for ages 2 to 90 years.

🏛️ High-Stakes Testing by States

🏛️ Growth under NCLB

  • Many states had standardized testing programs prior to 2000.
  • The number of state-wide tests has grown enormously since then.
  • NCLB required that all states test students in reading and mathematics annually in grades third through [excerpt ends here].
84

High-Stakes Testing by States

High-Stakes testing by states

🧭 Overview

🧠 One-sentence thesis

High-stakes state testing under NCLB requires all states to test students annually against content standards and hold schools accountable through Adequate Yearly Progress (AYP), but implementation reveals significant problems including weak standards, misalignment, varying state definitions of proficiency, and measurement approaches that may not capture actual student learning growth.

📌 Key points (3–5)

  • What NCLB mandates: annual testing in reading and mathematics for grades 3–8 and once in high school, with all students (including those with disabilities and English language learners) included.
  • The accountability mechanism: schools must meet Adequate Yearly Progress (AYP) by increasing the percentage of students reaching proficiency each year until 100% are proficient by 2013–14, with escalating sanctions for consecutive failures.
  • Common confusion—proficiency vs. growth: current AYP measures whether students reach a proficiency threshold at one point in time, not how much students improved during the year; growth models track learning gains but are not universally used.
  • Implementation weaknesses: many states have weak or redundant standards, tests misaligned with standards, too many standards to assess fully (requiring sampling), and widely varying definitions of "proficient" across states.
  • Subgroup requirements: AYP must be met not only overall but also for each racial/ethnic group, low-income students, English language learners, and students with disabilities—making it harder for large, diverse schools to meet targets.

📋 Standards and alignment challenges

📋 What content standards are

Academic content standards: specifications of what students are expected to know or be able to do at each grade level (previously called goals and objectives).

  • States must develop these standards under NCLB.
  • Standards guide what teachers teach and what tests assess.
  • The quality and clarity of standards directly affect whether teachers can prepare students effectively.

⚖️ Strong vs. weak standards

Standards that are too broad:

  • Not tied to specific grade levels.
  • Teachers cannot prepare students to meet them.
  • Example from the excerpt: "Students should be able to construct meaning through experiences with literature, cultural events and philosophical discussion" (no grade level indicated).

Standards that are too narrow:

  • Result in a restricted curriculum.
  • Example from the excerpt: "Students can define, compare and contrast, and provide a variety of examples of synonyms and antonyms."

Stronger standards:

  • Grade-specific and actionable.
  • Example from the excerpt: "Students should apply knowledge of word origins, derivations, synonyms, antonyms, and idioms to determine the meaning of words (grade 4)."

📊 Quality of state standards (2005–6 study)

  • A 2005–6 American Federation of Teachers study found weak standards in reading, math, and science in 32 states.
  • Science had the strongest standards, followed by mathematics.
  • Reading standards were particularly problematic: one-fifth were redundant across grade levels (word-for-word repetition at least 50% of the time).

🔗 Alignment problems

  • State tests must be aligned with content standards to provide useful feedback about student learning.
  • A mismatch between standards and test content means test results cannot show students' proficiency on the standards.
  • 2006 finding: only 11 states had tests aligned with state standards.
  • Misalignment frustrates students, teachers, and administrators and undermines the accountability concept.

📚 The problem of too many standards

  • Even strong standards can be problematic if there are too many.
  • Curriculum specialists tend to develop large numbers of standards because they believe in the importance of their subject.
  • Example from the excerpt: Idaho's first-grade mathematics standard (judged high quality) contains 5 broad standards, 10 goals, and 29 objectives.
  • Content sampling: tests cannot assess all standards every year, so they measure only some standards.
  • Teachers try to guess which standards will be tested and align teaching to those—if guesses are wrong, students study content not on the test and miss content that is on the test.
  • One testing expert called this "a muddleheaded way to run a testing program."

🌐 Transparency issues

The excerpt provides a table showing which states in 2006 had:

  • Strong content standards
  • Tests aligned with standards
  • Testing documents available online

Only 11 states met all three criteria, meaning most states lacked at least one of these elements necessary for effective accountability.

📈 Adequate Yearly Progress (AYP) mechanism

📈 How AYP works

  • States must define three achievement levels: basic, proficient, and advanced for each grade and content area.
  • Schools must set a timetable ensuring an increasing percentage of students reach proficiency.
  • By 2013–14, every child must perform at or above the proficient level.
  • Schools meeting this timetable "meet AYP."

⚠️ Unequal burden on lower-performing schools

  • Schools with initially lower performance must make greater annual increases to reach 100% proficiency by 2013–14.
  • Example from the excerpt (three hypothetical schools):
    • School A (initially lowest performing): must increase proficiency by 6% per year on average.
    • School B (middle performing): must increase by 3% per year.
    • School C (initially high performing): must increase by only 1% per year.
  • Checkpoint targets are determined by lower-performing schools, so School A must show significant improvement by 2007–8 while School C does not have to improve at all by that checkpoint.
  • Result: schools that are initially lower performing are much more likely to fail AYP during initial NCLB implementation years.

👥 Subgroup requirements (disaggregation)

  • Prior to NCLB, state systems focused on overall student performance, providing no incentive to focus on the neediest students.
  • Under NCLB, percentages must be calculated for each subgroup if there are enough students in the subgroup:
    • Each racial/ethnic group (white, African American, Latino, Native American, etc.)
    • Low-income students
    • Students with limited English proficiency
    • Students with disabilities
  • A school may fail AYP if one subgroup (e.g., English language learners) does not make adequate progress.
  • Consequence: large, diverse schools (typically urban) with many subgroups face greater difficulty meeting AYP than smaller, homogeneous schools.

📝 Participation requirement

  • On average, at least 95% of any subgroup must take the exams each year, or the school may fail AYP.
  • This rule prevents schools from encouraging low-performing students to stay home on test days to artificially inflate scores.

🚨 Sanctions for failing AYP

Schools failing AYP for consecutive years face escalating sanctions:

Years failingLabel / Action
2 consecutive yearsLabeled "in need of improvement"; must develop a school improvement plan based on "scientifically based research"; students offered option to transfer to a better-performing public school in the district
3 consecutive yearsFree tutoring must be provided to needy students
4 consecutive years"Corrective actions" required: may include staffing changes, curriculum reforms, or extensions of school day/year
5 consecutive yearsDistrict must "restructure": major actions such as replacing majority of staff, hiring an educational management company, or turning the school over to the state

📊 Proficiency vs. growth models

📊 The proficiency approach (current AYP)

  • AYP is based on an absolute level of student performance at one point in time.
  • It does not measure how much students improve during each year.
  • Example from the excerpt: six students tested in science in fourth and fifth grade.
    • Students 1, 2, and 3 reach proficiency in fifth grade.
    • Students 4, 5, and 6 do not reach proficiency.
    • But: students 2, 5, and 6 improved much more than students 1, 3, and 4.
  • The current AYP system rewards reaching the proficiency level, not growth.
  • Problem for low-performing schools: they may do an excellent job improving achievement (like students 5 and 6) but still not make proficiency and thus fail AYP.

📈 Growth or value-added models

Growth models: measures that track how much students improve during each year, rather than just their achievement level at one point in time.

  • The U.S. Department of Education in 2006 allowed some states to include growth measures in AYP calculations.
  • Growth models traditionally track individual students' progress; the term is sometimes used for classes or entire schools.
  • Intuitive appeal to teachers: focuses on how much a student learned during the school year, not what the student knew at the start.

🏫 School effects

  • Some states (e.g., Tennessee) provide growth information on report cards in addition to AYP status.
  • Schools can have:
    • High achievement but low growth (School A in the excerpt's illustration)
    • Low achievement but high growth (School F)
  • These patterns are called "school effects"—the effect of the school on student learning.
  • Research evidence suggests teachers matter a lot: students learn much more with some teachers than others.
  • Example from the excerpt: low-achieving fourth graders in one study followed for three years—90% with effective teachers passed seventh-grade math vs. only 42% with ineffective teachers.
  • Equity concern: the same study found low-achieving students were more likely to be assigned to ineffective teachers for three years in a row than high-achieving students.

⚖️ Controversy over using growth for teacher evaluation

  • Some policymakers believe highly effective teachers (measured by growth) should receive rewards including higher salaries or bonuses.
  • Controversy: much more statistical uncertainty when using growth measures for small groups (e.g., one teacher's students) than larger groups (e.g., all fourth graders in a district).

🎯 Growth patterns and instructional focus

Growth models can reveal which students benefit most from a teacher's instruction:

  • Highest performers gain most, lowest gain least: teacher focuses on high achievers, gives less attention to low achievers.
  • Lowest performers gain most, highest gain least: teacher focuses on low achievers, pays little attention to high achievers.
  • Middle performers gain most, highest and lowest gain least: teacher focuses on students "in the middle."
  • Proponents argue teachers can use this information to make informed decisions about their teaching.

🗺️ Variation across states

🗺️ No common definition of proficiency

  • Each state devises its own academic content standards, assessments, and levels of proficiency under NCLB.
  • Some researchers suggest NCLB rules encourage states to set low proficiency levels to make it easier to meet AYP each year.

📐 Comparing state standards using NAEP

National Assessment of Educational Progress (NAEP): a national achievement test designed to assess progress at the state-wide or national level (not individual schools or students); widely respected as well-designed, using current best practices.

  • NCLB requires states to administer NAEP reading and math tests to a sample of fourth and eighth graders every other year.
  • NAEP includes a large percentage of constructed-response questions and questions requiring calculators and other materials.
  • NAEP can be used to examine the stringency of state proficiency levels.

📊 Example of state variation

The excerpt provides a 2003 comparison of Colorado and Missouri fourth-grade reading/language arts:

State% proficient on state test% proficient on NAEP
Colorado67%34%
Missouri21%28%
  • Colorado's state test classified 67% as proficient, but only 34% were proficient on NAEP.
  • Missouri's state test classified only 21% as proficient, but 28% were proficient on NAEP.
  • Conclusion: there is no common meaning in current definitions of "proficient achievement" established by states.
  • Don't confuse: a high percentage of students meeting state proficiency does not necessarily mean high performance on a national standard.

🍎 Implications for teachers

🍎 What a principal expects from beginning teachers

The excerpt includes an interview with Dr. Mucci, principal of a suburban Ohio school (grades 4–6) that continues to meet AYP. She wants beginning teachers to:

Understand content standards:

  • Be familiar with state content standards—they clearly define what all students should know and be able to do.
  • Teaching revolves around the standards.
  • The principal only approves requests for materials or professional development if related to the standards.

Practice data-based decision making:

  • The principal meets annually with all teachers in each grade level to look for trends in previous year's test results and consider remedies.
  • She meets with each teacher in tested content areas to discuss every student's achievement and develop an instructional plan for every student.
  • All interventions with students are research-based.
  • Schoolwide responsibility: every teacher (including music and art teachers) is responsible for helping implement instructional plans; for example, music or art teachers must incorporate some reading and math into their classes.

Teach test-taking skills:

  • Use formats similar to state tests.
  • Enforce time limits.
  • Ensure students learn to distinguish between questions requiring extended responses (complete sentences) vs. those requiring only one or two words.
  • Ensure students answer what is actually being asked.
  • Begin early in the school year and continue working on these skills so by spring, students are familiar with the format and less anxious about the state test.
  • Goal: "set each student up for success."

📢 National teacher survey findings

  • A national survey of over 4,000 teachers found the majority reported:
    • State-mandated tests were compatible with their daily instruction.
    • Tests were based on curriculum frameworks that all teachers should follow.
    • (The excerpt cuts off here, but implies general teacher acceptance of the testing framework when aligned properly.)
85

International testing

International testing

🧭 Overview

🧠 One-sentence thesis

International testing systems vary widely—from Canada's low-stakes provincial assessments to cross-national comparisons—but share the goal of measuring student achievement without always imposing consequences on individual students or schools.

📌 Key points (3–5)

  • Canadian provincial testing: Each province conducts curriculum-based assessments in core subjects; results are published but carry no specific consequences for schools or students at elementary/middle levels.
  • High-stakes vs low-stakes distinction: Elementary and middle-grade tests in Canada are not high-stakes for students, whereas secondary exit tests are high-stakes.
  • Pan-Canada assessments: Administered to random school samples to compare average performance across the country, similar in purpose to U.S. NAEP tests, and not intended for individual student feedback.
  • International comparisons: More than 40 countries participate in major testing initiatives (like Trends in International Mathematics) to compare educational achievement and practices globally.
  • Common confusion: Not all standardized tests are high-stakes; some are designed only for system-level monitoring, not individual accountability.

🍁 Canadian provincial testing system

📚 Elementary and middle-grade assessments

  • Each province conducts its own curriculum-based assessments.
  • Subjects tested:
    • Elementary level: reading, writing (language arts), and mathematics (numeracy).
    • Middle grades: language arts, mathematics, plus science and social studies.
  • Key characteristic: Summary results are published, but there are no specific consequences for poor performance by schools.
  • These tests are not high-stakes for students—they do not affect individual student outcomes like promotion or graduation.

🎓 Secondary school exit tests

  • At the secondary level, high-stakes curriculum-based exit tests are common.
  • Unlike elementary/middle tests, these are high-stakes: they carry consequences for students (e.g., graduation requirements).
  • Example: A student must pass these exit tests to receive a diploma, making them directly consequential for individual students.

Don't confuse: The same province may use low-stakes tests at lower grades and high-stakes tests at the secondary level; the stakes depend on the purpose and grade level, not just the existence of testing.

🇨🇦 Pan-Canada assessments

🎯 Purpose and design

Pan-Canada assessments: tests in mathematics, reading and writing, and science administered to a random sample of schools across Canada.

  • Goal: Determine whether, on average, students across Canada reach similar levels of performance at about the same age.
  • Not for individual feedback: These assessments are not intended to provide results to individual students.
  • System-level monitoring: Similar in purpose to the NAEP (National Assessment of Educational Progress) tests in the United States.

🔍 How they differ from provincial tests

FeatureProvincial testsPan-Canada assessments
AdministrationAll students in certain gradesRandom sample of schools
PurposeMonitor provincial curriculum outcomesCompare average performance across Canada
FeedbackResults published by provinceNo individual student feedback
StakesLow-stakes (elementary/middle); high-stakes (secondary exit)Low-stakes; system-level only

Example: A school might be randomly selected to participate in a pan-Canada math assessment; the results help policymakers understand national trends, but individual students do not receive scores or consequences.

🌍 International comparisons

🌐 Cross-national testing initiatives

  • More than 40 countries participate in major international testing programs.
  • One example mentioned: Trends in International Mathematics (the excerpt cuts off but refers to a well-known international assessment).
  • Purpose: Compare educational achievement and practices across countries in an era of increasing globalization.

📊 Why international comparisons matter

  • They provide benchmarks for national education systems.
  • They help identify effective practices and areas for improvement by comparing performance and methods across diverse contexts.
  • Example: An organization might use international test results to see how its country's math instruction compares to other nations and adjust curriculum accordingly.

Don't confuse: International assessments are typically low-stakes for students and schools; they are designed for policy and research, not for individual accountability or consequences.

86

International Comparisons

International comparisons

🧭 Overview

🧠 One-sentence thesis

More than 40 countries participate in international testing initiatives (TIMSS and PISA) to compare educational achievement across nations and gather data on instructional practices and student characteristics.

📌 Key points (3–5)

  • Two major international tests: TIMSS assesses fourth and eighth graders in math and science; PISA assesses 15-year-olds in reading, math, and science literacy.
  • What they measure: both use multiple-choice, short-answer, and constructed-response formats translated into over 30 languages; results show significant cross-country performance differences.
  • Beyond scores: both tests collect survey data from students, teachers, and principals about instructional practices and student characteristics (e.g., teaching time, math anxiety).
  • Common confusion: TIMSS tests specific grade levels (4th and 8th), while PISA tests a specific age group (15-year-olds), so they capture different snapshots of education systems.
  • Policy use: policymakers compare average national scores to gauge relative performance against international benchmarks.

🌍 The two major international testing programs

📊 TIMSS (Trends in International Mathematics and Science Study)

  • Assesses students in fourth and eighth grades.
  • Focuses on mathematics and science.
  • Has been administered four times through 2007.
  • Example: In 2003 eighth-grade science, students from Canada, United States, Hong Kong, and Australia scored significantly higher than the international average, while students from Egypt, Indonesia, and the Philippines scored significantly below.

📚 PISA (Programme for International Assessment)

  • Assesses 15-year-olds (age-based, not grade-based).
  • Focuses on reading, mathematical, and science literacy.
  • Administered in more than 40 countries three times since 2000.
  • Example: In 2003 mathematics, 15-year-olds from Hong Kong, China, and Finland scored higher than those from Canada and New Zealand, who scored higher than those from the United States and Spain, who in turn scored higher than those from Mexico and Brazil.

🔍 Don't confuse grade-based vs age-based testing

  • TIMSS targets specific grades (4th and 8th), so it captures students at particular points in the curriculum.
  • PISA targets a specific age (15), so it captures students regardless of their grade level or how far they've progressed in school.
  • This difference means the two tests measure different aspects of education systems.

🧪 Test formats and administration

📝 Item types

Both TIMSS and PISA include:

  • Multiple-choice questions
  • Short-answer questions
  • Constructed-response formats (extended answers)

🌐 Translation and reach

  • Tests are translated into more than 30 languages.
  • More than 40 countries participate in both initiatives.
  • This wide reach allows for broad international comparisons.

📋 What the surveys reveal beyond test scores

👨‍🏫 Instructional practices

  • Both tests collect survey data from students, teachers, and school principals.
  • This data provides information about instructional practices and student characteristics.
  • Example: Teachers from the Philippines report spending almost twice as much time teaching science to fourth graders compared to teachers in the United States.

😰 Student characteristics and attitudes

  • Surveys capture cross-country variation in student experiences and feelings.
  • Example: PISA data shows considerable variation in math anxiety across countries—students in France, Italy, Japan, and Korea report feeling the most anxious, while students in Denmark, Finland, Netherlands, and Sweden feel the least anxious.

🎯 How policymakers use international comparisons

📊 Comparing average scores

  • Policymakers focus on comparing average student scores across countries.
  • Countries are often grouped into performance tiers:
    • Significantly above international average
    • Around international average
    • Significantly below international average

🔎 Understanding relative performance

PurposeWhat it shows
BenchmarkingHow a country's students perform relative to international peers
ContextPerformance differences alongside teaching practices and student attitudes
Policy insightsPatterns that may inform educational policy decisions
  • The combination of achievement scores and survey data allows policymakers to see not just what students achieve, but also how instruction is delivered and how students feel about learning.
87

Understanding Test Results

Understanding test results

🧭 Overview

🧠 One-sentence thesis

Understanding standardized test results requires familiarity with measurement concepts—especially frequency distributions, central tendency measures (mean, median, mode), variability (range, standard deviation), and the normal distribution—which together allow teachers to interpret scores, compare students, and recognize typical versus extreme performance.

📌 Key points (3–5)

  • Frequency distributions show how many students obtained each score, revealing typical scores and variability at a glance.
  • Central tendency measures (mean, median, mode) each provide different information: the mean is affected by outliers, the median represents the middle student, and the mode shows the most common score(s).
  • Variability measures (range and standard deviation) describe how spread out scores are; standard deviation is more informative because it uses all scores, not just the highest and lowest.
  • Common confusion: mean vs. median—when extreme scores (outliers) are present, the median is often more useful because it is not pulled by outliers, whereas the mean can shift dramatically.
  • Normal distribution and standard scores (z-scores, T-scores, stanines) allow precise percentile interpretation: in a normal curve, 68% of scores fall within ±1 standard deviation of the mean, and standard scores express performance in standard deviation units.

📊 Frequency distributions and visualization

📊 What a frequency distribution shows

A frequency distribution: a listing of the number of students who obtained each score on a test.

  • It is a simple count: for each possible score, how many students achieved it.
  • Example: if 31 students take a test with scores from 11 to 30, the frequency distribution lists each score and the number of students who earned it.
  • Visualizing the distribution (e.g., on a histogram or bar graph) helps identify typical scores and how much scores vary.

📈 Reading a histogram

  • The horizontal axis (x-axis) represents the test score.
  • The vertical axis (y-axis) represents the frequency (number of students).
  • Plotting the distribution makes patterns visible: clusters of scores, gaps, and outliers.
  • Don't confuse: the frequency distribution itself is just the raw count; measures of central tendency and variability (discussed next) provide precise summaries.

🎯 Central tendency: typical scores

🎯 Three measures of central tendency

The excerpt defines three ways to summarize "typical" performance:

MeasureDefinitionWhat it tells you
MeanSum of all scores divided by the number of scoresAverage performance; useful for statistical calculations but sensitive to outliers
MedianThe middle score (half above, half below)The score of the "middle" student; not affected by extreme scores
ModeThe score that occurs most oftenThe most common performance; a distribution can have two modes (bimodal)

🧮 Example: calculating the mean

  • In the example (Table 44), the mean is 24.
  • Formula: add all scores, then divide by the number of scores.
  • The mean provides an overall average but does not tell you which scores occurred most often.

🔍 Why the median is often more useful

  • The median represents the "middle" student: half scored above, half below.
  • Key advantage: the median is not influenced by outliers (extreme scores).
  • Example from the excerpt: 10 students score 4, 18, 18, 19, 19, 19, 19, 19, 20, 20.
    • Mean = 17.5 (170 ÷ 10).
    • If the lowest score (4) is removed, the mean jumps to 19 (171 ÷ 9)—a 1.5-point increase.
    • The median remains 19 whether the outlier is included or not.
  • Don't confuse: the mean is the arithmetic average; the median is the positional middle. When a few students do very poorly or very well, the median better represents typical performance.

🎲 The mode and bimodal distributions

  • The mode is the score that appears most frequently.
  • In Table 44, there are two modes (22 and 27), so the distribution is bimodal.
  • The mode shows which score(s) are most common but does not indicate the middle or average.

📏 Variability: how spread out are the scores?

📏 Why variability matters

  • Central tendency alone does not tell you how much scores differ from one another.
  • Two classes can have the same mean but very different spreads.
  • Example (Exhibit 20): both School A and School B have a mean of 40, but School A's scores are clustered tightly, while School B's scores are widely spread.

📐 Range: a simple measure

Range: the lowest score subtracted from the highest score.

  • School A (low variability): range = 45 − 35 = 10.
  • School B (high variability): range = 55 − 22 = 33.
  • Limitation: the range uses only two scores (highest and lowest), so it does not reflect variability in all the scores.

📊 Standard deviation: a better measure

Standard deviation: based on how much, on average, all the scores deviate from the mean.

  • It uses every score in the distribution, not just the extremes.
  • In the Exhibit 20 example, School A has a standard deviation of 2.01; School B has 7.73.
  • A larger standard deviation means more spread; a smaller one means scores are closer to the mean.

🧮 How to calculate standard deviation

The excerpt provides a step-by-step example (11 students, quiz scores):

  1. Order the scores: 3, 3, 4, 5, 5, 6, 7, 7, 7, 9, 10.
  2. Calculate the mean: 66 ÷ 11 = 6.
  3. Calculate deviations from the mean: each score minus 6 (e.g., 3 − 6 = −3).
  4. Square the deviations: (−3)² = 9, etc.
  5. Calculate the variance: sum of squared deviations ÷ number of scores = 40 ÷ 11 = 3.64.
  6. Take the square root of the variance: √3.64 = 1.91 (the standard deviation).
  • Formula (in words): standard deviation = square root of (sum of squared deviations from the mean, divided by the number of scores).
  • Don't confuse: variance is the mean of the squared deviations; standard deviation is the square root of the variance (and is in the same units as the original scores).

🔔 The normal distribution

🔔 What a normal distribution looks like

Normal distribution: a symmetric, bell-shaped distribution where the mean, median, and mode are all the same.

  • When a standardized test is given to a very large number of students, scores typically form a normal distribution.
  • Many students score near the mean; fewer score much higher or lower.
  • The curve is symmetric: the left and right halves mirror each other.

📐 The relationship between standard deviation and percentiles

  • In all normal distributions, a fixed percentage of scores falls within each standard deviation interval:
    • 34% of scores fall between the mean and +1 standard deviation.
    • 34% fall between the mean and −1 standard deviation.
    • 68% of all scores fall within ±1 standard deviation of the mean.
    • 14% fall between +1 and +2 standard deviations.
    • Only 2% fall above +2 standard deviations.

🧠 Example: IQ test with mean 100, standard deviation 15

  • 34% of scores are between 100 and 115.
  • 34% are between 85 and 100.
  • 68% of all scores are between 85 and 115 (±1 standard deviation).
  • A score of 115 (+1 standard deviation) is at the 84th percentile (50% + 34%).
  • A score at the mean (100) is always the 50th percentile (because mean = median in a normal distribution).

🔍 Why the normal distribution is important

  • It allows precise interpretation of scores using standard deviations and percentiles.
  • Teachers can see where a student falls relative to the entire group.
  • Don't confuse: the normal distribution is a theoretical model; real test scores approximate it when the sample is large and the test is well-designed.

📊 Standard scores

📊 What standard scores express

Standard score: expresses performance on a test in terms of standard deviation units above or below the mean.

  • Standard scores translate raw scores into a common scale based on the normal distribution.
  • They make it easy to compare scores across different tests or populations.

🔢 Z-score

Z-score: a standard score with a mean of 0 and a standard deviation of 1.

  • A z-score tells you directly how many standard deviations a score is above or below the mean.
  • Formula (in words): z-score = (score − mean score) ÷ standard deviation.
  • Example from the excerpt:
    • Score = 130, mean = 100, standard deviation = 15.
    • z = (130 − 100) ÷ 15 = 2.
    • A z-score of 2 means the score is 2 standard deviations above the mean (84th percentile).
  • A z-score of −1.5 means the score is 1.5 standard deviations below the mean.

🔢 T-score

T-score: a standard score with a mean of 50 and a standard deviation of 10.

  • A T-score of 70 is 2 standard deviations above the mean (equivalent to a z-score of 2).
  • T-scores avoid negative numbers and decimals, making them easier to report.

🔢 Stanines

Stanines: based on a standard nine-point scale with a mean of 5 and a standard deviation of 2.

  • Stanines are reported only as whole numbers (1 through 9).
  • They are often used for reporting students' scores.
  • The excerpt notes their relation to the normal curve (see the figure reference).

⚠️ Grade equivalent scores and common misunderstandings

⚠️ What a grade equivalent score means

Grade equivalent score: provides an estimate of test performance based on grade level and months of the school year.

  • Example: a grade equivalent score of 3.7 means performance is at the level expected of a third-grade student in the seventh month of the school year.
  • Grade equivalents provide a continuing range and can be considered developmental scores.

⚠️ Common misunderstanding: "doing higher-grade work"

  • The excerpt emphasizes: if James, a fourth-grade student, scores a grade equivalent of 6.0 on a reading test, this does not mean James can do sixth-grade work.
  • It means James performed on the fourth-grade test as a sixth-grade student is expected to perform.
  • Testing companies calculate grade equivalents by giving one test to several grade levels (e.g., third, fourth, and fifth graders take the same fourth-grade test), plotting raw scores, and establishing a trend line.
  • Don't confuse: a grade equivalent score is about performance on a test designed for the student's actual grade, not mastery of higher-grade curriculum.

⚠️ Why grade equivalents are often misunderstood

  • The excerpt states that grade equivalent scores "are popular and seem easy to understand however they are typically misunderstood."
  • Teachers and parents may incorrectly assume a higher grade equivalent means the student is ready for advanced-grade material.
  • The score reflects relative performance, not instructional level.
88

Issues with standardized tests

Issues with standardized tests

🧭 Overview

🧠 One-sentence thesis

Standardized tests raise concerns about bias, misuse, and unintended consequences such as curriculum narrowing and cheating, though experts distinguish between the tests themselves and how their results are interpreted and used.

📌 Key points (3–5)

  • Nuanced expert view: many problems stem from high-stakes use (e.g., using one test for graduation or school ratings) rather than the tests themselves.
  • Bias takes multiple forms: item content/format bias, prediction accuracy differences across groups, and stereotype threat that reduces working memory.
  • Common confusion: everyday "fairness" bias (punishing disadvantaged students) vs. technical bias (item difficulty, prediction accuracy, stereotype effects).
  • Unintended consequences: teachers narrow curriculum to tested subjects (more math/reading, less science/social studies) and spend excessive time on test preparation.
  • Cheating occurs: both students and educators engage in unethical practices under high-stakes pressure.

🎯 The debate over standardized tests

🎯 Competing views on testing

The excerpt presents three perspectives:

ViewWhat they believe
Pro-testingTests provide an unbiased way to measure individual cognitive skills and school quality
Anti-testingScores are capricious, don't represent what students know, and mislead when used for accountability
Nuanced (experts)Tests can provide useful performance information, but problems arise from high-stakes use

⚠️ High-stakes use problems

High-stakes use: using performance on one test to determine selection into a program, graduation, licensure, or judging a school as high vs low performing.

  • The nuanced view emphasizes that how results are used matters more than the tests themselves.
  • Example: denying graduation based on one test score punishes students who lacked educational resources through no fault of their own.
  • Don't confuse: criticizing high-stakes use is not the same as rejecting all testing.

🔍 Three forms of bias

📝 Item content and format bias

What it means: test items may be harder for some groups than others due to cultural or social class differences.

  • Example from the excerpt: a multiple-choice item asked the meaning of "field" in "My dad's field is computer graphics."
    • Children of professionals (doctors, lawyers) are more likely to know "field" means profession.
    • Children of cashiers or maintenance workers are less likely, as their parents have "jobs" not "fields."
    • The correct answer was D: "What field will you enter after college?"

Statistical patterns:

  • Testing companies try to minimize bias by having diverse reviewers and statistical checks.
  • Recent SAT verbal analysis: whites score better on easy items; African Americans, Hispanic Americans, and Asian Americans score better on hard items.
  • Why: easy items use everyday words that may have subtly different meanings across subcultures; hard words (e.g., "vehemence," "sycophant") are not used in daily conversation so lack these variations.

Format effects:

  • Females typically score better on essay questions.
  • When SAT added an essay component, females' overall SAT verbal scores improved relative to males.

📊 Prediction accuracy bias

What it means: standardized tests (ACT, SAT) are used to predict first-year college grades, but predictions are less accurate for some groups.

GroupPrediction patternWhat it means
Black and Latino studentsTest scores slightly over-predict successThese students attain lower freshman GPAs than predicted
Female studentsTest scores slightly under-predict successThese students attain higher freshman GPAs than predicted
White and male studentsMore accurate predictionsBaseline comparison
  • Researchers do not yet know why these accuracy differences exist.
  • Don't confuse: over-prediction means the test is too optimistic for that group, not that the group performs better.

🧠 Stereotype threat

Stereotype threat: concerns that others will view them through a negative or stereotyped lens.

How it works:

  • Groups negatively stereotyped in an area (e.g., women in mathematics, African Americans in intelligence tests) experience reduced performance.
  • Stereotype threat reduces working memory capacity because individuals try to suppress the negative stereotypes.

When it occurs: Test performance declines when:

  1. The test is emphasized as high-stakes, measuring intelligence or math, and
  2. Test-takers are reminded of their ethnicity, race, or gender (e.g., by completing a demographic questionnaire before the test).

Who is affected:

  • Even individuals who believe they are competent experience this effect.
  • Stereotype threat is particularly strong for those who want to perform well.
  • Result: standardized test scores may significantly underestimate actual competence in low-stakes situations.

📚 Curriculum and teaching impacts

📚 Teaching to the test

What is happening:

  • Schools and teachers adjust curriculum to reflect what is on tests and prepare students for test formats and item types.
  • Surveys of elementary teachers: more time spent on mathematics and reading, less on social studies and sciences in 2004 than 1990.
  • Principals in high-minority-enrollment schools (four states, 2003): reduced time spent on the arts.

🧩 Why curriculum narrowing matters

Cognitive science insight:

  • Reading comprehension in a subject (e.g., science, social studies) requires understanding vocabulary and background knowledge in that subject.
  • If students gain good reading skills but spend little time on science/social studies, they will find learning those subjects difficult later.
  • Example: a student who reads well but has no science vocabulary will struggle with science texts.

⚠️ Excessive test preparation

What teachers do:

  • Help students prepare for specific test formats and items (e.g., double negatives in multiple-choice, constructed response).
  • The excerpt references a middle school teacher (Erin) and Principal (Dr. Mucci) describing test preparation emphasis in their schools.

Growing concern:

  • The amount of test preparation is now excessive.
  • Students are being trained to do tests rather than educated.

🚫 Cheating and unethical practices

🚫 Student cheating

Prevention steps:

  • Protect test security.
  • Ensure students understand administration procedures.
  • Prevent students from bringing notes or unapproved electronic devices.
  • Prevent students from looking at each others' answers.

🚫 Educator cheating

Unethical practices by teachers and principals:

  • Giving actual test items to students just before the tests.
  • Giving students more time than allowed.
  • Answering students' questions about test items.
  • Actually changing students' answers.

Consequences:

  • These practices are clearly unethical.
  • School personnel have been fired for such actions.
  • Example: Texas created an independent task force (August 2006) with 15 staff members to investigate test improprieties.

Why it happens:

  • Pressure on schools and teachers to have students perform well is large.
  • Don't confuse: understanding the pressure does not justify the unethical behavior.